:..‘ I ‘ ‘
“Za'ihty! v:
'I; .

kar: v.

'4...
‘0
O _-“
~.

‘

b.

THE ALGAE OF OKLAHOMA

(Exclusive of D1 atoms)

By
Wm. C. Vinyard

AN ABSTRACT

Submitted to the School for Advanced Graduate Studies of
Michigan State University of Agriculture and
Applied Science in partial fulfillment of

the requirements for the degree of

DOCTOR OF PHIIDSOPHY

Department of Botany and Plant Pathology

1958

Approved .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

' a «v- a a .
.V --._ co. 4‘
.g. ' q ~
‘ " ‘c n .0
“" " 2.2 w- -
E
w .
." " no.
.‘3 " {M
*~ u. ... ..... . _
.
. .l f r .v ,’~ 0
"‘ ~~. .~-- . .
n V o
.7 I ‘
1n... ._ - .
....-v.q *_. ~I .-
l
'3.
"' .-
r,. 3f‘:-\ . ., r _
.. ...-_-,.-‘_ m.
. O
n.
"-
‘ Cu-
‘-- M‘.‘ - “ a-~ -.,,_
-..-_ my,"
. .
a . .
an.
""-. ‘ -'(‘ A—
"‘.-..~,
ch

 

...
AI- . ,
-- " f.“ ~‘.
~~._~; ¥)‘ -‘
.
|
."“‘
. -.
""1. Q «a _ .
"_ ’h.
v- s .
. .
6 ~ ~.,

‘
‘A
~ \
.." aQF-. .
‘ V
"' -.~ f. A,
V ‘1
'§
.
. ‘
i.‘_
Q. "
A. v
‘I t‘n
" t, c-‘.- w
' ‘ en * -
'§_ p

 

.
3‘. " ‘
‘0.- ,—

  

DETRODUCTIM

VA!
tudies on the algae of Oklahoma were carried out during the
period from June of 1952 through Iby of 195b, under the sponsor-

ship of the University of Oklahoma Biological Survey. The purpose

of this studsr was 1) to make a compendium of the algal flora for
the State, and 2) to record observations on the ecologyr of the algae
noting especially any relation between the distribution of species

and the geochemistry of the habitats in which theyr were collected.

Publications on the algae of Oklahoma are reviewed and their

contributions noted. The location and general features of the area

studied are briefly discussed. A map of Oklahoma is included which

locates various regions within the State to which reference is made.
Descriptions of physical features and biotic districts are given,

and their relative positions shovm on maps of the State.

Tl“ ' T

-nTi;ODS I‘d-ID Ii.TEI“"lLS

f!‘

The methods and materials are those in standard usage in col-
lecting, preserving and illustrating algae and in the determination

of physical and chemical characteristics of the water in which they

were found .

ECCLCGY
A brief general introduction to this subject is followed by dis-
cussions of macro- and microhabitats and their subdivisions or types,

Outlines of these environmental groupings are given to include defi-

nitions of terms as used herein.

Jo

ll?" .a-s .1- A

 

0
~-...‘ I
. «‘-.
-~a-
......:~.-: I
Y.
.. --- -.-.4. u
.-
-
’Q-.- c
'Q' o .-
I“ ~. .V... 5 . .
.... -.

I
.
J
3
.
II
|

I.
I

$

t
‘
D
(
’
D

M -~—

 

.. .... -‘0’0"1
...... :_~_ .-.. .

F";‘Q

 

 

I n
. inst.-.“
--..-\. ‘-. I‘-IO h
" °‘-. _ “ .
. ’ l‘ 0 e -
~uu‘ '.- .. ; U
I . .
I‘: 'IAA~ -.. ‘“p A.“ h
.. 5-1.- .-._.‘_ Q.
'.’l u I
.. ,V W-‘
- Ou‘ .....'.
l“ ‘ ‘
I .Q .-
P~ -A
\— u. '08 .- . ‘
" ~.:
, - 3....“ ’I,‘ ‘-‘
I.
‘%‘~' QQ‘ “. .
“ ‘l fl.
. ‘_ .. .
~ ..-L‘ ‘6'.“‘3
o .. v. H- ‘
{~-
- l
h - “A-
.‘ -‘.:. 0'? §‘_ .
‘ ~.., ' .I"
‘ ‘
v
.
.'O u
.. ‘g . ‘
‘0, 3.3!- _ '5?"
- ‘1‘ .y w ‘
‘I
.._
\ ‘.“
.\‘Q Q ”'wl ‘ q
‘ a
’ .‘~.~. . A
5-
Q». '
."
' a . M
. "u '
I“. ‘\..
C
a...”
Q‘ ‘A
" - ~‘
\‘ g
- .. 2‘.
"‘s..
'f»
\Ihs
v.
Ns ‘-: \‘w‘
‘-";. O
C
‘
.
~ rs.‘
‘. w, “
-i u ~‘
.. _
-"». c
Q
\\
.W.‘u.~.
"-— “"‘D~‘
.._-- .. .
s u.
“
V“
v‘_
~ u-l
‘ a ' ‘A—.‘
.‘ -
..‘.
. Z _
‘u‘ ‘5...“
. -
.‘ . '
'~A. o .
O
\ d
r. ‘
ah
~. c‘nr .
‘_~..‘ ~~
‘
M ,_. .
a Q. ._
‘M
._ ~
eN
“. a
r
‘Q‘Pa‘
.'-.¢ N .
..
‘v‘ "'4 .v
.‘ I,

A discussion of environmental limitations is given under the head-

ing of biogeochemistry. Regional as well as local aspects are consid-

ered under the subdivisions of : p11; 002 and carbonates; total solids

as a measure of salinity; clay turbidity; soils. The nature, origin

and possible effects of these factors on algal growth and distribution

is discussed. The action of algae on these factors is also considered.
Tables are presented which summarize quantitatively these factors as
existing at certain times in a variety of macrohabitats. Less complete

information of a similar nature is given in the Appendix as part of

the descriptions of many of the specific habitats which were sampled

in the studIYo

SYS‘ E-L‘QIC OUTLII‘E
All of the species identified in this study, including four new

to science and 101 records new for the State, are combined with those
previously reported to form a complete algal flora comprising a total
of 761 species, varieties and forms. Of the previously reported names
38 have been placed in syneer'ry. For each of the Classes of algae the
following numbers of taxa are included;

CHISELOPI-LYCEAE: 26 Families; 914 Genera; 6hO Species and Varieties.

CE—LXELOPEEYCBXE: 1 Family; 2 Genera; 8 Species.

A

LETS-TOPEIYCEE: 3 Families; 5 Genera; 1? Species.

CHRYSOPEI‘ICE‘E: 1 Family; 2 Genera; 2 Species.
EUGIEI‘TOPHYCEI‘E: 1 Family; h Genera; 2!; Species.
DIIIOPI-IYCEAE: h Families; 5 Genera; 7 Species.

IrrxoPl-IYCEAE: 10 Families; 29 Genera; 63 Species.
The Desmids, consisting of two Families in the ChlorOphyceae, comprise

the largest group with representatives in 22 Genera and 28h Species,

...--..
.—
.-
l . ' ”V. o ,.
.........

 

 

 

‘
u
D tho—5... ‘
l 1
._ I-
-. . .-
. -I l -
”'~ -— ...,, _D
r.“ ._ .q..- _‘
_.
V
‘ "“' a--. A
u
.. ‘0" 0-- _
- I
.... .. _. n . .
“ ~-....0_.
\
“\- . as ,,, __ "
_.. ...l . k h‘.‘ .v-
‘y. .

n.’ .-— “ “r A
'>-".* *“ .0 .
v..._ ‘-

. Q a
. " D\
f“./-‘... -.
.« c. - a. 6-“
I .‘ "u .. "’
., .
l
‘-u .
q
.-
‘ F. -
M”. in n -. '-

 

‘l I
\ "'- ‘ “A-

 

 

 

0. a
Q. .- \‘.- .
. ._ U
U Q
(
..-.
§’_' ‘V. .b; ‘ ‘
\ u 4 .- - ‘
‘ I is... ‘-
‘ 'Cs V
I'. .'
:s ;‘-;:r ‘ ‘ .
. ., . - ‘
a
\C.
. H.
. _ ‘
._ _ ‘
"u. C 9. ‘
b ”e ’rs. ,
‘w~.‘
I" ‘
I = ":7 ‘s
-. “\~. an
‘ .a
-
‘-.
'. A. ‘
,_ gr“ -:
\ . ‘
.-"‘ .
.._ ‘
3'.
.‘v ‘Q “
. . I.‘
.. I‘ .
'-~‘: .c . ~
- ~. ‘
‘ ‘~\
. a.
‘ ‘
o
‘ t
‘c.e\‘ .—
Q..\.
q
"
uVLA.‘
‘ 'u an
«'9
‘
‘.
5‘ “
1 ~ ‘
‘. \
\_~ ’
s r
s... ‘
'4‘
‘1
\“fi‘:
.‘_ ‘
.

 

Varieties and Forms; 121 of these are in the Genus Cosmarium.
New to science are described and figured two species of Clado-

uhora, a variety of Cosmariun As!«:ena§yi Schm., and a variety of Cos-
fl .—

 

marium Turpinii de Breb.

 

The Systematic Outline includes information for each accepted
name as follows: the complete citation with author and date; syno-
nyms under which previously reported; a reference citation to illus-
trations and/or descriptions published, where possible, in English;
notes on morphological variation in the Oklahoma material, where
appropriate; descriptions of new species, and varieties; brief
notes on ecology (more complete information is to be found in the
Appendix); citations of authors and dates of publications reporting
algae from the State and including reference to any illustrations;

locality and habitat.

APPEIIDDC
Appendix I lists the counties of Oklahoma with symbols for cross-
reference to location; these symbols are used in the Systematic Outline.
Appendix II alphabetically lists the names of specific macrohabi-
tats sampled and which are referred to in the text and tables. Under
each of these is given a brief description with any physical or chemi-

cal data determined during the course of the study.

ILLUS TRATIONS
Species and varieties new to science, and those for which illus-
trations from Oklahoma material have not been published are figured

herein on seven plates. The total of these illustrated is 86.

THE ALGAE OF OKLAHOMA

(Exclusive of Diatoms)

.3} By
(T
Wm. C. Vinyard

A THESIS

Submitted to the School for Advanced Graduate Studies of
Michigan State University of Agriculture and
Applied Science in partial fulfillment of
the requirements for the degree of

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

Department of Botany and Plant Pathology

1958

 

 

K
OJ

(H

(‘q
1

”o
‘H ‘
“it..-
-~ ‘
r
“_-
K
.- h?‘
k'

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
INTRODUCTION
Nature of the Study
Historical Background
Description of the Area
PETHODS AND MATERIALS
ECOLOGY
Description of Habitats
Biogeochemistry
SYSTEMATIC OUTLINE
APPENDDC I. Counties of Oklahoma
APPENDIX II. Aquatic Habitats
BIBLIOGRAPHY
INDEX TO THE TAXA

ERRATA

Page

GJUIUIU'LJ?’

21
22
22
27
14?

11:9

150

170

19h

206

.5;

.‘c.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lat-v
2":
'—
q.
.1
.-,
H-
.e
'-
’I"M

.:.-“.~:

V‘

...

Y‘y
A-‘.

ILLUSTRATIVE MATERIALS

MAPS
Fig. l. Physiographic Provinces Page 15
Fig. 2. Regions of the State 16

Fig. 3. Biotic Provinces l7

TABII'IS: Summary of Geochemical Data

I. Lakes 41.
II. Ponds and Pools [.5
III. Lotic Habitats [.6

PLATES Following Page 179

 

 

 

The at: Vista

 

Ii: tzse infirm:

Jl‘ufln‘... I‘- '.
“we'- :4 c.

restrain are 57.;

'2 :93.fo use a' 3. .

U. “-

 

. .
‘IES;.‘ A, A Q !
u ( av”.-.
“ ~ 4:
re.

a“.
u, ' D
'6‘: Staff r
C
b ores..“w .
u
111
“is t

”WEEK'S

The author wishes to express his sincere thanks to Dr. G. W. Prescott
under whose inspiration long ago an interest was developed in the field
01’ Paycology. His unfailing interest and guidance during this present
investigation are greatly appreciated. Acknowledgment is also made for
the generous use of his personal library and his Desmid Iconograph.

The writer deeply appreciates the support of the University of
Oklahoma. It was at the invitation of Dr. Carl D. Riggs of that Univer-

sity that this study was begun. Much of the collecting was done under
the sponsorship of the University of Oklahoma Biological Survey and the
University of Oklahoma Biological Station, both of which he directs.
Financial assistance and facilities were provided by the Biological
Survey and the Biological Station during the'three summers of 1951,
1952 and 1953. During the academic year 1953-1951; an Assistantship,
and support for collecting trips, were provided by the Biological
sarmy. Laboratory facilities and equipment were made available during
this period by Dr. J. Teague Self, head of the Department of Zoology.

Thanks are also due to Dean Glenn C. Couch who supervised the work

done in absentia at the University of Oklahoma. I am grateful further
to the other staff members and students there whose interest in this
Project resulted in the providing of algal collections, added stimulus,
and pleasant traveling companions for the many field trips.

Library assistance was generously provided by Mrs. Inez Jeffs at

the University of Oklahana Biology Library, and by Miss Veo Foster at

the University of Michigan Natural Science library.

’ .
vv-u-.._ Pa“. 2‘ the

I ' - .
. ”I C. tie ':;Ye

 

 

 

I stats-via

0“.
~ :
we "‘9 total 1
:1 .1!
k.“ “‘328 VFW-I
:‘.'* I
.\::Z‘ fiv-
““3 Haw-e
-. . g
:‘r. .

u
t_.
"v 2H
‘ ‘ear'! \
«m ‘ ‘
09kt
.
V.‘.. ‘.‘
u A t
C 0'“ 1
H“ K:
D; .
NV - v
u. ‘Ce‘ ¥- ‘
Lu: 3
123*»; '

INTRODUCTION

Nature of the study. The present study had its beginning in the
Summer of 1951 when the writer made reconnaissance collections in the
southern part of the State. During the following year and at the in-
Vitation of the University of Oklahoma Biological Survey, plans were
made for a statewide sampling program and systematic procedures were
begun in June of 1952 and continued through May of 1951;.

The purpose of this study is two-fold: l) to make a compendium
of the algal flora for the State, and 2) to make observations on, and
records of, the ecology of the algae, especially noting any relations
between the distribution of species and the geochemistry of the habi-
tats in which they were collected.

The number of publications reporting species of algae, exclusive
0:! diatoms, from the State prior to this study is limited to only 11;.
01’ these the total number of defined localities sampled is about 19,
but collections were reported from 28 only of the 77 counties. Few
c=tallections were reported from the western part of the State and none
1from the Panhandle. Taro publications only, include any extensive
ecological data but these were each from separate lakes in two adja-
cent counties in the central part of the State. Thus there was much
to be learned about the algae and this present work has attempted to

contribute to our knowledge of a little-known area.

Historical background. Literature on the algae of Oklahoma had

its origin in 1921 with the appearance of two papers in Volume I of the

Fri-digs cf the g
a use \

£252 £233, in.)

1:2 rite: 22:11::

 

arca- fzz-rs of a‘
"‘:.._ \ A.:.7
twig...“ ,

i Am I

.. ‘ ‘-

33:: to train”-

v. I..

 

 

 

 

h-oceedings of the Oklahoma Acadm of Science (1910-1920). One of
these (Agnes, 1921) pointed up the abundance of certain algae during
the winter months: "...small streams abound in Spirogyra and Cladophore
and other forms of algae" and noted the occurrence of Sphaerella
[Trachelononasj, Oscillatoria and m in "troughs." The other paper
(Enig, 1921) refers to the presence of Oedogonium and Vaucheria and their
relation to travertine formation in the Arbuckle Mountains. Species
determinations were not recorded for the State, however, until the
appearance of Gabel's paper (1927) on Protozoa in Cleveland County.
Listed (only) here are two species of Egglena and three of Ms; no
other algal species are included.

The first systematic study of algae as such was begun by Taft (1931)
in a paper on the Desmids of Oklahoma. His work was to continue with the
appearance of other papers on: Desmids (19314), Zygnanataceae (in
Transom, gt .11., 19314), Oedogoniaceae (1935), ‘Chlorophyceae and Hetero-
Physeae (1935a), Desmids (1937), a new species of Vaucherg (1937a), and
additions to the algae of Oklahoma (191.0). A subsequent paper (19h9),
though not dealing with the Oklahoma flora primarily, includes other
algae from the State. Taft's papers deal only with taxonomy and, in the
1"aim, include descriptions of species and/ or illustrations (an exception
is Taft, 19140, which only lists species). Of his papers, but one (1931)
cites localities for the species (15 localities from 8 counties), and
oIlly one other (19140) mentions so much as the counties from which algae
were identified; his other papers refer only to the State. His
collections represent 28 of the 77 counties in Oklahoma.

Leaks was next to contribute to the taxonomy of the algae of

Oklahoma with papers on motile cells in Basicladia grease Hoff. &
Tilden (1939), a listing of the algae of Crystal Lake in Cleveland

ru :\ ; 3
:'-:"' \A:§/J’ L'l"

 

" " ('1‘ 3)

' a .4. ~ .
"t" \«Q-
.hJ-a‘

v ‘ln‘if v-o '-
23:“, as). as.
. a I Q ‘ ‘..‘, .‘
'.'. g::a 69.5.-..
and...
warmed to g .
. -.' .' ‘
L's an 1.2.156. .;

.l-A", I, .

"-l- a. “'0 DE:

 

t: 32?”! m desnue' ‘5-

~.-I

3 pr -.
«State, 118‘
b; t'l

(3cnlzrty (19h5), and a note on asexual reproduction in the genus
Basicladia (l9h8). Another paper (1916a) lists algae included also
in Leaks, 191:5. Her's was the first contribution (1.2.) to the
limnological relations of the algae in the State, though her study
was restricted to a single farm pond. Her published accounts of
Eiligae are limited to Cleveland County.

Booth in two papers (l9hl, 19hla) records six species of soil
'Efilggae from seven counties in central Oklahoma. These are discussed by
Thuirn in relation to their ecological role in.the soils where found.

Maloney (19%) presents a list of additions to the algal flora of
the State and describes the habitats in which algae were collected on
the campus of Catholic College in Guthrie. In this study, however, no

ecological correlations are made with the species in this limited area
of Logan County.

Jenkins (19h9) lists a few phytoplankton forms from.Great Salt
IElainiseservoir. His consideration of algae is limited and correlations
"Eith ecological conditions are not made.

Ophel has contributed papers on ecological effects of substances
JFnroduced by the Characeae (1950a), on the limnology of two artificial
lakes in Oklahoma County (1950) and a taxonomic paper on the genus
£11355 in Oklahoma (1951:). The first of these names the species (in-
cfielding a new species of Nitella which remains undescribed) considered
in the study but gives no record of their sources within the State;
‘flhe last includes collection data for the genuslghagg. The second of
these papers, primarily an important contribution to the limnology of

the State, lists the algal species encountered with notes on their
limnological relations.

 

Dim lies in tr.»
utilize State 8%
fr. use in level
11:33:: 3:211; at. I."

at Liane finer-fear.L

"' e e
C. ‘5 Std-e. 53.21: (

 

'3“??? 3! low rel

Inn
Ill.

fittin'thg i
1‘?th lb“ 4 _

. “ha ,5, I
luau

l ,
.3:..
L40 The rela‘

a
21.96%th 1‘
,l
\J' D211

“-53 “red-'43 3"" C‘
84 n
u

E134! L‘Ka‘n‘

w. .
It 6.2798 1:; q ‘
Ciuae

5&3: u

3.13 ,

b e ,
'1. s'a‘te. F!

lle ‘rka
:1! titr-

at
$3.51: .
k. ‘x In te'le 'f
0;: t ‘
‘e‘.
~’-~ .
0!
Tr. th
'35 b?

Location and general features of the area studied. The State of
Oklahana lies in the southeastern part of the Great Plains. Altitudes
within the State are rather low and range from about 350 feet to 1500
feet above sea level. The highest point is on Black Mesa, an extension
Of Mesa de Maya of northeastern New Mexico, in the northwest corner of
Cimarron County at the western extremity of the Panhandle. From here
the altitude decreases gradually eastward and southward to the south-
eastern corner of McCurtain County in the extreme southeastern corner
of the State. Much of the area of the State is characterized by Plains
topography of low relief. This is interrupted locally in the south-
western part by the Wichita Mountains, in the southcentral part by the
Arbuckle Mountains, and more generally along the eastern margin of the

State by an extension of the Ozark, the Kiamichi and the Ouachita
Mountains. The relief in these elevated regions ranges from about
200 feet to about 1,200 feet above the surrounding plains.

M. Drainage within the State is provided primarily by
large streams which are mostly parallel in their general courses. The
War rivers include: Cimarron, North Canadian, South Canadian,
washita, Arkansas, Grand, Illinois and Red Rivers. Of these, only the
Washita, the Grand and the Illinois Rivers have their origin within
1‘ahe State. The Arkansas River, originating in Colorado, is joined in
the State by the Cimarron (originating in New Mexico), the Grand and
the Illinois Rivers before flowing into the State of Arkansas to join
the Mississippi River. The North Canadian and South Canadian Rivers,

Originatixg in the Texas Panhandle, and the Washita River join Red
River which also originates in the Texas Panhandle and forms the south-
ern boundary of the State. The Red River flows into the Mississippi
through Arkansas and Louisiana.

   

'w rivers w

O-ovso

I U I
‘va-n‘-‘ «to Or, 1.-
-k-"-o- Us. a.

a \
‘3'", - Ana-03-.
"“a ‘: 'v‘oefioe'

u;'°=-{eefi.. .,.

-""-."aev “.1 .

int: tie infra

Ia. ., ~. | . _
‘:fi 5 . ' ~"‘AO: A.
no. “*15‘

u
.-

QUE-4t n
.s -
‘a

i“ t

V

Ibfl‘

5:1 a
F:

‘ 21,-;

at“ C‘ ‘H
i “

Those rivers which arise in mountains (the Arkansas in the Rocky
Mountains and the Grand and Illinois in the Ozark Mountains) are charac-
terized by a continuous flow. The others, originating on the plains,
are intermittent and their waters, during drought periods, W sink
beneath the surface sands. With sufficient precipitation all of these
major streams are subject to sudden rises, occasionally amounting to
ten feet or more in the course of a few hours but such floods usually
are of short duration (Wahlgren, 191:1). With the exception of the
Illinois River, a clear, rather youthful stream geologically, these
rivers are mature or in old age throughout their lengths within the State
and characteristically are aggrading. Their beds are wide and sandy,
their waters are highly turbid, and these characteristics are imparted
to the reservoirs which are formed by their impoundment.

Climate (based on Wahlgren l9hl). The climate of Oklahoma is of
the continental type with pronounced seasonal and geographic ranges in
both temperature and precipitation. The central and western parts of
the State are cooler and drier than the eastern because of the vast
Openness of the plains and the greater elevations there; they are thus
Somewhat less subjected to the warm moist winds from the Gulf of Mexico.

The prevailing winds are southerly, although during the winter
IVlonths of December, January and February northerly winds predominate.
The winds are generally light in the southeast and relatively high in
the northwest. The average hourly velocity at Oklahoma City (central

Oklahoma) is 11.14 miles per hour in August and nearly 114.0 miles per
hour in March and April. The highest velocity for a five minute period
at Oklahoma City was 57 miles per hour. This does not consider, of
course, the many tornados which rip the State and for which velocities

can be only estimated. Since winds of varying rates are the usual

I‘

10

condition and windless periods rare or nonexistent, the evaporation
rate is enhanced and exposed soils are subjected to blowing. Dust
storms are quite frequent in the central and western parts of the State,
being most sevenein the northwest and Panhandle sections where visibil-
ity occasionally may be reduced to zero by blowing dust.

The precipitation is quite variable and occasionally almost
torrential rains of as much as ten inches are recorded (at a number of
8"nations in scattered localities) for a twentyg-four-hour period. The
‘11de average varies from over 50 inches in the extreme northeastern
corner of the State to only 17 inches in the central and western part
of the Panhandle. The rains are most general and abundant during the
spring and early summer; in late summer and early fall they are more
local and often uncertain in the western part of the State.

The snowfall varies considerably, the average ranging from less
than 3 inches in the extreme southeastern section to more than 20 inches
in the extreme western end of the Panhandle in which snow has been
reeorded in all months except July and August.

Mean annual temperatures range from 63.8 degrees F. at Idabel
(extreme southeastern part of the State) to 53.6 degrees F. at Boise
City (western part of the Panhandle). Maxims of 100 degrees F. or
higher are to be expected in the State from June through September and
have been recorded as early as March and as late as October. Tempera-

tures of 90 degrees F. or higher are on record in January, February and
n(monitor.

The earners are long with occasional periods of very high, day-

temperatures. These invariably occur with clear skies and dry moderate
winds from south and west. Hot winds occasionally accompany the high

tauperatures and may persist for considerable periods resulting in

severe droughts.

F , ' ‘
,g: REYES E—

 

.) R a. our
v.95 t. v mg."
‘1‘ {004; {I o
in. .t‘b. on C.
3..

:c.

.-
4.

.‘
c
'Q

'0': J 5-; \Qn.

<'.s or

0'0“.
x

'v“ Ur. u.€¢‘;

=QO... ."5 f."_
- . i“ .‘. F

r ‘ _
." flI-oua.

\
In. a “5.6“ .F

 

:3“ :
.\I~c‘
. Tile F
”2*."
.:l ‘A
V' I
. 86‘
3).
.“e v‘
1‘ eat F
' s'
4 "L l
x a ‘

11

The winters are comparatively mild and of short duration. Temper-
atures of 0 degrees F. or lower minima have been reported at one or
more stations in all except three of the 148 winters on record. Killing
frosts or freezing temperatures can be expected as late as May in all
parts of the State. In the southern sections they occur generally not
later than the first week in April; in the northern sections (except
for the Panhandle) not later than the middle of April; and, in the
Panhandle in the last week of April to as late as May 15.

The length of the growing season varies from 180 days in the western
end of the Panhandle to 240 days in the extreme southeast.

The isolation, in terms of sunshine, averages about 66 per cent of
the possible amount. The average annual number of clear days is 195,
or partly cloudy days is 90, and of cloudy is 80.

_P_!_1ysiogr_aphy of the area. The physiography of the State of
Oklahoma is characterized by a wide variety of topographic features
which are classified into four or five "physiographic provinces."
Fenneman (1931) delimits five: Great Plains Province, Central Lowland
Province, Ozark Plateaus Province, Ouachita Province, and Gulf Coastal
Plain Province. Atwood (19110) however, combines the Ozark Plateaus and
the Ouachita Provinces into the Interior Highlands Province because of
Similarities in lithology and age. In the following discussion the
System of Atwood (l.g.) is followed with certain modifications after

Femanan. The provinces are here given in order of their location fran
West to east and south.(see'Map, figure 1).
The Great Plains Province includes most of the Panhandle as a part
of a long belt extending some 14600 miles from McKenzie River delta on
the north to Rio Grande on the south. It is a relatively narrow belt

lying between the Rocky Mountains Physiographic Province on the west

 

   

n I: Zen-11 I;

. . . a.
a I Q ~
L"... .5 .J. Li‘? -

'fl' 00*. O.
EL‘Q; It ‘0‘ 5:.e

 

u '.
f3 4.
"‘ gnu.
A“ ..
~‘ ‘:V=. .. ~
.rt ‘00

r “4‘3: a fine

Un-

‘3'3‘137 he:

I
3"?”
.‘ 3: he:
17-. .MT'
«‘1‘ ‘uh ‘
H. .-
% £1.35

N. .
a“. m

"\

tan -.
\‘ '
‘Vt‘

12

and the Central Lowland Hlysiographic Province on the east. The average
width is L100 miles. The province is of very slight relief, declining
gently toward the east from an elevation of about 5,500 feet at the
eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, to about 1,500 feet at the western
margin of the Central Lowlands Province. The average slope is ten feet
per mile.

The eastern boundary is not well-defined physiographically and is
thus rather a zone or transition belt. The vegetation, however, does
show a boundary here with short grasses to the west on the Great Plains
and long grasses and woodlands to the east on the Central Lowlands.
Furthermore, the 20-inch rainfall limit is nearly coincident with this
line; rainfall is less to the west and greater to the east. Finally,
soil differences also coincide roughly with black pedocals (containing
a limor subsurface layer) to the west and dark brown pedalfers (contain-
ing ferrous minerals) to the east.

Special physical features are of note in the Oklahoma Section. Mesa
de Maya (locally, Black Mesa), extending into the western tip of the
Panhandle from New Mexico and Colorado, is a basalt-capped mesa. The
lavas forming the cap had their origin .as flows which aerged from
vents between Trinidad in Colorado and Raton in New Mexico. Cimarron
River and its small tributaries have dissected this mesa by sculpturing
out bold canyon walls and rock pillars. The resistant black lava caps

are important in the structure of the resulting landforms.

Farther to the east, approximately central in the Panhandle, the
North Canadian River (locally, Beaver River) enters the State from its
origin in Texas a short distance to the south. This river flows almost
eastward through the Panhandle. Extensive sand dunes, some of consider-

able magnitude, have developed locally along its north bank attesting

to the prevailance of southerly winds.

. O
“6 kztra- .

 

 

’ M." n ‘.'~
“‘“'-‘~: fesas L“.
392,:

“‘3: ad c :11:
“$14 in:-
31“! 9351311 has

a... 31‘ Devil!

3 Ca
9: ‘ ‘
.2 \«E. c3. "31“
”is" ”a of ka:
. a,
a . “h under,”
‘42

13

The Central Lowlands Province borders the Great Plains Province on
the east. Within the State it is bordered by the Interior Highlands on
the east, and by the Gulf Coastal Plains Province on the south ard south-
east. The bulk of the State lies within this province and the Osage
Plains subdivision of it. This subdivision extends from Kansas through
Oklahoma and into Texas. It is an area of low escarpments and plains in
which the slightly inclined underlying strata have been beveled by stream
erosion. The major streams have become entrenched in their courses as a
result of later uplift.

The landscape throughout much of this province is characterized by
vast rolling prairies which are interrupted occasionally by escarpments
fronting mesas along stream courses. In certain areas these features
are conspicuous enough to have been named variously: Flint Hills (north-
eastern, and continuing into Kansas), Glass Mountains (north-central),
and Sand Hills (north-west). In northeastern Caddo County (central)
stream erosion has produced rather deep arroyos or canyons. One of these,
Caddo or Devil's Canyon, has been cut into sandstone with vertical or
even undercut walls remaining.

In the southwestern part of the State (Harmon and Greer Counties)
lies an area of karat topography resulting from solution and removal of
gypsum from underlying beds. Here sink-holes or solution pits of vary-
ing sizes are to be found and extensive caverns have been developed, new

with live streams still issuing from them. Scattered to the north and
into Kansas (Harper County) are similarly developed areas of greater or
lesser attent.

Taro notable features which interrupt the relatively low relief of

this Central Lowlands Province are the Wichita Mountains in the south-

western portion of the State and the Arbuckle Mountains in the south-

   
 

if. trad, 2.3.

fat “Still-’8
:214 of 2:8 _:
firmly in r.

0 V
I we ‘
we went:-

14

central. The discussion of these two areas of uplift is included under
that of the Interior Highlands Province of which they are technically a

part (AtWOOd, logo).
The drainage pattern in the Central Lowlands Province is character-

istically of the parallel type (see Map, figure 1). The major rivers
flow mostly from northwest to southeast.

The Interior Highlands Province includes all of the areas of major
uplift within the State. The maj or subdivisions of this province extend-
ing from Arkansas and Missouri into the eastern portion of the State are
the Ozark Dcmle to the north and the Ouachita Mountains to the south.
These are separated by the Arkansas Valley. Two outliers of the Ouachita
Mountains risirg far to the west are the Arbuckle Mountains (south-
central) and the wlohiu Mountains (southwestern). As noted above,
these outliers are to be incluied here became of lithographic and age
relationships (Atwood, 1.45.).

The Ozark Plateau is a domed structure of Paleozoic sandstones,
shales and limestones the beds of which are gently inclined. On the
west, however, the dip of the strata is nearly horizontal. A small
subdivision of this structure is the Brushy Mountains which are approx-
imately continuous with the Boston Mountains in Arkansas. The southern
boundary of this done is the Arkansas Valley through which the Arkansas
River flows in leaving Oklahoma. The underlying rock structure of the
valley is that of a canplex syncline made up of many mall folds. The
same sandstones, shales and limestones as are to be found in the Ozark

Dome are here folded into a geosyncline of moderate size.

The Ouachita Mountains apparently are of the sme age as the Ozark

Plateau but differ considerably structurally, for this uplift is one of
tightly folded and much faulted strata and thus may be referred to as a

15

giant anticlinorum (Atwood, l.g.). Subdivisions of this section in
Oklahoma include the Winding Stair and Kiamichi Mountains.
Drainage in the Interior Highlands Province (Oklahona section) is
by a number of large streams which trend south-westerly in the upper
reaches of their courses though they may swing to the southeast before
joining the larger rivers to which they are tributary. These principal
streams from north to south are: Grand, Illinois, Kiamichi, Boggy and
Little Rivers.
The Arbuckle and Wichita Mountains, outliers of the Ouachita
Mountains, are two groups of island-like mountains and hills rising to
a maximum height of about 1500 feet above the broad level plains of the
Central Lowlands Province, Southwestern Section. In each of these a
series of Paleozoic sediments has been folded and faulted and consider-
able masses of igneous rocks are associated with the sedimentary strata.
These two mountains apparently had their origin as an area of folds by
late Paleozoic, followed by erosion and peneplaination by middle
Cretaceous. Invasion of the Cretaceous seas submerged them and deposi-
tion followed. Subsequent uplift in the area gave rise to streams
which have stripped most of the Cretaceous mantle and have become super-
imposed on the surface of these now resurrected mountains. At present
the removal of sediments has been more couplets in the Wichita Mountains
and the resistant denuded granites have come to stand out as monadnocks,
whereas in the Arbuckle Mountains sedimentary strata predominate and in
one area are spectacularly up-ended to expose a considerable length of
the geological column.
The Gulf Coastal Plain Province lies in the extreme southeastern

corner of the State and extending westward along the southern boundary
to about the center. This is an area of low altitude (BOO-hOO feet)

 

 

I ‘V
\n‘

Ito-u.
p. "-0- 0'.
91.. L... .-

“ “oar-u...-
‘ oh

'00 no 6“

‘0 l
r. "c .
.‘"“"- r‘
.

3' “: ‘
"‘"I‘ic
.

16

and of low relief. Surface sediments of Cretaceous age are characteris-
tic.
§3}_1_§. The soils of Oklahoma include some eight Great Soil Groups
each with its varying numbers of Families and Types. Because this study
is concerned principally with non-terrestrial or aquatic algae, no
attempt will be made here to discuss these soil units in themselves.
Certain relationships, however, are discussed under Geochemistry.
Vgetation. The units of terrestrial vegetation of Oklahoma occupy
positions which roughly correspond to the physiographic provinces.
Blair and Hubbell (1938) have mapped these and outlined their character-
istics in some detail. Though they recognize ten "biotic districts"
(see Map, figure 3) it will suffice here to discuss them only briefly
and in certain combinations or divisions. V
Division I (on Map, figure 3) includes the extensions of the
Eastern Deciduous Forest in the eastern third of the State. This forest
region is interrupted, of course, to greater or lesser degree in
ecotonal canbinations with prairie vegetation and often, over rather
considerable areas, the latter predominates. District 1 occupies the
Ozark uplift region and District 2 the Ouachita Mountains. In District 3,
the lowest part of the State, cypress swamps are to be found.
Division II is the prairie region subdivided into the mixed grass
area (District 7) in the western part of the State and grading into
the short grass plains (District 9). District 6 represents the Wichita
Mountains with its predominance of hardwood species but also including
junipers (Juniperus spp.). District 8 is characterized by mesquite and
some cacti in an area of gypsum-karst topography.
Division III, the Mesa de Maya Biotic District (10) contains

mostly- scrub oaks 31d junipers with a few Ponderose Pine (Pinus ponderosa).

17

The erosional features here distinguish this from the high adjacent
prairies.

It is thus seen that the greater part of the State is included
in grassland vegetation and to a lesser degree in deciduous woodlands.
The fomer area is approximately that occupied by the Permian seas,

while the latter is primarily an area of uplift.

 

 

g. Inna

Chant»
(Jan. :3.”

/>.\

-IUCV‘i

 

 

 

J/I/

  

18

A33 822 spam 8332. .33 tons aces
.3053on odgaaoauhnm no soapeooH mnakono mg .H .mam

m<NMF

SH

<Eozfizosmb<fiw

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I)°J
one: I.
>-
< Z > QQQQQ Cuhl<0
.. ou
.2: fig; 2 :4...»
(so \ eat «a
92.8.20 2. «(o 28.!
use... ‘5; u
a!» n e
H .w 06 Pet > .3 «3.3
~ 3 ‘ Dy .ar
9 u ..... u tut 009.0 I xtuun
» (a _ :nf;
a
3.35:.
.2 o .. so
s3:
q foot... .l. ”.33.. oo
.23 uz. a.
a :uu¢o 2‘23
<3 . p 3 an
2><e
1
9.3 m. < X H .F
v - H»
2: er a a < 5 .
vs «.302 95:52; 39.. > W
,I\l\ I
m a 5
u ( n 0 2 (3:41 sua- ! an ( t O
a 003
e co 5 z o .253 a“
u > < x
i
I]
r: m I w) [A x .30 O

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

{
>
H

19

.mmoH caucuses s unseat“ an eopenmnmoe me omega one ounce
.uxoa a“ op ceuhouoh eaoamoh no soapeOOH wanton» an: .N .mHh

m < N m— H. <zor<JKCBMH<H~m

 

 

«namepsom - mm
vooonphoz I Hz
H9380 spasm om
Hanpceo apapz - oz

Puokflvfiom I 3m

pmosnpuoz - :2

mfleaanaea - ma
9235

U

devnm—h.

 

nau_a¢(

     

 

toast-(.0

 

L.

 

H00

 

 

 

20

    
               

 

Ammoa Haonnem s Hanan hopes eonuaeoav
.opoaupane capo“; no nonaaooa man-on. an: .m .mne

<EOEE¥OBMP<PW weaken? who: on one:
«was mm «mm: .HHH
pofiuvnfic mofieam eesnwuaponm
nonhumae sundae opfiseeoa
nonsense uaaeflm uaaam-eox«:
mazaqmmdmu .HH
pofipvefiw spanofis
vofiupufic escubem omega
pownvmac ofiufieum ooxouono
uoahpofic «amuoufimna:
pofiuoefic evanoeso
pofihpnaw meeuo
mnqunaoz .H
mm In. an Mu .H

W<NMF

 

.OH

MHODS AND MATHiIAIS

gal collections were made in a wide variety of habitats
throughout the State. These are defined as to type in the section
on Nacrohabitats and are described in Appendix II. No attempt was
made to sample soil algae, though some samples were taken when
growths were conspicuous. Methods of collection varied with the
particular situation: a number 20—mesh plankton net was used for
all bodies of water large enough to accomodate it; rocks were scraped;
squeezings of moss and other vegetation were concentrated into vials;
on occasion, algae were chopped from solid ice or melted from snow
into vials. Wherever possible, collections were examined microscop-
ically before preserving. On many of the longer trips during hot
nether this was mostly impossible and the results are characterized
by the record of relatively few motile fonns. Transeau Solution
(6 Parts water, 3 parts 95% alcohol, 1 part formalin) was used for all
01' the samplesthough a few duplicates were prepared by drying.

gustrations were made by means of the Camera Lucida.

Linnolfiical measurements were made according to standard methods.
PH was estimated with a Hellige colorimeter. Dissolved carbon dioxide,
alkalinity and total solids were estimated by the methods outlined in
Thereaux, Eldridge and Mallman (1951;). Temperatures were taken with a
Taylor thermometer graduated in degrees Farenheit; these were converted
13° Centigrade degrees by use of the tables in Welch (l9h8).

2,1

ECOLOGY

Algal ecology, the study of interrelationships of the organisms
and their environment, traditionally has been centered around either
the enviromental aspects, or the organisms. In one case the many
factors of the environment are analyzed, enumerated, and correlated with
various taxa. The other approach involved studies of ”communities", or
ecological groupings of algae, their taxonomic components, and changes
that occur in time or space. A third, more recent approach is the study
of algae in cultures using various nutrients in an attempt to learn
something of the physiological requirements of the individuals or of
aPeeies.

In the present study, ecological observations have included the
"factorial” as well as the "connmmity" approaches. It will be seen that
any consideration of one approach must necessarily include the other
8into menbers of a community are affected by environmental factors; any
distinction thus becomes only a matter of convenience. In order to
Clarify the terminology, and thus the subject as discussed below, the
descriptions of environments are included under two major headings:
macrohabitats, and microhabitats. The discussion of environmental factors
1? Elven under the heading of Geochemistry.

Descriptive Aspects

Macrohabitats. This term is used herein to designate the types of
bOdiles of water or larger units of the environment. Presented below is
an Outline or classification of these units restricted in application to

the aquatic situations actually sampled in Oklahoma. The attempt here

22

.u—dfi—hmf—

‘ u

, .
;:.. ...:0Iv-.
-(a “c'“.;‘

V. . e
i....o--
a

moéevo'e a.

“0...; A

iiie, Met‘eoe
': "'s'.’ “a *
'1». L 1 2..

"to. 'e‘
a '6 ’5'”:

too a... ... _-

Q n
U" 0..

”sad. 9-" =6

1 1.: 3'

.
.
.00- ‘

23

is to distinguish units which may be expected to have a more or less

distinctive algal flora. Though most of the terminology is in standard

usage, notations are included to further define or restrict the terms

as they are applied in the present study. It should be noted, however,

that the terms "youth", "mature," and "old age" are used in the geomorpho-
logical sense to indicate stage of development, rather than chronology.
A, brief description of each of the important specific macrohabitats

sampled and referred to throughout this work is given in Appendix II.

A—IDTIC: Flowing waters. Generally basic.
l-IIIPOGENIC (but influenced by climate in this region).

a-Natural.

(l-Springs and seepage. Fresh water emerging from strata of:

(a-Limestone.
(b-Gypsum.
(c-Sandstone or unconsolidated sand.
(2-Streams. Including effluents of springs and wells.

(a-Mature or old age: pools with no apparent current.

(b-Youthful: pools, riffles, or waterfalls.

qurtificial. Wells.
(l-FTQSh-wat 8r 9

(2-38111190

Z-EPIGENIC STREAMS. Classified further, in whole or in part, by:

a-Youthful. High gradient, in areas of uplift. Pools and riffles.

b-Mature. Intermediate between youth and old age. Pools and riffles.

c-Old age. Low gradient meanders. Turbidity and siltation pronounced.
Includes the larger rivers in the central and western part of the

State. Pools and riffles.

21.

B-mEI‘IC: Standing waters. Acidic or basic.

l-Natural, in origin.

a-Oxbows. Along Red River. Basic.

b-leas. Mainly in the Panhandle.

Basic; salt concentration high.
c-Cypress swaxnps.

Southeastern corner of State. Acidic.
d-Rain pools. On soils or in bedrock pot holes.

2-Artificially formed.

a~Excavation pools. Basic or acidic.

(l-Barrow ditches and pits. Along roadsides.

(Z-Quarries. In limestone.

b-Impoundments of natural streams. Margins and drainage areas

stabelized with vegetation or not.

(l-Lakes or reservoirs. Resulting from impoundment of major

rivers or large creeks. Neutral to basic.

(a-Stabilized (392., drainage area and margin stabilized with
vegetation).

(b-Unstabilized (see above).

(2-Ponds (33., farm ponds). Impoundments of tributaries of major

rivers or small creeks supplied by a limited drainage area.
Acidic to basic.

c-Stock tanks. Effluents from wells contained in metal or concrete

tanks. Basic.

 

Liicrohabitats. The term microhabitats defines the specific relation-

8hip of the organism to the substrate and/or subdivides the macrohabitat,

(’1‘ body of water. From such relationships of an alga to a solid substrate

01‘ to its areal position within the macrohabitat adjectives or substan-
ti'e names have been derived. Recent general classifications are given

in Tiffany (1951), welsh (1952) and Prescott (1956): it is from 1New

25

that the terms used herein have been adapted. Of these authors Tiffany

and Prescott restrict their consideration to algae. The classification

of Tiffany is a uniform one which, though desirable, has certain inher-
ent weaknesses, as will be discussed presently, whereas Prescott uses
more than one criterium. In the use of nouns for categories, the sys-
tern of Tiffany includes the suffix 1315.3 for each term thus introducing
a redundancy, especially in an adjectival form in referring to algae
which mostly are assumed to be plants; this addition also results in a
cmubersome terminology of questionable usefulness. It should be noted,
however, that his intent was to classify only communities and perhaps
should not be compared with the systems of Prescott which are more use-
fully applied to species or other taxa as well as to communities.

In the application of various terms in ecological studies, there
is not always a clear distinction as to whether the habitat itself is
referred to or the reference is to a type of alga having a physiological
01' morphological adaptation to such an environment. Often criteria for
1"his latter are not available. Thus the terms plankton and benthos or
their adjectival equivalents refer to areal subdivisions of a body of
water or macrohabitat whereas organisms designated as planktonic or
9.931% may include either the forms which have a special adaptation to
these microhabitats or merely those which happen to have been collected
in such situations. In the latter case facultative forms may be in-
cluded with the obligate; in fact it may be quite impossible to determine
in Which of these latter categories a given species my fit or whether
there may be a variation with a stage in the life cycle. Thus, there is
9‘ contimml "rain" of planktonic forms into the benthos and benthic forms
Flay booms detached either as a natural course of development or

II
ae¢<=identa.'L'Ly" and my be then carried into the plankton. Biologically,

1 ‘

. .
" ‘--‘
e .i-
”s
.
u

a.
.5 :31"
v-.
0",.
~ ‘-
» . es

/’
,t
(‘1
o
('1‘

engine
‘ a‘. d
k. \-

.3:

1.3..

I
‘ is

o‘ ,4
N

26

these "facultative" forms may well be as important or even more important

in the new microhabitat invaded than the "obligate" forms. Other algal

habitats may be treated similarly. Therefore this present work makes no

attempt to distinguish between these.
The following classification of the algal habitat types encountered
in this present study is based on physiological and/ or morphological

adaptations. No new terminology is introduced ha‘e though slightly dif-

ferent usages of established terms are proposed in some cases.

 

gflm. Not submerged; exposed to air but in a damp situation.
l-On wood (or bark): Epilignic. The term gpiphloic as an equivalent
to imply growing on bark is not considered useful since a broader
usage of epilignic can be justified to include it; if the substrate

 

is resistant enough for algal attachment it is quite probable that

the resistance is due to the presence of lignin from which the for-

mer term is derived.
2-011 rock: Epilithig. Distinction is made as to type of rock by the

 

insertion of "on gypsum; on limestone", etc. The term is used in its

geological salsa to include mixtures of minerals or pure minerals

(but not includingsnow and ice) and not to size of particles. It

thus includes clay, sand, gravel, etc.
3-On soil. "soil algae" is useful, if not erudite, and would appear

to be adequate; no more appropriate term can here be suggested.
lt-In sand: PM. In moist sands above the water level along the

margin of a body of water.

“wig. Submerged or floating.
l-FREE. Not attached to a solid substrate.

'a-suspended in water: Planktonic.
(l-In open water: Euplanktonic.

 

’. C

I‘-

ll "‘
L7. ". ‘
I ..1 .-

. O‘P‘I'OCA

“90*

‘5, - :!
~ \-

~‘
J H .
‘4'

27

(Ia-Among other algae or higher plants: Tychoplanktonic.

(3-In snow: Cgoplanktonic. Includes forms inhabiting ice also.

b-Floating at surface: Floating mats.

#

c-Within animals: Endozoic. Obligate or facultative (injestion).
2-ATTACHED (to a solid substrate). Attachment may be directly, by means
of anatomical structures or indirectly, by gelatinous secretions.

a-To animals, directly: E izoic; indirectly: semi-epizoic.

b-To plants, directly: Mi indirectly: W.
c-To rocks: Epilithic (directly or indirectly). See A2 above.
d-To Mmsol : Benthic on soil.

Biogeochemistry: Environmental Limitations

The great diversity of types of surface ge010gical formations in
Oklahom, with their resulting varied effects on the chemistry of the
water have offered good potential for the investigation of some of the
factors affecting the distribution of algae. The term geochemistry is
useful because it includes the physical and chemical interactions; the
term biogeochemistzy includes the biological as well.

Few are the studies of similarly broad areas from this broad point
°f View and it is perhaps premature to attempt any regional correlations.
Shoup (1944) in his study of the geochemical interpretation of water
analyses throughout the State of Tennessee showed that a definite rela-
tionship exists between the types of ge010gical strata and the chemistry
or the waters associated. He was concerned with carbonates and pH and
attempted no biological correlations. Rawson (1941.) found in his study
or the saline lakes of Saskatchewan that the distribution of many organ-
18’38, including algae, may be related to the salinity of the water.

“01% recently Hoyle (1954) studied the relations of surface water chemis-

‘t
‘7 thI‘Oughout the State of Minnesota with the vascular aquatic plants

 

ufisn, :3
mt he 1
safes mi 1

IfiuO- .— 0'
Ant-3...- .

25133.15 2:.

a, .
l

«5.5::

I ‘;:‘"~0‘
“fie ‘ ‘.

‘ .

a-... .

“ I...

.“*'E .¢~e

a
Q
N: n‘ada 1
.‘Q.-‘~ ‘
u ‘ ‘ I
" ““h- 1:.
3 .

3.- ‘
I . _
N: i. s a... ‘ A!
if“.
‘1“:-

28

and fish, but not including the algae. Both Shoup and Moyle (_l_._c_.) have
tapped the distribution of chemical factors within their respective
states and have indicated their findings with isolines of similar con-
centration for each of the factors studied.

It has been the attempt in this present study to sample the algal
habitats in Oklahoma from a similar approach and to make such observa-
tions as might contribute toward an understanding of algal distribution.
However, the limitations of time required to cover such an extensive
area and the dearth of algal habitats (throughout a period of drought)
on distinctive geological strata have prevented the assembling of con-
elusive data; certain considerations do, however, seem worthy of note.
Although interactions are not precluded, each of the factors of pH,
carbon dioxide and carbonates, total solids, turbidity, md nature of
the strata influencing the water will be discussed in turn with notations
on their indicated effect on algal distribution in the area surveyed.
Tables I, II and III summarize the data obtained in this study.

g. Much has been written on the supposed importance of pH in the
distribution of aquatic organisms but there appears to be little evi-
dence for a direct causal relationship between this factor and the
presence or absence of algae. The nature of pH itself has uniergone
revision since it was first proposed, and its importance in biochemical
reactions and in the availability of nutrients have pointed more recently
to its effect on organisms as being indirect.

The original conception of pH by Sérenson in 1909 was as an expres-
sion of the concentration of hydrogen ions in aqueous solutions, defined
by: - loglO hydrogen-ion concentration. Wilde (19514) in reviewing the
subject points out that Sflrenson's assumption that strong electrolytes

are only partly dissociated, and on which his formulation was based, has

 

no

53’

fir... .' ‘
9.. Ir“. .“E.
"‘-§.~ .
.I‘s.‘ ‘ L

’
. ‘
.5 ‘
a“, .
'u‘.‘
"b‘ i..;‘ '
'3 ‘
I
v "‘4

:A
u“.
u}.
Q u
| “ ‘
- 6.. ‘
s.
5“.
3;.
.Q
"“5“: .
‘ ~E .‘—‘
‘J‘
‘2
.-. '-.‘ _
t... 3: u
\M.
\
' eu'
OE-‘sfi ‘A
U ‘1‘ S
1
CW,
“..,:,‘ {‘g
h. ‘
‘an

29

since been found in error and that thus, pH does not give an accurate
value for hydrogen-ion concentration. Further, Wilde (11.3.) notes that
a. pH value is usually determined by potentiometric measurements of a
cell's 99f; thus expressing activity, rather than concentration, of hydro-
gen-ions and that therefore pH must be accepted as "simply a number read
on a potentiometer."

That pH, however empirically derived, does exert some definite influ-
ence upon the metabolism of organisms in one way or another cannot be
doubted; there is much evidence for such correlations. But of much
greater importance than pH itself is the presence of buffering systems
in the water thich determine the effectiveness of the pH. Because of
certain chemical interactions pH may also be useful as an index of
conditions in a given body of water (Welch, 1952). Such interactions
will be discussed under carbon dioxide and carbonates.

Tolerance of algae for extremes of pH values have been noted in a
few cases, but not completely renoved from the possibility of interaction

with other factors. Thus Allen (1951;) reports the occurrence of Chlorella

 

calderia (Tilden) Allen in acid hot springs at a pH of l and a temperature
of 70 degrees 0. She notes that under cultural conditions growth of this
organism continued in 1/ normal sulfuric acid, but also at a pH of 7 and
apparently at lower temperatures. An inverse relationship might here be
suggested. Data of another sort are presented by Prat (195,4) who reports
that in cultural studies of Mastigocladus laminosus Cohn the highest tem-
perature tolerated by the species varied with the pH. He suggests that

pH and salinity are similarly related in effect. The restriction of many

species to saline waters in which pH is characteristically high might
further illustrate the effect.

!‘

 

" -.' 5'.
4‘: .4“ u..'.

3,-o‘v
-

:2 ”:155 it's ‘

b'e u
' a

was 1:. which ‘.

we .
I w .
l' - v. {I a I. ~
.nnb ...:e “
\
‘. .
- ‘ c... ‘. .
'° '5‘
-‘g as“ a J c
.

e... ‘.’
.. ‘-
,¢ ‘
to. V3-3: fl ‘

k : ~
g
I. a“ I
\ Ian R“ w :
u.‘! h
C
a“ m “a
‘H

 

 

30

Despite these established or inferred interactions of pH with other
factors affecting the organism, it has become common knowledge that cer-
tain algae are restricted to a given pH range. Thus an examination of
the species present is often sufficient to indicate at least whether the
water in which they were collected is acidic or basic (Ruttner, 1953).
As a group, the desmids are said to be characteristically found in acid
waters (Prescott, 1938); doubtless this cannot be said of any other taxon
of equivalent rank. It should be noted that this restriction implies
waters whose high concentrations of hydrogen-ions are due to organic
acids since this does not appear to hold for waters in which inorganic
acids are high. Thus Lackey (1938) reports but one species of desmid
(Desmidium sp.) from acid waters of pH 1.8 originating as mine discharge
and in which the acidity is due to incrganic acids.

In Oklahoma few acid habitats were encountered. In the eastern
wooded areas of the State where acid (organic) waters are to be found the
desmids were most abundant. Two species in the flora, however, were en-
countered only in basic waters of calcareous regions. These are the

rather ubiquitous Closterium moniliferum (Bory) Ezr. and Micrasterias

 

truncate (Cords) de Breb.

Carbon Dioxide and Carbonates. Carbon dioxide and carbonates are
intimately allied in their reactions in water so are here considered to-
gether. The importance of these lie in their provision of carbon which
is incorporated into photosynthates in plants. Though present in minute
amounts in the amosphere (0.03 vol. percent) carbon dioxide dissolves
readily in water immediately reacting with it to form carbonic acid which
in turn ionizes to produce ions of bicarbonate (HCOB'), carbonate (003')
and Hydrogen (H‘) to an extent determined by the pH (Vallentyne, 1957),

Yet the effect is that of an excess of hydrogen-ions ard an acid reaction.

. .
0". fin’AF‘ F
E -C 5:... use--

‘ e o
q .0 ‘-.Q
:1 vi: AC6~U -

Iii, :;e~o' I: !

o g .
I‘O.: 0.3: 3

H luv Co iv,

. . .
, ‘cu- AI 1-
“ ~Luou ._.

..
I “3.55 .329.

av...',~ _‘ _.
00“-; 1".
i U

" .I I V .
n

'T“ a ,. .
“dug ‘5 Us.
I I“.

V‘ “*3:
I. 4., ~,,'.

A...“
we. ‘H‘ n
1.411 “.s .
'p.
"I 3;“. “
~’
-..'

3.0“

“ «P (1
3’
e ‘ I '

31

As the carbonic acid-rich rainwater encounters limestones on the earth
the two react to form soluble calcium bicarbonate. In order that this
latter remain soluble, an excess of carbon dioxide is necessary; this

is the free, or equilibrium carbon dioxide. Any means of removing this

free carbon dioxide will result in the precipitation of calcium carbonate
or limestone. [It is the photosynthetic plants which are suspected of
bringing about this precipitatim during daylight hours while carbon
dioxide is being consumed during the process of photosynthesis. Blinks
(1951) notes, however, that this is apparent with certain algae but not

with all and that our knowledge of calcification by algae is too meagre

to be conclusive. Certain plants, in addition, appear to be capable of

removing carbon dioxide from the bicarbonate ion. According to Ruttner

(1953) this has been established for the submersed phanaerogams and mew,
but not all, the algae but is lacking in the aquatic mosses. He notes
that mosses are found in waters containing free carbon dioxide and that
the plants which are able to utilize bicarbonates develop luxuriantly in
filkaline and usually carbon dioxide-free waters.

A further aspect of bicarbonate chemistry of great importance is
1Elie action as a buffer in taking up added excesses of hydrogen ions. The
Presence or absence of bicarbonates then determines whether a given water
is alkaline or acid in reaction and in big part determines the composition
01’ the biota (Ruttner, 1953).

Shoup (19h0, l9h8) has noted that frequently the chemical character

Of an entire stream can be correlated with the solubility of buffers in

its predominant bedrock formation. Thus in waters of limestone areas

bicarbonates are high in cmcentration as compared to sandstone or
granite areas in which waters are decidely soft aid the pH is low be-

cause buffers are not as abundant to take up excesses of hydrogen-ions.

'e s‘ -
.sr“ ‘ I

1th..- \.4'O"; ‘
.1.:a‘- “‘9 .0
3 b... one u g.

I
' q t! “I:‘ 0‘!-
v0. on a... 6.

'I.‘-:-:

'~ '..'
vmfggi v-
‘0
55 .. ,"‘-'_:.:°

\‘v
‘A~‘
N,.}. i§:‘
‘:
die". ‘

mitt-1.1., .
“*4: De

Milieu,

Eli-2:36 ' n
Tg‘n

32

Shoup (191:8) notes further that the amount of carbon dioxide in the
atmosphere at equilibrium with water is quite enough to bring the pH to
6-0 in the abscence of buffers. With the addition of inorganic (mineral)
or organic (from organic decompositions) acids, a further decrease in pH
mat result.

As indicated above, the removal of free carbon dioxide from waters
containing bicarbonates results in the precipitation of calcium carbon-
ate or limestone. This result can also be effected by changes in tem-
Perature and thus changes in partial pressures which alter the solubility
of the gaseous carbon dioxide in the water. The possibility of algae
having played the dominant role in the precipitation of massive limestone
deposits throughout geological time has been given much consideration by
geologists (Clarke, 1921;, reviews the literature up to this time; Johnson,
1951). Enig (1921) noted the conspicuous effect of precipitation of

limestone by algae and mosses in the Turner Falls area of Oklahoma. This
Waterfall, apparently comparable only to waterfalls in Tivoli, Italy, is
noticeably being built up by d eposition of travertine. Encrusting and
Precipitating forms of algae are present on the face of the falls but
e(auditions would also appear to permit precipitation by physical means.

Total solids. Various terms have been applied to aquatic habitats
in which dissolved salts are notably high in comparison to "fresh water."
Thus, the terms alkali, alkaline, brine, brackish, saline and hard water
have been used to describe varying concentrations of sodium chloride

(brine, brackish, saline) or of other salts (alkali, hard water) or may
Simply refer to the reaction (alkaline). Biologically, salts of any

sort in solution exert an osmotic effect on an organism according to the
ionic concentration and not according to the type of salt involved. The

term total solids has becorre useful in limnology since it implies no par-

 

‘nfl‘ -
‘~
— Ody.-
.lvew‘I‘ a.‘
I I' "' C I
O I I“- M.

haza:

' SF on .1
. he Jveaé ~.
Qaa-\ ‘ ’
wl ‘ not
‘1 x. e“.
‘: " I. p. ..
.' ‘V' i-..

' ’~ ....1

. .

£3.‘:‘ a. _
~~. >'

9!

4. “aa.

,. .
L: :‘“A' e
:stt“ 1..
Q.
Q
C.‘\.
M . ‘0
"is
' a

a
“a“ ‘3
. .A .

U‘g .

33

ticular salt but rather the total residue on evaporation. In the follow-

ing discussion the term saline will be used in a general sense to refer
to waters which are high in total solids.

is an arbitrary standard to denote saline waters, the average for

the oceans of 3 percent (300 ppm. T.S.) or greater is used (Hesse, gt 51.,

1937). This is a useful reference point for purposes of comparison but

is of no biological significance since osmotic effects are not restricted

to this concentration. The range of total solids in the inlani waters of

Saskatchewan is from 35 to 118,000 ppm. (Rawson & Moore, 19111;). Probably

no greater range is to be found in natural waters except perhaps that a
greater maximum may be expected in supersaturated pools on salt beds.
It will be seen that the maximum here is far above the average for the
see, but concentration of salts alone does not distinguish the oceans.
Other considerations include the ratio of monovalent to bivalent ions,

the specific types of cations and anions which predominate, and the

ration of concentration of calcium to magnesium. These relationships

are given in the following table (from Provasoli, McLaughlin 8: Pinter,
1951:):

FRESH WATER SEA WATER
Total Solids, ppm. 59 - 500 300 - 38,000
Ratio W ions 1.56.;sually 6.5
Predaninating Cations Ca Na, Mg
Predominating Anions HC03 Cl
Ratio Ca/Mg 6 : 1 1 a 3

Though neatly outlined, the usefulness of this chart can at best be

suggestive; there are too few data available and such a strict dichotomy

as "fresh water" and "sea water" allow for no intermediates as must exist

1: nice. 1

. . ...
Q‘ in: :"‘ v
a. I.“ ‘01,.

v

safer"-

U.

:I:.;, Lamas

' Q
3:;ng c-2s

1“” :-.o '. .
'5' A. .53.

'2.“ '0. n

«L7 .»-c'.‘-.'e

J

7: Erase :1”

r..._
-."1‘ Vet
' I‘l'~t
33'7““. _
.0. '“e ‘
-“ nu.
"ml. ..
Du. . .
In
“in .‘y'1‘s .

r:0.. u“ ‘
'4‘. an .
V‘-
‘I, ‘.
‘ I
‘i ' 5 3e“v-«
‘C.-
:‘=:.B‘~0 .
‘s‘gl‘h
we.
\e.‘ ‘ .
‘:'= A. ‘I-fl
it N‘re:
t, '
'6.“ o .‘.
t O, .
M
‘F
We 3-‘ :.
L
“c
' A
u‘ ‘a CR“ .
u.“&“
I“
5‘"
tte Sa‘l ‘
3 e
‘. a.
h.) .‘e-,‘
U
:.- "n ,
U
"-9 Bay.
“s.

3b

in nature. A further limitation in application to a given body of water
is the great variation in concentration of salts which is possible through-
out a year or over a period of years. Thus many saline waters are be-
coming increasingly saline, and such is the nature particularly of lakes
occupying closed basins. Perhaps the most notable example of this is
Great Salt Lake whose salinity has increased from about 15 percent in
1869 (Clarke, 1921;) to about 22 percent in 1926 (Hesse, gt 3);” 1937) or
an increase of about 8 percent over a period of 57 years. Furthermore,
Flowers (1931;) notes that the variation at a given time within the main
body of the lake varies from about 15.7 percent to about 21.7 percent.

Variations over a period of time in any body of water are due to

such factors as rate of evaporation, ratio of water volume to surface
area, amount of water and of salts brought in, and the amount of outflow
(Rawson & Moore, 19th). To these can also be added the nature of the
strata underlying the basin, which is of primary impcrtance in maintain-
ing the salinity of Great Salt Plains Reservoir, Oklahoma. 01‘ further
c=Onsideration is the statement of Rawson & Moore (19141:) that the average
rate of increase per year (in Saskatchewan) shows an inverse ratio of the
mean depth; it is far greater in shallow lakes.

The saline waters of Oklahoma are associated with geological form-
ations containing strata of either gypsum (calcium sulfate) or sodium
Chloride salts. These waters may be in direct contact with such strata
(2.5., Great Salt Plains Reservoir) or are subject to their being brought
into the basin in solution by tributary streams. Gypsum and salt beds
may actually be fmmd in near proximity to each other stratigraphically,
but in the habitats sampled they appeared to be independently distribu-
ted. 0f the waters sampled which contain high sodium chloride salinities,

two are of note: Great Salt Plains Reservoir in a basin formed on .a salt

.. . .
I'll “In 0'0

. 3A-, LL d.a:

fen-9‘.-'~.. :. .
In: ”64‘: h“ .

I e
I .
.“8 re-at .

C12 a: iata

- ,- .
#392335 :a" - .
3 ~ '5

1‘

g
If“? t.‘
by.” I.
W.
1!. ‘
V\.'.
‘1'“):
34,.
U"
\
1".“
‘n._ I
\
3&2:
\
7;,
“.111 ‘r
‘e :a:
A
‘N‘rb I v-

. I
"" Pan
sifted E
a,
h“?
" c0:¢°1\ qa
ea
In .
\v “

35

plain, and the shallow fish-rearing ponds fed by a brine well at Red
River Fisheries (See Tables I and II). Gypsum-rich waters are more abun-
dantly represented by small streams in areas of gypsum outcrops and karat
topography in the southwestern part of the State, or are represented by
impoundments receiving such waters (see Tables I and III).

The relationship of algal distribution to total solids is not well
known and data are not sufficient to be conclusive. Few phycological (or
limnological) investigations have followed this approach and geochemical
data are too often restricted to spotty determinations (1‘ to scattered
intervals of time. Considering also the variaticns which are possible,
as noted above, it is obvious that any correlations can only be sugges-
tive. In sm'veying the literature it becomes apparent that few algal
Species may be considered to be restricted to saline waters. Apparently
restricted species are outlined in the table below:

Great Salt Lake, at salinities of 15.7 to 21.7 percalt (Flowers,

l93h):

nichothrix utahensis Tild. (Tilden, 1898)
aphanothece _1_ltahensis Tild. (Flowers, 1931;)
Microcystis Packardii (Farlov) Tild. (Flowers, l93h)
Little Manitou Lake, Saskatchewan, at a salinity of 12 percent
(Moore & Rawson, 1911;; Kuehne, 19111):
M _B_i_I_;ggi_ var. Eli—9.2. Kuehne
In both areas, however, the species were described as new and, not having
been reported elsewhere, might be considered as endanics. The problem is
further confused by G. M. Smith (1950) who notes that total mineral con-
tent does not seem to be limiting (p. 16) but also states (p.22) that

"brine lakes" do have a distinctive algal flora aid that the best known
examples are Dunaliella and Stephanoptera.

n
g. at...

‘ -
I. W A. C”--
o- at U. i- -.

' fl

nun-.O‘.oo .'
'“Iy-.. .0-.-

‘I \ .:.
F‘WM ‘
t‘oL‘u .’ -',

>Q‘-‘A o ...
'U— .3, (in.

.‘Q\ .-

e.... _.

*7» 0...: ...

”r"! v .
I'D;
I.!.. nu '
. A. .
I . _'
n .c .
"-~s.
l -
~
\I o . .‘..c -
' "L”; .
H
a-. ‘ - r”.
1. a
«a» _ ”-1.
0.. ‘
~ a Q -—
mi
J .._

o “

la: "1‘. 'r-'
.

s

0' .
*9.“ '

.UL II ’.
uk‘ .t]

t.=b I"

~.‘
\.I3‘: "
Q 'J‘ S’.‘
‘L
“5‘63: ‘q.
.1 y.)
n.:.

"J
‘o\.:~. ’ N
.z 3
.-
KL '1‘
' “W; 9
' v‘ S.
C
H.
...
a.
.‘L:
av “‘
I, . 're
‘5
_. 5: ,q
".._ . s
\n L
I .
‘\
‘4

36

If only these few algae (or none) are restricted to high salinities,
it is of some interest that many can tolerate rather wide ranges in salt
concentration. Thus, of the 11 species reported for Great Salt Lake
(Packard, 1897; Tilden, 1898; Flowers, 19314), 8 are to be found in fresh
waters, whereas in Little Manitou Lake (Rawson & Mocre, 191111; Kuehne,
19141) this nunber is increased to 13. In Saskatchewan lakes of 2 to 3
percent salinity the nunber is 1:2 (Rawson & Moore, Kuehne, 1.2.) and in
Devil's Lake at 1 percent salinity the total is 117 (Moore, 1917).

In Oklahoma the maximum salinity encountered was .7 percent in Great
Salt Plains Reservoir. Conspicuous here was Enteromorpha prolifera var.
tubulosa (K11tz.) Reinhold, which also is recorded from Great Salt Lake
(Tilden, 1898) and from Little Manitou Lake (Rawson & Moore; Kuhne,
Aid. Another as yet unidentified species of Enteromorpg was found in
Ilied River below the dam which forms Lake Texoma (salinity 1.1 percent).
It should be noted that species of this game are also to be found in
fresh waters.

Generally speaking, in Oklahoma waters of moderate salinity the

numbers of individuals are far greater than of fresh waters, whereas the
numbers of species are greater in fresh waters. This is reported to be
the case also in North Dakota (Moore 8: Carter, 1923).. No similar gener-
alization can be made as to the dominant class of algae in similar situ-
ations. In Great Salt Plains Reservoir, Chlorophyceae were dominant at
the time of sampling whereas in the fish-rearing ponds at Red River
Fishery, extremely dense blooms of Cyanophyceae and Euglenophyceae were
present. In the "alkaline" lakes of North Dakota Cyanophyceae were
dominant as compared to fresh waters in which Chlorophyceae were in
greater abundance (Moore & Carter, 1.2.). Notably absent in all saline

lakes reported from are members of the Zygnematales which otherwise

37

comprise a considerable proportion of the Oklahoma (and other) fresh—water

floras. An exception to this is the recording of an unidentified species

of Moggeotia in Devil's Lake (Moore, 1917).

Turbidity. A conSpicuous characteristic of the waters of the south-

western states is the prevalence of very high turbidities. In Oklahoma

the regions in which notably high turbidities are to be expected include

the mixed-grass plains and short grass plains biotic districts (see Map,

figure ). The former occupies the Permian Red Beds physiographic

region which, as the name iniicates, is characterized by soft red shales
and red sandstones. Decomposition of these materials produces extremely
red soils and red-turbid streams and impoundments which cross or overlie

them. It is the clays, resulting from shale decomposition, which

contribute the bulk of the suspended material. Because of their colloidal

nature they persist in suspension for long periods; in streams any current
Inaintains or increases this load and in the ponds and shallow lakes of the

I‘egion, the persistent winds result in constant mixing.

Harper and Murphy (1930) have presented data on some streams in

north-central Oklahoma which indicate that the stream load (suspended

matter) varies with the velocity. Their data indicate that when the rate

of flow is three feet per second or less, streams contain less than one

percent of total solids in suspension.. Beyond this rate, the suspending

Power of the water is increased. They cite reports of maxima of as much

as nine percent of silt at a rate of eight feet per second; mine for

fiklahoma are as high as 0.779 percent (Salt Fork Red River) as compared

with 3.263 percent recorded for some floods in the Colcrado River. Tur-

bidities of the waters in Oklahoma would thus appear to be of comparatively

small magnitude because of the low gradient ard the resulting low water
velocity in the streams.

38

Any consideration of this problem, however, should take into account

the nature of the suspended particles. In Oklahoma waters clay particles

are the dominant suspended materials and current is not necessary for

their continuous suspension.

Perhaps no ecological condition can be considered to be more impor-
tant than is turbidity in the limiting of distribution of the algae.

Its effectiveness in this respect is due to more than one characteristic,
and thus can not be considered as a single "factor;" it must therefore

be referred to as a "condition."

It is of common observation that suspended materials in water absorb

light and affect its penetration so that with maximum turbidities light

penetration is at a minimum. It is also of common knowledge that restric-

tion of light penetration must have its effect on algal growth. One might

assume that among the various groups of algae, certain might be capable of
a heterotrophic habit and thus be enabled to survive and flourish in such

waters of relatively high turbidity. Such, however, was not found in the

observations on the algae in Oklahoma. It may be noted here, however,

that certain algae were found on occasion in turbid bodies of water but
in clear areas within those bodies. The significance of this will be
treated presently.

The absorbtion of heat is also a characteristic of turbid waters

but the biological importalce of this is less known. It is conceivable
that high temperature enhancement in early spring might be effective in
the stimulation of algal growth, but with summer maxima, this may be
destructive since solubilitdes of gases would be greatly reduced. The

direct effect of temperature is probably not of too great importance in

the waters of Oklahoma for algae in general since certain species are

pv-

«- file.
#:3‘...‘ p..,
'--—~’.. MC.

.F 0' '
m: as 1::

E1 ‘C‘L" ‘

"'-ood .

veo'
. H
'1 its 22‘!-

“Wk.““w
u ‘ has
«‘1
..1
‘I V
I’l'b
“5

t.‘
t. I‘-
x‘ x
I‘?
9 pp...
” 1
\ '3‘; .

39

commonly found in conditions of 90 degrees F. or more in very shallow
waters which apparently are aerated adequately by surficial interchange
of gases.

Of even greater biological importance must be the peculiar physico-
chemical nature of clay colloids and their importance in reactions invol-
ving the inorganic chemical nutrients essential to plants. A complete
and recent review of these characteristics of clays is given in Ross and
Hendricks (1915). Of greatest interest has is the process of base ex-
change (or cationic exchange) which is characteristic of montmorillonite
clays. When a clay is treated with a solution of a salt a stoichiometric
exchange of cations takes place and it is found that the ease of this
replacement varies with different cations. Bivalent cations such as
Ca” are preferentially held with respect to univalent ions and thus
Ca” is generally the dominant exchangeable base in naturally occurring
montmorillonites. The usual exchangeable ions include also Na", Mg“;

KI occurs less often and B" may rarely be found. (Ross & Hendricks, 1.2.).
In contrast to montmorillonite, kalonite clays have a high anion
exchange. Kalonitic soils thus have a high capacity to remove phosphate
from solution and to fix applied soluble phosphate fertilizers (Murphy,
19140). Further, it is assumed that phosphorus is fixed to a clay particle
by exchange with OH groups present on the surface of the particle. Since
montmorillonite has no exposed OH, any phosphorus adsorbtion probably
takes place within the lattice where OH groups are present; smaller
amounts of phosphorus are adsorbed by these clays and are more easily

removed by leaching as compared with kalonite (Murphy, 1.3.).

The total extent ofeither kalonite or montmorillonite or their

131813176 proportions in Oklahoma is nct known, but considering their modes

of Origin (a complete discussion is given in Ross and Hendricks, 19115)

531'. 3:51;.

:11; szils :'

“‘ ~....' A.

L: :L 5‘.-lj

”n.1,. I
“has—iv. ‘

. .
I:::E {'5‘

c5 a~
I .
.‘.
r. (n.
‘- II a
«.5 15*

'w
x'aS‘mv
)
.:. I.
K“
DA etrfi
' H
a

.n A
‘Q ‘ N‘ V
yann : \
o ‘1
“

to

both are undoubtedly present. Irwin and Stevenson (1951) state that
"most of the turbid waters in central Oklahoma are essentially non-
settling colloidal suspensions of a montmorillonite type of clay” but
they cite no source for this fact. If both are present it would appear
that the total phosphorus available to algae would be decreased in these
clay soils in one case by removal due to the high adsorbtive capacity of
the particles for phosphorus, and in the other by removal due to ease in
leaching. The fact of low algal growths or absences in highly turbid
waters might thus be explained. Such phosphorus as does become available
to the algae may be determined in part by certain biochemical reactions
involved in algal metabolism. Any secretion of ions by the algae might
thus result in replacement of adsorbed ions such that they become avail-
able to the plants.

Two interesting situations involving the clearing of highly turbid
waters in the presence of algae were noted. In one case a highly turbid
pond was observed to contain a few clusters of suspended filaments of
Spirggzga near the surface at shore. Though the water in the pond as a
whole was excessively turbid, the water immediately adjacent to and sur-
rounding the algal mass was quite clear. Similarly it was noted on a
few occasions that plankton blooms of sufficient density to impart a
faint greenness to the water were found in a limited part of a lake or
pond, the water of which was otherwise highly turbid. The algal blooms
occurred in clear water surrounded by and sharply delimited from the
turbid. It would appear from these observations that ion secretion by
the plants might be precipitating out the colloids in suspension. With

”Ch capabilities, ionic exchanges might also have resulted in the re-
lease 01‘ adsorbed nutrieuts from the clay particles which the plants

could utilize, and which thus resulted in a bloom condition. It is

..,.«o- n!-

Vu-Lotov-I

.' .I .c—
.'.’ '

'0'.
“I-

I
~.:. .-

K... ..c.

_ = .‘
“‘ .‘
I.-‘.
\
“a, ..
I, u
5--

s, W!

59-.

4‘1'5 A:
‘

50-..-

."K r.‘

hi

obvious from this that at least certain algae, living under certain
conditions, can clear otherwise highly turbid waters and thus better
their own habitat.

Irwin and Stevenson (1951) in their study on clarifying of turbid
waters have observed that aquatic plants established in impoundments aid
in maintaining clear water by their metabolic and decomposition products.
They have not considered algae in their studies ard their reference here
is to phanaerogams. Their work indicates that the effective ion involved
in precipitation of colloidal clays is H and they state that "any process
that liberates hydrogen ions in water tends to eliminate turbidity due to
colloidal clay." It should be noted that not all ponds and lakes in
western Oklahoma are highly turbid though they lie on clay deposits.
Such few waters as remain clear in these areas contain established plant
growths which are assumed to maintain the clearness (Irwin, 1916; Irwin &
Stevenson, 1951) by the processes discussed above. They are, in most
cases, good habitats for algae as well.

A final aspect of turbidity is that of sedimentation, as an aggrad-
ational process. In waters of high turbidity with a constant or renewable
source of suspended materials, there must be a continuous settling out of
particles since there is a limit or maximum suspension load that the
water can hold (this varying with the current and particle size as noted
31’0“). As a result sedimentation usually affects virtually the entire

area of a lake; in fact depositions in the deeper water are usually of

greater volume than those at the margins and deltas where the process is
more readily observed (Happ, 19141). This continuous deposition of silt
Must have its effect on any benthic algae which may be present and their
burial cannot be avoided. The bottom as an unfavorable habitat is fur-

t
her emphasized by Happ (992.) who states that "most artificial lakes

112

have a predaninately soft, unstable, mud bottom throughout most of their
area and most of their existence." With the passing of time such turbid
bodies of water are destined to become filled and so cease to exist as
aquatic habitats.

@333. The importance of soils in the ecology and distribution of
algae lies primarily in the furnishing of inorganic nutrients. ' In order
to be effective, however, these nutrients must have been leached out and
concentrated in greater or lesser degree in the bodies of water in which
the algae are found (we are excluding here any consideration of terres-
trial, or soil algae). Not all of the inorganic nutrients which collect
in waters are derived from soils, a secondary source, because many may
be derived from bed rock, the primary source. Since soils are a decompo-
sition product of rocks (with organic additions) they represent in the
Irwin a more readily available source of these nutrients. Excqations to
this are the soft rocks, such as certain limestones and gypsum, which
may dissolve away rather rapidly. Considering the far greater propor-
tion of soils in the State to the relatively few and widely scattered

outcropings of bare rock strata, it would appear that soils are vastly
more important in an area in which streams and lakes are fed by rainfall
and surface runoff.

The various soil types (2.2., families) do not in themselves fur-
nish a direct clue to their mineral components since each may be derived
from one or more types of parent materials, and more than one type may
be derived from a single parent material. Furthermore, the components
or a given type may include various soluble and/ or insoluble fractions.

The aVailability of nutrients to the algae may further vary with these

fractions, as was noted above under turbidity.

 

” r w ...
w w 22..
' O
... . '
one. .‘.A .
awn»... .
.

I.- .0. .‘K‘ -

a
an...-
.

 

as.
5|
y‘ ‘
.. _
'3‘ r-.c.‘
ca._ .
v. _
. .-
" 5..”

 

2.‘

‘4'. u. 0 ~-
‘c :..

I ‘

"\ ‘.I‘.
. Q“

113

Hydrosols, or soils characterized by an "A" horizon of water, as in
lakes and streams, are further complicated by the fact that they are
derived in part from local parent materials but may be altered consider-
ably by sedimentation of suspended materials originating from areas and
lithologic types far removed from those at the point of deposition. In

an area such as is included in central and western Oklahoma where aggrad-

ing streams are characteristic, the problem is not simplified. Therefore,

no attempts were made in this study to correlate algal distribution with
soil type but rather, attention was directed to such more easily recog-
nized substrates as bed rock, or general soil types such as clay and sand.
It should be considered a possibility that some degree of correlation
between soil type and algal distribution might be made in local situations

such as might be exemplified by a small pond or stream draining a limited

area on a given soil type. The author is not aware of any publications

dealing with this approach.

 

. . - I- 1: -1 u a I: . I a\v\ ideal-Lt .II t I Fdhnn_.<§n.v. arm-Hmphuxak OPV2

I! II II,’ '

mu.3~<.~ . bursa; I <2 n: LL 2.....~

 

 

EAL :n-h <rP<nL ah <M~Hh<nls~utkvnknv oo-Av X -S¢u¢a~n
H. ul-u-.|~"Hr

 

 

M.

.093 Moon goeaeaaoomfifl .850 I .3“

 

 

comb. moon no 590......» w weaned—”one dogma—hon .oeobom .. g
Bounce... .. .ulm 50S .. a opassum u a 33.05..” n dd "Emma."

.3. .3 3...... -2... o... 0.. m... 0.. 3.3. m. .3 m .33. .33 H.
a. .830 33 «.03 0.0 0.. e... E. m. .3. em 93.83. .33 0.
.3. .m. .3 «.3. .2... o... o.o .3. ~.. 2.... q. a... 0m 3...... 33 3
.3. .m. .3 .33. 3.3 0.03 0.. .3 2... e... N. 8n 3 3.»... 33 3
.3. .m. .u. 38...: 33 .383 0.3 0.0 Q. 3.. m. 33. 2. as... 33 3
.3. .3 has .3 o... 0.. .3 m... 3.3.. m... .3 mm a... .33 .333... .33 .3
.3. .3 .33. .3 0.33 0.. 0.. 0.. .3. m. .3 em a... .3... 9.33.3. .33 3
.3. .3 .830 .3 0.8 .3. 0.0 a. m... m. as. om 53>... teen .33 .3

a. .33. .3 o... 0.. 0.0 ~.. N. n... .3. mm a... .33 3

3 .3 has .3 9.3 0.0 0.. ... a... n. .3. e. .3.... .3... .33 .3

a. .3 3...... -2... 0.03 0.. 0.. .3.. .3.... n. .3 3 3.3.3 .33 3

.3. .3 .830 83 o... 0.. .6 0.. m... n. he 8 33...... .33 3

mm .3.. .83. a... 9.3 0.. . a. i. 2:... mm 82 .3 .33. 3.. 3.... .33 m
.3. .3 .33. 8. o... . a 0.. ~.. .3... m. .3 3. .5... .33 .
as. .2 .33. S... 0.0.. 0.. . a i. Q. n. .3. 3 3e... «.8. .33 e
.3. .3 .83. 0.. 0... 0.. ..0 0.. .3... n. be .m 8.3. to. .33 .
.3. .8 .830 .33 o.3 0.. .3 .3.. .3.... m... >3 3 .3... .33 n
5.9.... .83. .3... o... O... 0.. ~.. E3 n. .3 n .3.... .33 .x

.5. .830 3. 0.3. 0.0. 0.0 m... a... m. 5:. .N t»... .33 an

a. as. .m. 32...: e3... oé. 0.. 0.. .3. .2... m. as. .3 3.3-3.233 a
.3. .3 33...: .2... o... .3 0.. 3.. .3. R .3. m .m .. .5. .3... .33 3

.30. .8 as. 33... .3.. Ea .. .
3.83.... .3395. .33.. E. “32333. «0. me .33. 3.3 .33.. 3.3 oz

 

Ea

«$94.33 OHBHZB EOE 4849 Adazgamo .5 Ngbm

H Ema.

 

hS

oucpmcnau I mm

.oahv Moon nsooaaadooufia Henna I .mmm
0:09.033. I ma .h... I an .nzmvmufl

Hanan» I mum, ovancnw I HM

 

 

.3. .3. .3 .3.: ..-..- 0.... ..3 ... ... .... .. ...: .. A... 3.3... a... 38.. H.
.3. .3. .3 .83. ....-- 0.... ... ... ... .... .. ...: .. 35 3.38. 8.. 3.... o.
.3. .3. .3 ...... -..-.. o... ...: ... ... .... .. ...: . 83. .... 3.... m.
.5 ... .83. .8. 0.03 o.0 .... .... .... .. 8. 3 ...... ...... 3 3.... ..
.3. ... ...... .... ...... .3. ... ... ..3 .. .3. . ... .... 83...... 3 3... ..
3... .33 3.3. o... o... o... ... ... .... .. .3. .3 .3823... ...... ..
3 33...: .3 .... ..3 ... ... .... .m .9 .. A... 33:. ...... .8. ...
3 33...: .3 o... o... ... ... o... .. .3. 3. E. 33:. .... .8. ..
3 .83. ....-- o... ... ... ... .... .. ...: .3 9...: .. ...: .8. ..
.. 83. ..--.. 0.33 ... ... ... .... .. ...: . .... .... .33.. ..8. ..

8... ... a8 33... .3... 8. .. .3.. .
3.83... .33.... .330. 8. NEE... ... m. ...... .3... 93 3.... oz

 

 

anon Q24 mnzom

HH Ema.

«madam—Hg DHEE 50% $53 HdUHEmmnbmo .8 Mgaabm

”Anon-axrru, »— <—«

1 I- -I'l . I'llhauhul‘o gu0r<>~ .
nvh Lkrv‘N :«Av Fan (IF <C

 

Ava
q. <UH3~E§UCEC 5—0 >-§§Cuw 1‘;

Huh” uluhnk<lhn

v n . a a . . .

I» [III a . u o c
I O I a n
I v a a 4 IL
I ’ a I . I.
. I a a .
n o a l a

II I a o o I
II. x u u n o .
.Iy- - . . o n z
I- I... 1]

 

116

0093 .3003 383.300.... 903.0 I ..3'0

 

 

0.00:. I mm 0.39005. I mm .3038 I a 03338.6 I u 0..—3.05”. I .04“. had. I and ”Emma.”
. 8.3. .... ....m 0.0 ... ... ...... m. .3. .3 .... 8.. ..38. .33.. n.
3 8.30 -..-.. 0.. 0.0 .3. 0.. ...3 mm 03 o 83.8. 8.33. 8.. .3... .m
8 8.3. .5... ...3 0.0 .... ... ..3 m. 8. 3 .3333 ..38. 3.
.3. .8 .3 8.3. .3 0.003 0.0 ..0 ... ..--.. n. ...: 0m 888$ 3.3333 .83. 0.
.3. ... .3 8.3. ..3 0.0.. . a 0.. m. ..--.. m. 8. . 38.85 8383. .83. ...
3 800.8 m0 0.3 0.0 ....3. 0.0 IIII mm has w .35 .3095 we.
.30 .Ho .3 8.0.3 MMH 0.03” 0.0 0.0 m... IIII mm a... 0H Eonwbfim £0030 be
3m 3.0.3 NmH 0.m~ 0.0 0.0 0.0 IIII mm nun 0m #00 9.0m £0030 3
3 ... 8.3. ... 0.... 0.. 0.0 .... 3... m. 38 .3 .3888. ...... ...
... .3 8.3. 3.. 0.83 ..0 ..0 ... ... n. 8. o. .33... ...... .3
mm .3.—H: 2H 0.NNN 0.0 III «.0 IIII mm 0.0M H umafiuam 00303“ $30030 m.
3 8.3. ..-..- 0.0.. 0.0 .3. ... .... .. .... n 333 8 .88. ...... ..
3 8.3. -....- ...3. ..0 ... 0.. 33 .. .... m .3.... 8 .88. ...... 3...
.3. .3. .3 D32 ..-..- ...3 ... ..3 ... .... R .3 m ...... .8. 8.... 8
mm 9.00.8 IIII n.00fi 0.0 m.m m.m IIII mm has N 03.8308 .80: M0090 mm
3 8.3. .....i .... ... ... 0.. 33 n. .3 o 83.... 8.33. 8.. ...... .n
.5 8.3. ..--.. 0.8. ..0 0.. 3.. 33 .. .... .. .... 8.. ...... R
m. 8.3. 0.. 0.... ..0 0.0 0.. ---- m. 82 w. 3383.. 8.. ...... .n
.3. .3. .3 .33: .... 0.... ..0 0.0 ... 0.3 n. 8. .3 3.83 8.. ...... an
00 800.3 IIII 0.02 0.0 0.0 0.0 N.NN hm hm: N anagram 00.3 900a #0930 .3
8 8.3. .3. 33.3 ..0 ... ... ..3 m. .3. m 8.8. ...... 3 ...... 3
an 300.3 IIII 0.3. 0.0 0.H 0... ~.NN Mm has 3 03000 $03 £0030 NM

. .30. 8 8. 333. .3.. 8. . .

3.8.3... .3395. .3.... 8. .5343. .0. m. ...... a... 93.5. .3... oz

 

HHH and...

msdfig OH§ 20mm 493 9435585 .3 5235.0.

 

Ix. .0.

v at.
0!” .FS

0
0
.0
‘-

\,

1101!..

ax - t.
‘cx. . h\¥
.. . A C. 001. O Q
C. .. . Ik- ..
‘0
\- 1-. 1d-
QJ \ . t
I-\
w
l a

 

A.SYSTEMATIC OUTIJNE WITH NOTES ON THE SPECIES

The following is a complete listing of the algae identified in
this study and includes any previously reported from the State. The
names of the major taxa and their relative positions essentially fol-
low Smith (1950) but with certain modifications after Prescott (1951).
The species are listed alphabetically within the genus and for each,
information is included in the following sequence:

1. Complete citation with valid names in upper-case type.

2. Synonyms in recent usage, eSpecially by authors reporting from
the State. These are indicated in lower-case type, alphabetically with
valid names; they are enclosed in brackets when following a valid name.

3. Bibliographic reference to a recent publication in English in
which may be found descriptions and/or illustrations of the species. In
preferential order these include: Prescott 1951, Tiffany & Britten 1952,
and Forest 1954. Those species which are not included in these works,
and all of those in recently monographed groups, are referred to the
appropriate monograph or to some other publication which lists, describes
or figures the species

4. Citation of publications which list, describe or figure the
species from Oklahoma material. Reference is made to published figures.

5. Morphological notes based on the Oklahoma material.

6. Ecological notes. Terms are defined and further information
‘is to be found in Appendix II.

7. Names of macro-habitats (when possible) with locality in rela-

‘tion to towns or to other landmarks.

47

8. Region of State as indicated on Map, Fig. 2. The abbreviation
for such a region is followed by a number which designates the county
(see Appendix I for numerical, alphabetical listing) and the two are
enclosed within virgules.

9. Illustrations included herein. These are limited to new spe-
cies or to those encountered in the present study for which illustra-
tions from Oklahoma material have not been publisned previously. The
dimensions of the specimens illustrated are included in the explan-

ation of plates.

‘ < ‘ H 4‘ .- .
x." \ II. II! uh.
- . ... «a .L
‘ . FM: and h: x.
I:

\..

 

 

+h
a“

Phylum CHLOROPHYTA
Class CHLOROPHYCEAE
Order VOLVGZALES
Family cammomomcm
CHLAMYDOMONAS Ehrenberg 1835
CHIAMYDOMONAS EPIPHYTICA G. M. Smith 1920. Prescott 1951: 71; Pl. 1,
Figs. 6-7. Near Guthrie /IBI.2/ (Maloney 1941+) .
Family PHACOTACEAE
PHAC ems Party 1852
PHACOTUS IENTICULARIS (Ehrenberg) Stein 1868. Forest 1954: 533 Fig. 22.
Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City AC 55/ (Ophel 1950) .
Family VOLVOCACEAE
PANDCBINA Bory 1824
PANDORINA m (Miller) Bory 1824. Prescott 1951: 75; Pl. 1, Fig. 23.
Cells of certain colonies of this species were found to possess but
a single flagellum. Thompson (personal communication) reports this
condition as existing also in Kansas material. A common plankter in
the State appearing in the larger lakes (3., Lake Texoma) but in
greater abundance in farm ponds and smaller pools, in open water or
at shore. Near Guthrie /m42/ (Maloney 1941.); Lakes Hefner and Over-
holser in Oklahoma City /M355/ (Ophel 1950) ; Lake Texans. /scz.5/; farm
pond near Snyder /SW38/; barrow pond /3035/.
EUDORINA Ehrenberg 1832
w W Ehrenberg 1832. Prescott 1951: '76; P1. 1, Figs. 24-26.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SCU./ (Leaks 1945) .

 

l.‘

 

A
<7
1‘

‘is

 

(”1
O

PIEODORINA Shaw 1894

PLEODORINA CALIFORNICA Shaw 1891.. Prescott 1951: '77; Pl. 2, Fig. 1.
Rare; found only in a farm pond near Willis /SCl.5/. This pond had
a notably high pH of 9.4. and a total alkalinity of 80.0 ppm.

m Linnaeus 1758

m A;IB._E_US Ehrenberg 1838. Prescott 1951: '78; P1. 2, Fig. A. Crys-
tal lake near Norman /SCl!./ (Leaks 1945) .

m GLOBATCB Linnaeus 1758. Prescott 1951: ‘78; P1. 2, Fig. 5. In a
sample known to be from the State but lacking further data. Occur-
ring with E. spermatosphaeg Powers.

191119; PERGLOBATGR Powers 1908. G. M. Smith 191.4: 306; Figs. 20, 31,
1.6. Crystal Lake near Norman /8011./ (Leaks 1945). Smith (191.1.)
cites this as occurring only in the United States: Nebraska, Kansas
and California. The Kansas record (Thompson 1938) reports it from a
temporary pond and amp.

m SPERMATOSPHAERA Powers 1908. G. M. Smith 194.4: 289; Figs. 9, 21,
32-35. In a sample known to be from the State but lacking further
data. A distinctive characteristic of this species is "the develop-
ment of every cell of a male colony into an antheridial platelet"
(Smith 1.9,.) . Smith records this as being known only from the United
States: Nebraska, Missouri, Louisiana "(7)”, and Washington. Tif-
fany and Britten (1952) report it also from Illinois. Pl. I, Figs.

18, 20.
Family SPONDYLOMORACEAE

PASCHERJIILIA Korshikov 1928
PASCHPBIEHA TETRAS Korshikov 1928. Smith 1950: 107; Fig. 49. Lake
Overholser in Oklahoma City /m55/ (Ophel 1950).

 

 

'5
-

 

Order TETRASPW
Family PALMELLACEAE
SPHAERGJYSTIS Chodat 1897

SPHAEROCYSTIS SCHROETERI Chodat 1897. Prescott 1951: 83; P1. 3, Figs.
6-7. This Species, the only member of the genus, is found through-
out the State though never found in great abundance. Planktonic, or
among semi-epiphytic or floating masses of other algae. /3010,NE58/
(Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /scu./ (Leaks 191.5); lakes Hef-
ner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N: 55/ (Ophel 1950).

ASTEROCOCCUS Scherffel 1908

ASTERmmCU‘S SUPERBUS (Cienkowski) Scherffel 1908. Prescott 1951: 86;
P1. 1., Fig. 10. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NJ55/
(Ophel 1950) .

GLOEQ‘JSTIS Mgeli 1849

GLOEOSISTIS Eggs (Kfltzing) Iagerhein 1883. Prescott 1951: 81.; P1. 3,
Fig. 16. /SEI.C/ (Taft 191.0).

GLOEOCYSTIS CONFLUENS (Kdtzing) Richter. Forest 1954: 64; Fig. 42.
This name is used here in the sense of Forest (1.9.) to include all
oval celled Gloeogzgtis surrounded by a gelatinous matrix, since size
and condition of sheath are so variable even within single colonies
that a finer differentiation is not practical. Creek near waata
/NES3/; very abundant in sample among entangled filaments of other
algae.

GLOEOCYSTIS VESICULOSA Nigeli 1849. Prescott 1951: 85; P1. 3, Fig. 15.
/NE58/ (Taft 1940).

R0
Ural

Family TETRASPORACEAE
TETRASPORA Link 1809
THRASPCRA CYLINDRICA (Wahlenb) C. A. Agardh 1824. Prescott 1951: 88;
P1. 5, Figs. 1, 2. Benthic, attached in Bois D'arc Creek near Ponca
City /m36/.
WPORA GELATINOSA (Voucher) Desvaux 1818. Prescott 1951: 88; P1. 5,
Figs. 3-1.. Wichita Mountains /SWl6/; /NE58/ (Taft 191.0) .
TEI'RASPfl LACUSTRIS Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951: 88; Pl. 5, Fig.
11. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leaks 1945); /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).
TETRASPCBA LUBREA (Roth) 0. A. Agardh 1824. Prescott 1951: 89; P1. 5,
Fig. 9. Attached in cool, clear waters in which it forms long skeins
in the current. Creek near Tulsa /NE’72/; creek near Siloam Springs
/NE21/.
APImYSTIS Mgeli in Kfitzing 1849
APImYSTIS BRAUNIANA. Mgeli 1849. Prescott 1951: 89; P1. 5, Figs. 7-8,
10. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0) .
CHAETOPELTIS Berthold 1878
This genus is included by Smith (1950: 126) in the family Tetraspor-
aceae, whereas Prescott (1951: 121.) places it in the Chaetophoraceae.
CHAETOPELTIS ORBICULARIS Berthold 1878. Prescott 1951: 121.; P1. 16,
Fig. 6. Near Guthrie /m1.2/ (Maloney 191.4).
Family cmammcm
STMPHAERIDIUM Geitler 8: Gilesi in Geitler 1925
STYIDSPHAERIDIUM STIPITATUM (Bachmann) Geitler & Gimesi ig Geitler 1925.
Prescott 1951: 92; P1. 4, Figs. 7-9. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCI4/
(Leaks 191.5).

:—

 

‘.~

A...
e:

......

R.‘

v-

‘v.

Family'COCCOMIXACEAE
TELAKATOTHRIX Wills 1898
ELAKATOTHRIX GELNTINOSA Wills 1898. Prescott 1951: 93; P1. 3, Figs. 13-
14. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/ (Ophel 1950).
Order ULOTRICHAIES
Suborder ULOTRICHINEAE
Family ULOTRICHACEAE
ULOTHRIX Kfltzing 1833

UID'I'HRIX mums Kttsing 1845. Prescott 1951: 96; P1. 6, Fig. 1. /NE-
58/ (Taft 191.0) .

ULOTHRIX SUBCONSTRICTA G. S. West 1915. Prescott 1951: 96; P1. 6, Fig.
11. Crystal Lake near Norman./SCIA/'(Leake 1945); epizoic among fil-
aments of Basiglgdia 8p. on a turtle (Kinosternog flavescggs f1§z§_-
gggg) from near Headrick in area of granite bedrock /SW33/.

ULOTHRIX TENUISSIMA Kfltzing 1833. Prescott 1951: 97; P1. 67, Figs. 11-
12. /NE58/ (Taft 1940) .

ULOTHRIX VARIABILIS Kitsing 1849. Prescott 1951: 97; P1. 6, Fig. 13.
(Taft 191.0); forming bright green epilithic "strings" in rapids of
Elm Fork Red River near Reed /SW28/.

URONEMA Lagerheim 1887

01101113111 CONFERVICOIUM lagerheim 1887. Collins 1909: 188; Fig. 66.
Treated as a species of Ulothrix by some authors, the genus is char-
acterized by its filaments which are permanently attached, of limited
growth, and with basal and apical cells attenuate. In this species,
cells are 496‘u broad and 28-4 diameters long though basal and ter-

minal cells are usually much longer. Attached to walls of an aquar-
ium in Norman /SCl4/.

(n
.5

Order MICROSPORAIES
Family MICROSPORACEAE
MICROSPORA Thuret 1850

MICROSPORA FLOCCOSA (Vaucher) Thuret 1850) . Prescott 1951: 107; P1. 8,
1'13. 1.. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

MICROSPCRA LOEFGRENII (Nordstedt) Lagerheim 1887. Prescott 1951: P1. 8,
Fig. 2. /NE58/ (Taft 1940).

Order CHAETOPHORAIIS
Family CHAETOPHORACEAE
STIGEOCIDNIUM Kfltzing 181.3

STIGEOCLONIUM AESTIVAIE (Hazen) Collins 1909. Collins 1909: 220; Hazen
1902: 205; P1. 33, Figs. 1-3, described as m. /NE58/ (Taft
191.0).

STIGEOCLONIUM Aw Kfitzing 1845. Collins 1909: 219; Essen 1902: 199;
P1. 29, described as Marlena. From near Guthrie /m1.2/ (Maleney
1941.); Crystal lake near Norman /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5).

STIGEOCLONIUM GLOMERATUM (Hazen) Collins 1909. Tiffany & Britten 1952:
36: P1. 9, Fig. 69. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

STIGEOCLONIUM LUBRICUM (Dillwyn) Kdtzing 1845. Prescott 1951: 115; P1.
10, Figs. 1-2. /NE68/ (Taft 191.0).

STIGECDIDNIUM m Kfitzing 1849. Prescott 1951: 116; P1. 9, Figs. 7-8.
From near Guthrie /N3[.2/ (Maleney 1944).

W m (C. A. Agardh) Kfitzing 1843. Prescott 1951: 117;
Tiffany & Britten 1952: 31.; P1. 10, Fig. '70. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0);

epiPthic on roots at shore of Lake Texoma /SC45/.

CHAETOPHCRA Schrank 1783

CHAETOPHORA ELEGAIB (Roth) C. A. Agardh 1812. Prescott 1951: 118; P1.
11., Figs. 3-4. Crystal lake near Norman /5011./ (Leaks 1945); /NE58/
(Taft 191.0) .

CHAETOPHORA INCRASSATA (Hudson) Hazen 1902. Prescott 1951: 118; P1. 11.,
Figs. 1-2, 11. On debris, epilithic on granite and epiphytic on stems
and leaves of aquatic plants. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0); Sunset Creek in
Wichita Mts. M16/, seepage area near C1ee Springs /NW2/, farm pond
near Atoka /SE3/, fish-rearing pond at Red River Fisheries near Hugo
/SE12/, on pine needles in pool near Harris /SE1.8/.

DRAPARNALDIA Bory 1808

DRAPARNALDIA GLOMIRATA (Vaucher) C. A. Agardh 1813. Prescott 1951: 120;
P1. 15, Fig'. 5. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0); abundant on submerged twigs in
ephemeral pond #2 near Seminole /SC67/.

DRAPARNAIDLA PLUMOSA (Vaucher) C. A. Agardh 1812. Prescott 1951: 121;
P1. 15, Fig. 1.. /NE58/ (Taft 1910); lakes in Wichita late. /8016/.

DRAPARNAIDIA RAVENELII Nelle 1887. Tiffany 8: Britten 1952: 36; P1. 11,
Fig. 79. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

CHLOROTYLIUM Kfitzing 181.3

CHLOROTYLIUM CATARACTUM Katring 181.3. Collins 1909: 291; Fig. 86. Form-

ing densely crowded crustose growths on rocks in Spavinaw Creek /NE21/.
DERMATOPHYTON Peter 1886

DERMATOPHYTON RADIANS Peter 1886 [Ulvella igolvens (Savi) Schmidle
18997. Smith 1950: 161; Fig. 91.; Prescott 1951.: 115; Fig. 182.
Irregular disc-like growths one to several cells in thickness attached
to skin and carapace of many species of turtles (Vinyard 1955). Smith

(1.2.) recognizes this species as being restricted to turtles as an

nitride I"

   

- 3 -.
".1. “"V‘ .

D

Pm Far: :2: '

-.f*..~.
..__-:' V‘tx
*

5.] Q

 

7)

C1

epizOOphyte whereas Prescott (1.9,) recognizes the synonym stating
that it grows on submerged aquatic plants and sometimes on animals.
From various ponds and lake Texema /SC45/.
APHANOCHAETJ A. Braun 1851

APHANOCHAETE R_E_PE_I\§_ A. Braun 1851. Prescott 1951: 125; P1. 17, Figs. 2-
3. Filaments creeping or entwined about larger filamentous algae.
/NES8/ (Taft 1940); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945);
Medicine Creek (effluent of lake Lawtonka) /SW16/, Salt Creek near
Nowata /NE53/.

APHANOCHAETE VERMICUIDIDES Wells 1887. Prescott 1951: 125; P1. 17, Fig.
4. Crystal Lake near Norman /5014/ (Leake 1945) 0

Family PROTCEWCACEAE
PROTOCCBCUS C. A. Agardh 1824

PROTCECDCUS VIRIDIS C. A. Agardh 1824. Prescott 1951: 127; P1. 10, Figs.
5-7. Common and widely distributed in subserial habitats on damp
weed, bark of trees, soil and rock surfaces; on dry soil and rocks
forming gray-green expanses; /5011./ (Taft 191.0).

Family COEmHAETACEAE
90113001111an de Brébisson 1881.

COIEOCHAEI‘E DIVERGENS Pringsheim 1850 var. m Hansgirg 1886. Collins
1909: 234. /NE18,SE1.0/ (Taft 191.0) .

COIEOCHAETE IRREGULARIS Pringsheim 1860. Prescott 1951: 129; P1. 17,
Figs. 8-9. /NEls/ (Taft 191.0).

COIECBHAETE CRBICUIARIS Pringsheim 1860. Prescott 1951: 129; P1. 18,
Figs. 3-5. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

COanCHAFrE SCUTATA de Brébisson 1841.. Prescott 1951: 130; P1. 18, Fig.

9. /SW16/ (Taft 191.0); epiphytic on leaves of submerged aquatic

plants, in Hunt's lake near Binger /SW8/.

.... v-v'!" t'"
.‘Y._: O ‘
lb- ......- O‘ U‘-

:1 19 73*.

s‘. 01", ‘ -5. '

5'35 03 Stance

 

 

m
‘1

COIECBHAEI‘E _S_O__Ly_'J;A_ (de Brebissen) Pringsheim 1860. Prescott 1951: 130;
P1. 18, Figs. 6, 10-11. ,6W16/ (Taft 191.0).
CHAEI'OSPHAERIDIUM Klebahn 1892
CHAETOSPHAPRM GLOBOSUM (Nordstedt) Klebahn 1893. Prescott 1951:
131; P1. 11., Figs. 6.7. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5);
/NE58/ (Taft 191.0).
Order ULVALES
Family ULVACEAE
ENTEROMORPHA Link 1820
ENTEROMORPHA PROLIFERA (Fl. Dan) J. G. Agardh 1882 var. TUBULOSA (Kata-
ing) Reinhold 1889. Collins 1909: 123. Epilithic on rip-rap of dam
and on stones in effluent stream of Great Salt Plains Reservoir /NW2/.
Family SCHIZOMFRIDACEAE
SCHIZOMERIS Kfltzing 1843
SCHIZOMERIS LEIBIEINII Kfitzing 1843. Prescott 1951: 105; P1. 7, Figs.
11-13. /NE58/ (Taft 1940); benthic in small pond on island in lake
Tao-a /8045/.
Order OEDOGONIALFS
Family OEDOGONIACEAE
OEDOCONIUN Link 1820
W W (Him) Tiffany 1931. [academia W
var. abgeviatun Hirn 19097. Tiffany 1937: 50; P1. 21, Fig. 318.
(Taft 1935, under the synonym).
W 119.118.1011 (Hirn) Tiffany 1931. [29193921211 saris var gass-
ill—n Hirn 1900.7. Tiffany 1937: 39; P1. 13, Figs. 176-178. (Taft

1935, under the synonym); Crystal Lake near Norman /3014/ (Leake 1945) .

LII
C3

OEDOGONIUM ARMIGERUM Hirn 1900. Tiffany 1937: 63; P1. 30, Fig. 485.
(Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM A_S_'I‘_R; Wittreck 1872. Tiffany 1937: 56; P1. 30, Fig. 486.
(Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM AESTRAIE (C. West) Tiffany 1934 [Oedogegium suegigum var.
austgalg B. H. Smith 1932]. Tiffany 1937: 29; P1. 8, Fig. 91.. (Taft
1935, under the synonym).

OEDCXEONIUM BOHEMICUM Hirn 1900. Tiffany 1937: 76; P1. 20, Fig. 305.
(Taft 1935).

OEDCBONIUM BORISIANUM (Le Clerc) Wittreck 1874: Tiffany 1937: 61.; P1.
33, Fig. 527. (Taft 1935); Crystal lake near Norman /5011./ (Leake
191.5).

Oedogonium m var. Qccidegtalg Hirn 1900. See OEDOGONIUM W-
TALE.

OEDOGONIUM w Kfitzing 181.9. Tiffarw 1937: 59; P1. 32, Fig. 505.
(Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM CAPITELIATUM Wittrock 1874. Tiffany 1937: 76; P1. 20, Figs.
306-307. (Taft 1935) .

OEDOGONIUM CARDIACUM (Hassall) Wittreck 1870. Tiffany 1937: 31; P1. 9,
Fig. 108. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM CARDIACUM var. CARBONICUM Wittreck 1883. Tiffany 1937: 31;
P1. 9, Fig. 121. (Taft 1935).

W ggdiagum var. Liggg Iemmermann 1909. See OEDOGONI‘UM m-
M Tiffany 1934.

OEDOGON’IUM COIEATENATUM (Hassall) Wittreck 1874. Tiffany 1937: 64; P1.
31, Fig. 538. (Taft 1935).

 

 

     

3" 1: Pa.

... 14" ‘60.

 

1“". U
8'51: - 9‘
, 'fi.
1') I
’\"" I? 9

‘ l
..A“-:
'-. '- ‘1-
‘”W‘.‘ Rhone
‘o“\
N
\ As-
viva " ’A“"-

‘Q J
.E“. 191,-10:
Th .
“~~[ “'~" Hu.‘
“"-1vv:- Pf
Cn-‘::;
N

1
...}
a '- m:
’0 . .fe,
Q
PM.
“".,1““>
i“- L F- ‘H

(n
(D

OEDOGONIUM COMATENATUM var. REGULARE Taft 1935: 281.. Tiffany 1937: 61.;
P1. 35, Fig. 51.0. (Taft 1935: Fig. 20).

OEDOGONIUM CRASSIUSCULUM Wittreck 1870. Tiffany 1937: 66; P1. 31., Fig.
532. (Taft 1935) .

OEDOGONIUM CRASSIUSCULUM var. ARCHAVAIETJQ (Wittrock) Hirn 1900. Tif-
fany 1937: 66; P1. 34, Fig. 533. (Taft 1935); Crystal Lake near Nor-
nan /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5).

OFDOCONIUN CRASSIUSCULUM var. CATARACTUM (Wolle) Tiffany 1930. Tiffany
1937: 66; P1. 34, Fig. 531.. (Taft 1935); Crystal Lake near Norman
/SCl4/ (Leake 191.5).

Oedegonium cmssiusculum var. idieandgespom Nordstedt & Wittreck 1879.
See OEDOGONIUI EOANDRCBPORUM.

OEDOGONIUM CRASSUI (Hassall) Wittreck 1872. Tiffarw 1937: 39; P1. 14,
Figs. 184-185. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM CRISPUM (Hassall) Wittrock 1874. Tiffany 1937: 52; P1. 22,
Figs. 336-337. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM CRISPUM var. GRACIIESCEDB Wittrock 1.5 Wittrock 8c Nerdstedt
1883. Tiffany 1937: 53; P1. 22, Fig. 338. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM CRISPUM var. GRANULOSUM Nordstedt 1877. Tiffany 1937: 53;
P1. 22, Fig. 31.0. (Taft 1935).

OFDOCONIUM CRTPTOPORUN Wittrock 1870. Tiffany 1937: 27; Pl. 8, Fig. 101..
(Taft 1935).

Oedegenium 9W var. 311mg Wittreck 1871.. See OEDOGONIUM EL-
GA__I_?._E.

OEDOGONIUM CYATHIGERUM Wittreck 1870. Tiffany 1937: 62; P1. 35, Figs.

51.1-51.2. (Taft 1935) .

OEDOGONIUM CYATHIGERUM var. W Magnus & Willa 1881.. Tiffany
1937: 62; P1. 35, Fig. 543. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM DECIPIENS Nittrock 1870 [Oedogonium W de Bary 18567.
Tiffany 1937: 68; P1. 24, Fig. 383. Near Guthrie /m42/ (Maleney
1941., under the synonym) .

OEDOGONIUM FCHINOSPFaNUN A. Braun 1849. Tiffany 1937: 57; P1. 31, Fig.
487, (Taft 1935) ; Crystal Lake near Norman /8011./ (Leake 191.5).

OEDOGONIUM EXCOSTATUM Tiffany 1921. Tiffany 1937: 1.0; P1. 15, Figs.
199.203. (Taft 1935).

Oedogegium flavescens Wittreck 1870 var. gin}; Taft 1935. See 999999-
_NI_q_N CALLmUN. .
OEDOGONIUM w Taft 1935. Tiffany 193?: 55; P1. 30, FigS. 474-476.

(Taft 1935: Figs. 13-15).

OEDOGONIUM GALLICUM Hirn 1900 [Osgogonium flavescens var. 111m Taft
19357. Tiffany 1937: 59; P1. 32, Figs. 511-512, 516. (Taft 1935:
Figs. 10-12, under the synonym).

OEDOGON'IUM GIGANI‘EUM Kdtzing 181.5. Tiffany 1937: 81.; Pl. 7, Fig. 83.
(Taft 1935).

OFDOCONIUN GRACILIUS (Wittrock) Tiffany 1931. [Oedegegium olagiostomum
var. militia Wittrock 187§7. Tiffany 1937: 36; P1. 11, Figs. 11.3,
141.. (Taft 1935, under the synonym).

OEDOGONIUM W Kfltzing 1845. Tiffany 1937: 38; P1. 13, Figs. 172-174.
(Taft 1935); Crystal lake near Norman /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5).

Oedogogium gang-g var. anngstum Hirn 1900. See OEDOGONIUM ANGUSTUM.

OEDOCONIUM 911ml; Nittrock 1871.. Tiffany 1937: 1.8. P1. 19, Fig. 278.
(Taft 1935).

61

OEDOGONIUM HALLASIAE Tiffany 1934 [W 01312221111 var. W
Taft 19357. Tiffany 1937: 51.; P1. 21, Figs. 329-330. (Taft 1935.
under the synonym).

0edogogium.§i;gii var. gfgigggum G. S. West 1907. See OEDOGONIUM;§§TE§E!.

OFDOCONIUN HOWARDII G. s. West 1901.. Tiffany 1937: 39; P1. 20, Figs.
290-291. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM _11;;O_ANDROSPORUN (Nordstedt & Wittrock) Tiffany 1931. [9282-
gggigm gzassiuscglum var. idieandresperum Nerdstedt &'Wittrock 18797.
(Taft 1935, under the synonym).

OEDOGONIUM ILLINOlFlsE Transeau 1911. var. OKlAHOlmNSF Taft 1935. Tiffany
1937: 58; P1. 31, Figs. 1.97-1.99. (Taft 1935: Figs. 21-26).

OEDOGONIUM MEDIUM Wittrock 1886. Tiffany 1937: 32; P1. 9, Fig.

119. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM IRREGULARE Wittrock 1870. Tiffany 1937: 65; P1. 33, Fig. 521.
(Taft 1935); littoral, epiphytic on submerged stems in Lake Texema
/sc1.5/. Pl. I, Fig. 17.

OEDOGONIUM IFFECULARF var. CONDFTSATUN (Hallas) Hirn 1906. Tiffany 1937:
66; P1. 33, Fig. 522. Littoral, epiphytic on submerged stems in Lake
Texoma; (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM wesoaoucngmassall) Wittrock 1874. Tiffany 1937: 39; P1.
11., Figs. 186-187. (Taft 1935).

OFDOCONIUN IEMMERMANNII Tiffamr 1931. [Oedegegium cardiacum var. gigs;
Lemmermann 19097. Tiffany 1937: 31; P1. 9, Fig. 113. (Taft 1935).

Ogdegenium lgggigolle Nerdstedt 1878 var. senegalense Nerdstedt 1880.

See OEDOGONIUJ SENFEAIENSE.

OEDOGONIUM MACRANDRIUM Wittrock 1870 var. AEMULANS Hirn 1900. Tiffany

1937: 71; P1. 25, Fig. 397. (Taft 1935).

 

 

C)
to

OEDOGONIUN MACRANDRIUM var. HOHENACKERQLI (Wittrock) Tiffany 1929. Tif-
fany 1929. Tiffany 1937: 71; P1. 25, Figs. 398-400. (Taft 1935)

OEDOGONIUM MACRANDRIUM var. PROPINQUUM (Wittrock) Hirn 1906. Tiffany
1937: 71; P1. 25, Fig. 1.10. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM MEXICANUN Wittrock 1878. Tiffany 1937: 38; P1. 11, Figs.
11.5-11.6. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGON‘IUM MITRATUM Hirn 1895. Tiffany 1937: 1.9; P1. 19, Figs. 270-271.
(raft 1935).

OEDOOONIUN MULTISPORUM H. C. Wood 1869. Tiffany 1937: 65; P1. 33, Figs.
519-520. (Taft 1935); farm pond near Snyder /SW38/. Pl. I, Fig. 20.

OFDOGONIUN NEBRASKENSE Ohashi 1926. Tiffany 1937: 56; P1. 30, Figs.
1.68-1.70. (Taft 1935).

Oedogegium oblongg var. Sphagicum Taft 1935. See OEDOGONIUM HALIASIAE.

080000th OBOVlFoufF Wittrock 1878. Tiffany 1931.: 38; P1. 13, Figs.
168-169. (Taft 1935) .

OEDOGONIUM OCCIDFNTALF (Hire) Tiffany 1931. [Oedogogium aggggg Wittrock
1871. var. occidentalg Hirn 19097. Tiffany 1937: 1.1; P1. 16, Figs.
211-213. (Taft 1935, under the synonym).

OEDOGONIUM OUCHITANUM Taft 1935. Tiffany 1937: '76; P1. 20, Figs. 303-
301.. (Taft 1935: Figs. 22-23).

OEDOGONIUM PALUDOSUM (Hassall) Wittrock 1870 \var. PARVISPORUM Hirn 1900.
Tiffany 1937: 1.1; P1. 15, Fig. 209. (Taft 1935).

0110000th PATULUN Tiffany 1931. [Oedogoniun gigxg; var. africanum c. s.
West 19017. Tiffany 1937: 75; P1. 9, Fig. 110. Near Guthrie /N;1.2/
(Maloney 191.4, under the synonym); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/
(Leake 1945).

OEDOGONIUM W Transeau 1914. Tiffany 1937: 1.6; P1. 19, Figs.
263-261.. (Taft 1935) .

OEDOGONIUM PLAGIOSTOMUM Wittrock 1874. Tiffany 1937: 36; P1. 11, Figs.
11.1-11.2. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC11./ (Leake 191.5).

Ogdegegium plagiostemum var. M Wittrock 1878. See W
GRACILIUS.

OEDCBONIUM PRINCEPS (Hassall) Wittrock 1874. Tiffany 1937: 36; P1. 11,
Figs. 11.7-150. (Taft 1935).

Ogdegogium Pringsheimii Cramer 1859 var. MM Hirn 1900. See
OEDOGONIUM ABBREVIATUM.

OEDOGONIUM PUMELB Hirn 1900. Tiffany 1937: 57; P1. 30, Figs. 483-484.
(Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUN PUSILLUM Kirchner 1878, M. Tiffany 1937. Tiffary 1937:
82; P1. 19, Fig. 287. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUN RIGIDUM Hirn 1900. Tiffany 1937: 80; P1. 28, Figs. 1.46-1.47.
(Taft 1935).

OFDOCONIUN mg Pringsheim 1857. Tiffany 1937: 67; P1. 21., Fig. 380.
(Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM RUFFSCEIB Wittrock 1870. Tiffany 1937: 28; P1. 8, Figs. 100-
102. Crystal lake near Norman /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5).

OEDOGONIUM RUFFSCENS var. EXIGUUM (Elfving) Tiffalw 1930. Tiffam‘ 1937:
28; P1. 8, Fig. 105. (Taft 1935; Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/
(Leake 1945).

OEDOGONIUM RUGULOSUM Nerdstedt 1877 var. MINUTUI (Hansgirg) Tiffafw 1930.
Tiffany 1937: 69; P1. 21., Fig. 378. (Taft 1935).

OEDOGONIUM SANSTI-THOMAE Wittrock 8c Cleve 1874. Tiffany 1937: 83; P1. 19,
Fig. 277. (Taft 1935).

C)
5.3

OEDOGONIUM SENEGAIENSE (Nordstedt) Tiffany 1934 [W laagiaalls
Nerdstedt 1878 var. senegalense Nerdstedt 18897. Tiffany 1937: 67;
P1. 24, Figs. 381-382. (Taft 1935, under the synonym).

Oedogogium subglobosum Taft 1935. See OEDOGONIUM W.

W M war. 2931:3311; B. H. Smith 1932. See W
AUSTRAIE.

OFDOCONIUN LATE; Tiffany 1937 [Oedogonium subglobosum Taft 19357.
Tiffany 1937: 80; P1. 28, Figs. 454-456. (Taft 1935: Figs. 16-19,
under the synonym).

OEDOGONIUM TAPBINOSPOFUM Wittrock 1871.. Tiffany 1937: 83; P1. 19, Fig.
276. (raft 1935).

Oedegenium vesicatum de Bary 1856. See OEDOGONIUM DECIPIETS.

OEDOGONIUM 7U_l_g___kRF (Wittrock) Tiffany 1931. [Oedogonium W
var. mgagg Wittrock 1871.7. Tiffany 1937: 27; P1. 8, Fig. 103.
(Taft 1935, under the synonym).

OEDOGONIUN w Tiffany 1926. Tiffany 1937: 1.1.; P1. 17, Figs. 21.6-
249. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC11./ (Leake 1945) .

BULBOCHAFTF Agardh 1817

BULBOCHAFTF w Taft 1935. Tiffany 1937: 11.; P1. 4, Figs. 35-36.
(Taft 1935: Figs. 5-6).

@IBOCHAETE AREOLATA Taft 1935. Tiffany 1937: 15; P1. 6, Figs. 55-56.
(Taft 1935: Figs. 7-8).

BULBOCHAETE CIMARRONEA Taft 1935. Tiffany 1937: 12; P1. 4, Fig. 40.
(Taft 1935: Figs. 1-2).

BULBOCHkm CRASSIUSCULA Nerdstedt 1877. Tiffany 1937: 10; Pl. 1., Figs.
32-33. (Taft 1935).

BULBOCHAETE CRENULATA Pringsheim 1857. Tiffany 1937: 7; P1. 2, Fig. 17.
(Taft 1935); Crystal lake near Norman /SC11./ (Leake 1945).

BULBOCHAFTF__ DEPRESSA (Taft) Taft _i_g Tiffany 1937 [W Fm
var. depressa Taft 19357. (Taft 1935: Figs. 3-4, under the synonym).

Bulbochaete Furberae Collins 1918 var. depressa Taft 1935. See BHLBQ-
m DEPRESSA.

BULBOCHAETE 0101mm Pringsheim 1857. Tiffany 1937: 9; P1. 1., Figs.
24-25. (Taft 1935).

BULBOCHAEI‘E HILOENSIS (Nerdstedt) Tiffany 1937 [Bulbochaete rectangu-
;g;;§ Wittrock var. hileensis Nerdstedt7. Tiffany 1937: 13; Pl. 5,
Fig. 50. (Taft 1935).

BUIBOCHAETE_ INTERMEDIA de Bary 1851.. Tiffany 1937: 8; Pl. 2, Fig. 11..
(Taft 1935).

BULBOCHAETE‘MTNETA'West & G. S. West 1902. Tiffany 1937: 7; Pl. 2, Fig.
13. (Taft 1935).

Bolsocnkrfg JANA Wittrock 1872. Tiffany 1937: 5; P1. 1, Fig. 7. (Taft
1935).

BULBOCHAETE NORDSTEDTI; Wittrock 1874. Tiffany 1937: 8; P1. 2, Fig. 20.
(Taft 1935).

EfllBOCHAETE OBLIQQA Lundell 1900. Tiffany 1937: 9; P1. 3, Fig. 26.
(Taft 1935).

BULBmHAETE RECTANGULARIS Wittrock 1870. Tiffany 1937: 13; P1. 5, Fig.
53. (Taft 1935).

Bulbochaete :ectangglaris'wittrock 1870 var. hileensis Nerdstedt 1878.
See anBOCHALTE HILOENSIS.

6G

BULBOCHAETE REPANDA Wittrock 1874. Tiffany 1937: 12; Pl. 6, Fig. 57.
(Taft 1935).

BULBOCHAETE VARIANS Wittrock 1870. Tiffany 1937: 13; Pl. 5, Fig. 47.
Crystal Lake near Norman /sc:1z./ (Leake 1945) .

Order CIADOPHORAIES
Family CLKDOPHORACEAE
CIADOPHORA Kfltzing 1843
There is much confusion in the taxonomy of this group, with recent

authors differing in their interpretations of a given species or on
synonomy within the genus. Collins (1909) has noted that this is one
of the largest of the genera of algae and that there are few sharply
defined characters separating the species; seasonal and growth-form
variations apparently add to the problem. 'Where there has been good
agreement, the species concept of Collins (1.9.) is here employed and
others have been omitted pending further studies.

CLADOPHORA sp. nov. Epizoic; rhizoidal holdfast penetrating maxillary
and opercular bones of fish (Micropterus salmoides, maxilla and oper-
culum; Ictiobus bubalus, operculum). Branching lateral, Sparse;
ramuli open and divergent. Cells 44-100 u in diameter in the basal
portion of thallus to 22 u.at the apex; length 594 u (basal cell) to
198-209 u in the ramuli. Walls thickened, lamellate in the lower
portions. Fih collected by A. Hauser from Lake Texoma /scz.5/ in
June of 1953, and by P. B. Summers from Grand Lake in September of
1953 /NE21/ (Vinyard 1955). P1. II, Figs. 1-2, 5, 7.

CLADOPHORA sp. nov. Epilithic on gypsum and chert. Branches from a
more or less main axis, lateral, dichotomous or in whorls of 3, 4 or

rarely 5 (mostly 3 in mature portions) each of which may become a

secondary axis in the ramuli; ramuli dense, straight, flexuous and
mostly Spreading and in clusters separated characteristically'by 3

or 4 elongated cells of the main axis, but densly clustered near the
base of the plant. Cells cylindrical in the lower portions but
mostly somewhat club-shaped with a greater apical than basal dia-
meter; apical cells mostly cylindrical but tapering abruptly to a
bluntly rounded apex. Walls mostly constricted at the nodes cylin-
drical in basal parts of the main axis) becoming thickened and lamel-
late with maturity, up to 10-23 u, particularly in the older, basal
portions or in reproductive cells; cells of the ramuli 49 u.to
mostly 250-310 u,to 480 u long, 70-125 u diameter. ChlorOplast a
dense parietal reticulum with numerous pyrenoids. 0n chart in small
stream near Tulsa /NE72/'(collected by R. W. Kelting); benthic on
gypsum in small stream crossing karat area near Reed /SW29/. P1. II,
F138. 3, 6.

Generic descriptions variously admit of only lateral branching
(Collins 1909; G. M. Smith 1951; Tiffany & Britton 1952) or of di-
to trichotomous branching (Brescott 1951). In all other regards
this appears to be a Cladophora. Establishment of a new species is
based on size and proportions and the branching habit.

CLADOPHORA CALLICOMA Kfltzing 1843. Prescott 1951: 137. Branches start~
ing laterally, later distinctly dichotomous or rarely Opposite; apical
cells often somewhat swollen Just back from the tip which tapers
abruptly to a bluntly rounded end; all cells with apical diameter
greater than basal, leaving a mostly l-sided "shelf" at the apex.

Epilithic in riffles of creek near Dinosaur Quarry /PH13/. ‘Pl. II, Fig. 4.

CLADOPHORA KUETZIRGIANUM Grunow in Rabenhorst 1868. Collins 1909: 272.
Epilithic on concrete in effluent canal of Lake Altus-Lugert /SW38/,
Rock Creek east of Broken Bow /SC§O/, creek west of Meers /SWl6/.

RHIZt'ELONIUM Kfltzing 1843

RHIZWLONIUM CRASSIPELLITUM West 8: West 1897. Prescott 1951: 141; P1.
23, Fig. 1. Near Guthrie /1~Cz.2/ (Maloney 1941.); Crystal lake near
Norman /3014/ (Leake 1945) .

RHIZOCLONIUM CRISPUM Kfltzing 1845. Collins 1909: 249. Distinguished
from Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum by the thick membrane, finner sub-
stance and shorter cells. Crystal lake near Norman /SCI4/ (Leake
1945); Lessly's Pond near Norman /SCl4/.

RHIZWLONIUM FONI‘ANUM Kfltzing 1843. Prescott 1951: 142; P1. 23, Fig. 2.
Epilithic on dam of Lost Lake in Wichita Mts. /SW16/ , epiphytic on
roots in Lake Altus-Lugert /SW28/, seepage at shore of Lake Texona
/SC45/; farm pond near Norman /SC 14/.

RHIZQELONIUM HIFROGLYPHICUM (C. A. Agardh) Kfltzing 1845. Prescott 1951:
142; P1. 23, Fig. 3. /8014/ (Taft 1940); Great Salt Plains Reservoir
/Nfl2/ (Jenkins 1949); forming dense epilithic growth on concrete in
pool at Pettijohn Springs near Madill /SC45/; Lessly's Pond near
Norman /SCI4/; pond in Ponca City Park /m36/; creek in gypsum-karat
area near Reed /SW29/; pools in drying bed of Fourchemaline River
/SEw/.

BASICLADIA Hoffmann & Tilden 1930
Members of this genus are characteristically epizoic on turtles of
many species.

BASICLADIA CHELONUM (Collins) Hofmnn & Tilden 1930. Prescott 1951: 1.43;

P1. 23, Figs. 8-12. Crystal lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945) ;

various ponds near, and in Lake Texoma /SC45/.

‘
a.
.“

 

 

in (1

.
A

C\

9 two 5
Iith 1
3+

‘\

_‘:..v I...
1.1& “‘
figs.
.1
b...‘
an
I
C. 02%

a.
\F
.c

a...

 

(‘3
<0

BASICLADIA W Hoffmann & Tilden 1930. Prescott 1951: 144; P1. 77,
Figs. 11-13. (Leake 1939); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake
1945).

PITHOPHCRA Wittrock 1877
The two species included here are assumed by some authors to be the
same with the second name preferred. The first of these was not col-
lected in the present study so no comparisons could be made.

PITHOPHCBA KEIWENSIS Wittrock 1877. Silva 1954: 173; Fig. 210. Branches
of one order, seldom more. /SCl4/ (Taft 194D).

PITHOPHORA OEDWONIA (Mont.) Wittrock 1877. Prescott 1951: 140; P1. 22,
Figs. 7-10. Branches of three orders. Near Guthrie /N3 42/ (Haloney
1944); Lessly's Pond near Norman /SCl4/. Pl. I, Fig. 14.

Order CHLORCECECAIIS
Family CHLORCB mCACEAE
CHLORCISCBCUM Fries 1820
The generic description of this taxon has recently been amended by
Starr (1955) 0 Its identity based on the Oklahoma material is referred
to the description given in Brunnthaler (1915: 62) and thus must be
considered tentative pending a restudy from living material.

CHLOROCCIJCUM DIFUSIONUM (Schrank) Meneghini 1842. Brunnthaler 1915: 62;
Fig. 2. On rocks and shells of snails. Lakes Hefner and Overholser
in Oklahoma City /NCS5/ (Ophel 1950); Spavinaw Creek near Jay /NE21/,
Lessly's'Pond near Norman.

OOPHIIA Lambert g Prints 1927

OOPHILA AMBLISTOMATIS Lambert 1927. Gilbert 191.2: 215; P18. 1-2. Endo-

soic within envelopes surrounding eggs: of salamanders (Ambygtoma) and

... .
‘Y

C

.

  

.
“
ug-
‘
vs‘
:A
h.‘
to“

“‘a

Q

-2-

  

ca
COR

uc.‘

RE 83-

b.

d

not

tart, is :

.-ve
.Le gs

.y lo

.1
4.3
--t

mate to
ta

3“,

. t
h‘

“

h 9:

7O

frogs (Rana). Vegetative cells 11-14 u in diameter with an irregu-

 

larly lobed, or up to five distinct, chloroplasts or fragments; bi-
flagellate gametes with more or less cup-shaped chloroplasts, cells
ovate to slightly pyriform 4.5-8 u x 7-11.5 u; walls of mature vege-
tative cells irregularly thickened with knobs and pits; dark granules
are sometimes formed between chloroplast and wall in preserved mater-
ial. There is some doubt about the status of this species since its
original description (Gilbert 1942) , lacking a Latin diagnosis, does
not comply with the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. .
The genus itself, though represented by herbarium specimens of Ian-
bert, is not completely described in Prints (1927). The specific
epithet is unfortunately derived from but one of its two host genera
(Anbmton) and which is no longer a valid name, having been replaced
by Anbzgtgn. From many localities in the eastern part of the State
(Arthur N. Bragg collections); pool near Tulsa /NE72/.
Family MICBACTINIACEAE
GOIENKINIA Chodat 1894

GOLENKINIA RADIATA (Chodat) Willa 1911. Prescott 1951: 213; P1. 45, Fig.
3. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Maloney 1944); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in
Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950) .

ACANTHOSPHAERA Lemmermann 1899

ACANTHOSPHAERA ZACHARIASI Lemmermann 1899.. Prescott 1951: 212; P1. 45,

Figs. 4-5. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Maloney 194.4).
MICRACTINIUM Fresenius 1858

MICRACTINIUM PUSILLUM Fresenius 1858. Prescott 1951: 287; P1. 66, Fig.
8. Near Gutln-ie /1\C42/ (Maloney 1944); Lakes Hefner and Overholser
in Oklahoma City Asss/ (OphaI 1950).

u'.‘
._ .
'-
.a
-\_-"

n
“ ’7‘.~~‘ 1
C -v a .

 

- K
“‘ i. S

"‘6
a

-
v

“‘5:
. Ts.
“5.13.3:

 

ERREBELIA Conrad 1913

MERELIA BORNHEMENSIS Conrad 1913. Smith 1950: 235; Fig. 148. Hunt's
lakes near Binger /SW8/.

Family DICTYCBPHAFRIACEAE
DICTYOSPHAERIUM Nigeli 1849

DICTYCBPHAERIUM EHRENBERGIANUM Wood 1874. Prescott 1951: 238; P1. 51,
Figs. 3-4‘. /SE48/ (Taft 191.0).

DICTYOSPHAERIUM PUIBHELLUM Wood 1874. Prescott 1951: 238; P1. 51, Figs.
5-7. /SE48/ (Taft 1940); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma
City /Nc55/ (Ophel 1950) .

DIMQKPHCDCDCUS A. Braun 1855

DIMmPHmmCUS lUNATUS A. Braun 1855. Prescott 1951: 252; P1. 55, Fig.
8. Among semi-epiphytic algal growths in Hunt's lakes near Binger
NW.

Family CHARACIACEAE
CHARACIUM A. Braun _ip_ Kdtzing 1849

CHARACIUM ACUMINATUM A. Braun in Katring 1849. Prescott 1951: 216; P1.
46, Fig. '7. M27/ (Taft 191.0).

CEARACIUM AMBIGUUM Hermann 1863. Prescott 1951: 216; P1. 45, Fig. 11.
/NE58/ (Taft 191.0) .

CHARACIUM ANGUSTUM A. Braun in Kdtzing 1849. Brunnthaler 1915: 79; Fig.
21. Listed as Chagacium aggggtatum A. Braun from Crystal Lake near
Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945) .

CHARACIUM PRINGSHEIMII A. Braun 1855. Prescott 1951: 218; P1. 45, Fig.
21. /NE58/ (Taft 1940) .

SCHROEDERIA Lemmermann 1898

SCHROEDERIA M G. M. Smith 1916. Prescott 1951: 256; P1. 57, Figs.
5-6. /1*IE58/ (Taft 191.0).

SCHROEDERIA SETIGERA (Schroeder) Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951: 256;
P1. 57, Fig. 1.. /SE48/ (Taft 191.0) ; Lakes Hefner and Overholser in
Oklahoma City /m 55/ (Ophel 1950) .

Family HYDRODICTYACEAE
PEDIASTRUM Meyen 1829

PEDIASTRUM BIRADIATUM Meyen 1829. Prescott 1951: 222; P1. 47, Figs.
5-6. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 191.5) .

Panns'raum BORIANUN (Turpin) Meneghini 1840 [Pediastzgm gonstriotu-
Hassal 181.37. Prescott 1951: 222; P1. 1.7, Fig. 9; P1. 1.8, Figs.
1-3. Common in eu- and tychoplankton, and among epilithic filaments.
/m27/ (Taft 1940, under the Species and the synonym); Honey Creek
at Turner Falls in Arbuckle Hts. /SC50/, lake Texoma /SC45/, 011
Creek /6035/, and creek near Dinosaur Quarry /PH13/.

PEDIASTRUI! BCBIANUM var. BREVICORNE A. Braun 1855 fa. PUNCTATA Raci-
borski 1889. Brunnthaler 1915: 101, Fig. 61d. TychoPlankton:
among benthic filamentous algae in steel windmill tank near Dino-
saur Quarry /PH13/. P1. I, Fig. 21.

PEDIASTRUM BGIIANUM var. IDNGICORNE Raciborski 1889. Prescott 1951:
222; P1. 1.7, Fig. 10. /NC27/ (Taft 191.0).

ngiastm gonstrigtgg Hassall 1843. See PEDIASTRUM BORYANUM.

PFDIASTRUM 21131.53; Meyen 1829. Prescott 1951: 223; P1. 48, Fig. 4.
/NE58/ (Taft 191.0); Great Salt Plains Reservoir /NW2/ (Jenkins
1949); lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC 55/ (Ophel

1950); eu- and tychoplankton in Lake Texoma /SC1.5/.

 

.- 4

54 ..1 l
m.-.“ 2 f. F...
~wm Q... ”9‘ owl-d
a...» . H as. -. .
w — ‘1 . '1. R U

7‘“

I ...

Cl
...-
..L '
221;

82‘.

I: a
«2.25?

q

I‘v.‘
‘Hk.

A)

VHS:

*«3

c It.
2 e» .1 I.
. . .1. _ .1
.1. «a 9.
P. $71 1

 

PEDIASTRUM _D_II_P_LE_1_X; var. CLATHRATUM (A. Braun) lagerheim 1882. Prescott
1951: 223; P1. 1.8, Fig. 6. /SC45/ (Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near
Norman /8011./ (Leake 191.5); lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma
City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950) ; Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/, and lake
Tsxoma /SC45/.

PEDIASTRUM p_U_P_L_F_:§ var. GRACILIMUM West a West 1895. Prescott 1951:
224; P1. 48, Fig. 12 . lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City
/NC55/'(Ophel 1950); eu- and tychoplankton in Lake Texoma /SC45/}

PEDIASTRUM 203g; var. RETICUIATUM Lagerheim 1882. Prescott 1951: 221.;
P1. 1.9, Fig. 1. Crystal Lake near Norman /3011./ (Leake 191.5); lakes
Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950); our and
tychoplankton in lake Texoma /scz.5/, and lake lawtonka /sw16/.

PEDIASTRUM MCTTCUM Kdtzing 1849 var. BREVICCRNE Raciborski 1889. Brunn-
thaler 1914: 98; Fig. 58b. (Taft 1940).

PEDIASTRUM.SIMPLEX (Mayan) Lemmermann 1897. Prescott 1951: 227; P1. 50,
Fig. 2. /SW16/ (Taft 1910); Plankton in Ardmore City lake /sclo/.

PEDIASTRUM SIMPIEX var. DUODENARIUM (Bailey) Rabenhorst 1868. Prescott
1951: 227; P1. 50, Figs. 495. Common over a wide area of the State
in the eu- or tychoplankton. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma
City /NC§5/ (Ophel 1950) ; Ardmore City Lake /SClo/, lake lawtonka and
its effluent Medicine Creek Just east of Wichita Mts. /sw16/; Shaw-
nee lake near Shawnee /SC63/, Great Salt Plains Reservoir /NW2/, Tur-
key'Creek in Ponca City Park /N036/, Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12(
and Lake Texoma /SC45/t

PEDIASTRUM_T_E;1'_RAS;_ (Ehrenberg) Ralfs 181.4. Prescott 1951: 227; P1. 50,
Figs. 3, 6. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/

(Leake 1945); eu- and tychoplankton in stream-pools and lakes: Petti-

 

  
 

”“‘h" -
J: £9 . ‘I’l '

 

 

 

john Springs swimming pool near Madill /SC45/, Lake Texoma /SC45/,
farm pond near Snyder /SW38/; Hunt's Lakes near Binger /SW8/.

PEDIASTRUM,£§IRA§ var. TETRAQQQN (Corda) Rabenhorst 1868. Prescott
1951: 227; P1. 50, Fig. 7. Eu- and tychoplankton. Crystal Lake near
Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945); Pettijohn Springs swimming pool near Hadill
/SC45/, Hunt's Lakes near Binger /SW8/, cypress swamp near Broken Bow
/sa1.o/, and Lake Texoma /scz.5/.

SORASTRUM Katzing 181.5

SORASTRUM.AMERICANUH (Bohlin) Schmidle 1900. Prescott 1951: 228; P1.
50, Fig. 8. Crystal Lake near Norman /sc11./ (Leake 191.5); lake Tex-
ona /SCI.5/.

SORASTRUM SPINULOSUM Nageli 1849. Prescott 1951: 228; P1. 50, Fig. 9;
P1. 53, Fig. 1. /SClO/ (Taft 1910); Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/
(Leake 191.5) ; euplankton in McBeth Pond near Nadill /sc1.5/, fish-
rearing pond at Red River Fisheries near Hugo /SEl2/, and Lake Tex-
oma /SCA5/.

HYDRODICTYON Roth 1800

HYDRODICTYON RETICULATUH (Linnaeus) lagerheim 1883. Prescott 1951: 219;
P1. 47, Fig. 1. (Taft 1940). Small spring-fed creek near Willis
/SC45/, seepage pools below Lake Tenkiller dam /NE 68/.

Family COElASTRACEAE
COELASTRUM Nageli lg Kfltzing 1849

COELASTRUH CAMBRICUM Archer 1868. Prescott 1951: 229; P1. 53, Fig. 2.
Eu- and tychoplankton in farm pond near Kingston /SC45/, Schooler
Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

COELASTRUM.HICROPORUH NAgeli in A . Braun 1855. Prescott 1951: 230; P1.

53, Fig. 3. Widely distributed throughout the State in the eu- and

C71

tychoplankton of pools of streams and in lakes and ponds. /NE§8/
(Taft 1940) ; Crystal lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); Great
Salt Plains Reservoir /NH2/ (Jenkins 1919) ; lakes Hefner and Over-
holser in Oklahoma City ADSS/ (Ophel 1950); Honey Creek in Arbuckle
Hts. /SCSO/, lake Texoma /SW45/, Arkansas River near Muskogee /NE51/,
farm pond near Burbank /MS57/, lake Okmulgee near Okmulgee /NE56/,
Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/. P1. 1, Fig. 4.

COELASTRUM RETICUIATUM (Dangeard) Sons 1899. Prescott 1951: 230; P1.
53, Fig. 6. /SW16/ (Taft 191.0); lake Shawnee near Shawnee /SC63/.
COELASTRUM SPHAERIQE! ngeli 1849. Prescott 1951: 231; P1. 53, Fig. 7.
Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/ (Ophel 1950) ;
from a collection known to be from the State but without further

data.
Family BOTRYCB (BCACEAE
Justification for the inclusion of this family among the green
algae is presented in Prescott 1951: 231. G. M. Smith (1950: 404)
includes it under "doubtful" XanthOphyceae.
MICE (IJCUS Kfltzing 1849

BOI'RYCECCCUS BRAUNII Kdtzing 1849. Prescott 1951: 232; P1. 52, Figs.
1-2, 11. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0); lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma
City Acss/ (Ophel 1950).

BOTRlocmCUS PROTUBERANS West 8: West 1905 var. m G. M. Smith 1918.
Prescott 1951: 232; P1. 52, Figs. 4-5. Our material is not at all as
figured by G. M. Smith (1920: P1. 15, Figs. 6-7) and as reproduced by
Prescott (1.9,) but does conform to the original description. Pl. I,
Fig. 22. Among other algae floating in ponded portion of North Fork
Red River below Lake Altus-Lugert dam /SW28/.

~l
("D

MYCANTHGICDCUS HanSgirg 1890

MICANTHmmCUS ANTARCTICUS Wille 1911. K01 1941: 190; Figs. 30-34, Text-
Figs. 1-2. The description by Kol (1.2.) follows: "The cells are
spherical, 9-10 11 in diameter, very light green in color. The thick
cell wall is decorated with undulated crests. These microorganisms
occur also in the green snow of the Antarctic and were described from
there for the first time by Wills (1911).” Ours were found in yellow
snow along Tesquesite Creek near Kenton /PH13/.

WESTELIA de Wildemann 1897

WESTELIA BOTRFOHJFB (N. West) de Wildemann 1897. Prescott 1951: 237;
P1. 53, Fig. 11.. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N:55/
(Ophel 1950).

WESTELIA LINEARIS G. M. Smith 1920. Prescott 1951: 237; P1. 53, Figs.
15-16. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel
1950).

TRCXJHISCIA Kfltzing 1845

TRmHISClA REPICUIARIS (Reinsch) Hansgirg 1888. Prescott 1951: 239;

P1. 53, Figs. 19-20. From a collection known to be from the State
but lacking further data.

Tzoghiggia VQstitus Reinsch. 7 No description of this entity can be
located. Reported from Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

PIANKTOSPHAERIA G. M. Smith 1918

PLANKTQMQ GELATleA G. M. Smith 1918. Prescott 1951: 240; P1. 53 ,
Fig. 23. /NE18/ (Taft 191.0).

TREUBARIA Bernard 1908

TRFUBlklg QRASSISPINA G. N. Smith 1926. Forest 1954: 127; Fig. 167.
/NE21/ (Taft 191.0).

77

OCCTSTIS Nageli 1855

OOCTSTIS 3311;; Snow 1903. Prescott 1951: 21.3; P1. 51, Fig. 10. /NS58/
(Taft 1940); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCI4/ (Leake 1945) ; Lakes Hef-
ner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950).

OOCTSTIS ELLIPT'ICA N. West 1892. Prescott 1951: 211.; P1. 51, Fig. 11.
/NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

OOCYSTIS @11inng G. M. Smith 1918. Prescott 1951: 21.1.; P1. 51,
Fig. 12. Hunt's Lakes near Binger /SW8/.

OKSYSTIS GIGAS Archer 1877 fa. MINOR G. S. West 1908. Brunnthaler 1914:

 

127. /SEI.8/ (Taft 191.0).
OOCFSTIS LACUSTRIS Chodat 1897. Prescott 1951: 21.5; P1. 51., Fig. l.
Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950) .
OOCYSTIS 2111111 West a West 1898. Prescott 1951: 21.6: P1. 51., Fig. 3.
/NF18/‘ (Taft 1940) ; Great Salt Plains Reservoir /NW2/ (Jenkins 1949);
Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950).
OBCISTIS w Hansgirg 1890. Prescott 1951: 21.6; P1. 51, Fig. 15;
P1. 54, Figs. 4-5. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City
/N055/ (Ophel 1950).
OOCFSTIS SOLITARIA Wittrock in Wittrock & Nordstedt 1879. Prescott 1951:
247; P1. 54, Fig. 10. Crystal Lake near Norman /8014/ (Leake 1945).
111:lech Nageli 181.9
NEPHROCYTIUM AGQQIANUM Nfigeli 1849. Prescott 1951: 248; P1. 54, Fig.
17. /SClo/ (Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5).
NEPHROCTTIUM ECDYSISCEPANUM N. West is West a West 1896. Prescott 1951:

21.8; P1. 51., Fig. 17. Crystal Lake near Norman /sCl1./ (Leeks 191.5).

1‘7 a: F
‘do 11, e

( 33"281 ‘ 3‘

‘ , I

T'fiZ‘fi-‘A '
LE.’.__~:_ -‘run‘ ‘
x -

 

 

 

IAGERHEIMIA (de Toni) Chodat 1895
[Chodatella Lemmermann 18987

LAGERHEIMIA CITRIFORMIS (Snow) G. M. Smith 1920. Prescott 1951: 250;
P1. 55, Fig. 1.. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/
(Ophel 1950).

LAGERHEIMIA LONGISETA (Lemmermann) Printz 1914 var. m G. M. Smith
1920. Prescott 1951: 251; P1. 55, Fig. 6. Lakes Hefner and Over-
holser in Oklahoma City /NO55/ (Ophel 1950).

IAGERHEIMIA QUADRISE‘I‘A (Lemmernann) G. M. Smith 1926. Smith 1926: 180;
P1. 11, Fig. 8. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /I\C55/
(Ophel 1950).

ANKISTRODESMUS Cards 1838

ANKISTRODESMUS FAICATUS (Corda) Ralfs 181.8. Prescott 1951: 253 ; P1. 56,
Figs. 5-6. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Okla-
homa City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950); Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

AngSTRODESMUS FAQATUS var. EICULARIS (A. Braun) G. s. West 1901..
Prescott 1951: 253; P1. 56, Fig. 16. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in
Oklahoma City /m55/ (Ophel 1950) .

ANKISTRODESMUS FAICATUS var. MIRABILIS (West a West) G. s. West 1901..
Prescott 1951: 253; P1. 56, Fig. 10. /NE:58/ (Taft 191.0); Lakes Hef-
ner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950) ; on exposed
surface Ind along North Canadian River near Beaver /PH4/.

ANKISTRODESMUS FAICATUS var. TUMIDUS (West a West) C. S. West 1901..
Prescott 1951: 254; P1. 56, Fig. 9. ?NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

ANKISTRODESMUS SPIRALIS (Turner) Lemmermann 1908. Prescott 1951: 251.;
P1. 56, Figs. 11-12. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0) Crystal Lake near Norman
/SCI.l../ (Leake 1945); Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

'79

SELENASTRUM Reinsch 1867

SEIENASTRUM m Reinsch 1867. Prescott 1951; 257; P1. 57, Fig. 11.
/SE58/ (Taft 1940) .

SELENASTRUM W (Nageli) Collins 1909. Prescott 1951: 257; P1. 46,
Fig. 10. /NEl8/ (Taft 191.0).

KIRCHNEREHA Schmidle 1893

KIRCHNFamLLg CONTORTA (Schmidle) Bohlin 1897. Prescott 1951: 258; P1.
57, Figs. '7-8. Crystal Lake near Norman /SClI./ (Leake 1945); Lakes
Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /SC§5/ (Ophel 1950).

KIRCHNEBIELLA ELONGATA G. M. smith 1916. Prescott 1951: 258; P1. 58,
Fig. 1. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC11./ (Leake 191.5).

KIRCHNERIE w (Kirchner) Noehius 1891.. Prescott 1951: 258;

P1. 58, Fig. 2. /NE18/ (Taft 191.0).
TE‘I'RAEDRON Kfltzing 181.5

m CAUDATUM var. LONCISPINUN Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951:
261.; P1. 59, Figs. 20-22. /SE48/ (Taft 191.0).

My w (Reinsch) Hansgirg 1899. Prescott 1951: 265; P1. 60,
Fig. 1. /3010/ (Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /SC11./ (Leake
1945).

My magma (Nigeli) Hansgirg 1888 var. POLIFURCATUM G. N. Smith
1916. Prescott 1951: 267; P1. 60, Fig. 11. /NE58/ (Taft 1940).

My m (A. Braun) Hansgirg 1888. Prescott 1951: 267; P1. 60,
Figs. 12-15. /N037/ (Taft 191.0); Pettijohn Springs swimming pool
/5045/3 Lake Texoma /SCle§/; farm pond near Snyder /SW38/. Pl. 1, Fig. 9.

My REGULARF. Kfltzing 181.5 var. 11mg Teiling 1912. Prescott 1951:
269; P1. 61, Figs. 4-7. on exposed mud surface at Hunt's Lakes near
Binger /SW8/. P1. I, Fig. 19.

EC

TETRAEDRON REGULARE var. mm (Turner) Brunnthaler 1915. Prescott
1951: 269; P1. 61, Figs. 8-10. Crystal Lake near Norman /5011./
(Leake 1945).

My TRIGONUM (ngeli) Hansgirg 1888 var. ___MIN_QR; Reinsch 1888.
Brunnthaler 1915: 11.9. /NC37/ (Taft 191.0).

POLYEDRIOPSIS Schmidle 1899

POLIFDRIOPSlS QUADRISPINA c. M. Smith 1926. Smith 1926: 176; P1. 9,

Figs. 9-13. Near Guthrie /NC1.2/ (Maloney 191.4).
Family SCENEDESMACEAE
SCENEDESMUS Meyen 1829

SCENEmESMUS ABUNDANS (Kirchner) Chodat 1913 var. W F. N. Smith
1916. Prescott 1951: 274; P1. 62, Figs. 4-5. /SE[.8/ (Taft 191.0);
mud surface in seepage at Hunt's Lakes near Binger /SW8/. Pl. I,
Fig. 11.

SCENEDESMUS ACUMINATUS (Lagerheim) Chodat 1902. Prescott 1951: 275;
P1. 62, Fig. 16. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in
Oklahoma City /NC§5/ (Ophel 1950) ; Lake Texoma /SC1.5/.

SCENEDESMUS AQUTIFORMIS Schroeder 1897. Prescott 1951: 2'75; P1. 62.
Figs. 6-7. /SW16,NE58/ (Taft 191.0); plankton in Lake Texoma /sc1.5/.

SCEN‘EDESMUS ARCUATUS Lemmermann 1899. Prescott 1951: 275; P1. 62, Fig.
8. /NE18/ (Taft 191.0) ; Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City
/N055/ (Ophel 1950); Lake Texoma /Sc1.5/.

SCENEDESMUS ARCUATUS var. PLATYDISCA C. M. Smith 1916. Prescott 1951:
275; P1. 62, Figs. 10-12. /NE58/ (Taft 1940); Crystal Lake near Nor-
man /SCll./; Hunt’s Lakes near Binger /SW8/; Lost Lake effluent creek
in Wichita Mts. /SNl6/.

a).

I
F\.i-

 

 

Kn. J .\

\A\ J ‘\

 

SCENEDEBMUS ARMATUS (Chodat) G. N. Smith 1916. Prescott 1951: 276;

P1. 62, Figs. 13-14. /SW16/ (Taft 191.0); eu- and tychoplankton in
Lake Texoma /SCZ.5/ and among filaments of Oscillatoria in steel
gasoline-contaminated windmill tank near Ponca City /NC36/. Pl. 1,
Fig. 10.

SCENEDFSMUS ARMXTUS var. BICAUDATUS Guglielmetti 1910. Guglielmetti
1910: 28-39. /sw16/ (Taft 1940).

SCENEDFEMUS BFRNARDII G. M. Smith 1916. Prescott 1951: 276; P1. 63,
Fig. l. Psammon of island in Lake Texoma /SCI.5/; tychoplankton
among filaments of Oscillatozia in steel gasoline-contaminated wind-
mill tank near Ponca City /NC36/. P1. I, Fig. 6.

SCENEDESMUS M (Turpin) Lagerheim 1893. PI'escott 1951: 276; P1.
63, Figs. 2, 7. /NE18/ (Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCu/
(Leake 1945): Great Salt Plains Reservoir /NW2/ (Jenkins 1949); Lakes
Hefner and Overhdser in Oklahoma City /NC§5/ (Ophel 1950); tychoplank-
ton among other algae in: Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/, Lake Tex-
oma /SCI.5/, Lake Lawtonka in Wichita Mts. /SWl6/, spring in Boiling
Spring State Park /NW7'7/, farm pond near Snyder /SW38/, barrow pool
near Vinita /N'E18/, and cypress swamp near Broken Bow /SE48/. Pl. I,
Fig. 8.

SCENEDESMUS m var. ALTERNANS (Reinsch) Hansgirg 1888. Prescott
1951: 277; P1. 63, Figs. 3-4. /NE18/ (Taft 191.0).

SCENEDESMUS m var. FLEXUOSUS (Lemmernann) Collins 1909. Prescott
1951: 277. /MJ9/ (Taft 191.0): Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Okla-
homa City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950).

SCENEDESMUS BRASILIENSIS Bohlin 1897. Prescott 1951: 277; P1. 63,

Figs. 5—6. /NES8/ (Taft 191.0); McBeth Pond near Madill (euplank-
ton) /SCI.5/, cypress swamp near Broken Bow (tychoplankton) /SEI.8/.
P1. I, Fig. 7.

SCENEDESMUS QENTICUIATUS Lagerheim 1882. Prescott 1951: 277; P1. 63,
Figs. 10-11. /NE§8/ (Taft 191.0).

SCENFDFBMUS DIMOPPHUS (Turpin) Kfltzing 1833. Prescott 1951: 277;

P1. 63, Figs. 8-9. /NE18,NE58/ (Taft 191.0); Lakes Hefner and Over-
holser in Oklahoma City /NC’55/ (Ophel 1950); eu- and tychoplankton
in Lake Texoma /SC[.5/. P1. I, Fig. 15.

SCENEOFSNUS HYSTRIX Lagerheim 1882. Prescott 1951: 278; P1. 63, Fig. 12.
/NE58/ (Taft 1940).

SCENEDESMUS _I_N:_CRASSATUIJ§ Bohlin 1897. Prescott 1951: 278; P1. 53, Fig.
14. 0627/ (Taft 191.0).

SCENEDESMUS _I£.)_N_G_I_I_§ Meyen 1829 var. BREVISPINA G. M. Smith 1916. Pros-
cott 1951: 278. Tychoplankton. Steel gasoline-contaminated windmill
tank near Ponca City /N036/; cypress swamp near Broken Bow /SE/.8/.
P1. I, Fig. 5.

SCENEDESMUS OBLIQUUS (Turpin) Kfitzing 1833. Prescott 1951: 279; P1. 63.
Fig. 17. /NES8/ (Taft 191.0) ; Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma
City /NC§5/ (Ophel 1950); Lessly's Pond near Norman /SClA/.

SCENEDESMUS OPOLIENSIS P. Richter 1896. Prescott 1951: 279; P1. 63, Fig.
18. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0) ; plankton in Lake Texoma /SCI.5/.

SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDA (Turpin) de Brébisson 13 de Brébisson & Godey
1835. Prescott 1951: 280; P1. 61., Fig. 2. /NC27/ (Taft 191.0); Crys-
tal Lake near Norman /SCll./ (Leake 1945); Lakes Hefner and Overholser

in Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950); plankton in Pettijohn Springs

85

swimming pool near Madill /S015/; tych0plankton in Lake Texoma /Scz.5/
and creek near Dinosaur Quarry /PH13/ and in fish-rearing ponds at
Red River Fisheries near Hugo /SE12/.

SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDA var. LONGISPINA (ChOdat) G. M. Smith 1916. Pres-
cott 1951: 280; P1. 63, Fig. 22. Near Guthrie /NC1.2/ (Maloney 1911.).

SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDg var. w G. M. Smith 1916. Prescott 1951:
281; P1. 61., Figs. 7, 9. /N027,SE48/ (Taft 191.0).

CRUC IGENIA Morren 1830

CRUCIGENIA FENESTRATA Schmidle 1901. Prescott 1951: 281,; P1. 65, Fig.
5. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /I‘C55/ (Ophel 1950).

CRUCIGENLA IRREGUMRIS Wills 1898. Prescott 1951: 281.; P1. 65, Fig. 6.
/NE58/ (Taft 194.0); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC-
55/ (Ophel 1950).

CRUCIGENIA 9w Morren 1830. Prescott 1951: 2853 P1. 65, Fig. 10.
Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950).

CRUCIGENQ RECTQGULARIS (A. Braun) Gay 1891. Prescott 1951: 285;

P1. 65, Figs. ’7-8. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City
/NC55/ (Ophel 1950).

CRUCIGENIA TEI'RAPEDIA (Kirchner) West 8. West 1902. Prescott 1951: 285;
P1. 65, Fig. 9; P1. 66, Fig. l. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Okla-
homa City /N055/ (Ophel 1950).

CRUCIGENIA TRUNCATA G. N. Smith 1920. Prescott 1951: 286; P1. 66, Fig. 2.
/NE18/ (Taft 191.0) ,

ACT INASTRUM Lagerheim 1882
ACTINASTRUM GRACILIMUM G. M. Smith 1916. Prescott 1951: 281; P1. 61.,

Fig. 5. Near Guthrie /I\Cl.2/ (Maloney 191.4).

84

AQTINASTRUM HANTZSCHII Lagerheim 1882. Prescott 1951: 281; P1. 64, Figs.
10-11. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/ (Ophel
1950); floating, sealed jar in Lake Texoma /SC45/.

Order ZYGNEMATAIES
Family ZYGNEMATACEAE
Species here are all referred to Transeau (1951) Since it is a
recent monograph of the family.
MOUGEOI‘IA Agardh 1824

NOUCEOPIA ABNORNIS Kisseler 1927 [Moggeotia tangy; (Cleve) Wittrock
18727. Krieger 191.0: 170; Figs. 110-111. This entity is not inclu-
dad in Transeau 1951. /NE53,71./ (Taft 1940, under the synonym).

MOUGEOI'IA BOODIEI (West 8: West) Collins 1912. Transeau 1951: 108;

P1. 18, Figs. 23-25. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

MOUGEOTIA CAEIEBTIS Transeau lg Transeau, 93 £1, 1934. Transeau 1951:
95; P1. 15, Fig. 1. (Transeau, Pi a_1. 1934); near Miami /NE58/
(Taft 1940) .

MOUGEOTIA CAICAREA (Cleve) Wittrock 1872. Transeau 1951: 90; P1. 13,
Figs. 10-12. /NC5'7/ (Taft 191.0).

MOUGEOTIA CHEBOIOJANQ Taft in Transeau,g_t g._l. 1934. Transeau 1951: 105;
P1. 17, Fig. 23. (Transeau, g_t_ a1. 1931.); Wichita Nts. /SW16/ (Taft
191.0).

MOUGEOTIA glam: Transeau 1926. Transeau 1951: 102; P1. 17, Figs. 15-17.
chit 1940) .

MOUGEOI‘IA FLORIDANA Transeau _i_13 Transeau, if: g. 1934. Transeau 1951:
101.. (Transeau, :21 a1. 1934); /m:53/ (Taft 1940).

11006st GRACILLIMA (Hassall) Wittrock 1872. Transeau 1951: 108; P1.

19, Figs. 1-2. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

as

MOUGEOTIA MIAMIANA Transeau ig Transeau, gt 21.. 1934. Transeau 1951:
112; P1. 19, Figs. 22-23. Near Miami /NE58/ (Transeau, gt _a__1. 1934;
Taft 191.0).

MOUGEOTIA MICROPORA Taft in transeau, gt 9;. 1934. Transeau 1951: 96;
P1. 15, Fig. 8. (Transeau, gt $.1- 1934); /SE48/ (Taft 1940).

MOUGEOTIA NUMMULOIDES (Hassall) de Toni 1889. Transeau 1951: 95; P1.
15, Figs. 2-3. /NC57/ (Taft 191.0).

MOUGEOTQ OPE'RCULATA Transeau ig Transeau, 9;": 3d,. 1934. Transeau 1951:
103; P1. 17. Figs. 11-12. Near Pawhuska /NE58/ (Transeau, gt g.
1934); /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

MOUGEO'I‘ PAWHUSKAE Taft in Transeau, gt a}. 1934. Transeau 1951: 103;
P1. 17, Figs. 21.-25. Near Pawhuska Amss/ (Transeau, :3 a1. 1931.);
/NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

MOUGEOTQ QUADRANGUIATA Hassall 1843. Transeau 1951: 111; P1. 19,
Figs. 19-20. /sn1s/ (Taft 191.0).

MOUGEOI‘IA 3.9% (de Bary) Wittrock 1885. Transeau 1951: 98; P1. 16,
Figs. 2-4. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

MOUGEOTQ SCALARIS Hassall 181.2. Transeau 1951: 93 3 P1. 14, Figs. 7-8.
MSW (Taft 191.0).

leukaemia mpg (Cleve) Wittrock 1872. See MOUGEOTIA gaNORNIS.

MOUGEOTIA TUMEULA Transeau 1914. Transeau 1951: 109; P1. 19, Figs.
9-10. /SE48/ (Taft 1940).

smOCONIUN Kfltzing 181.3

SIROGONIUM ILLINOIENSE (Transeau) G. M. Smith 1933. Transeau 1951: 235;
P1. 1.0, Figs. 12-13. /NE68/ (Taft 191.0).

W W (Engl. Bot.) Kfitzing 181.3. Transeau 1951: 233;

P1. 40, Figs. 1-4. /SE48/ (Taft 191.0).

SIRCBONIUM TENUIUS (Nordstedt) Transeau g9 Transeau, g3; _a_1_. 1934. Tran-

seau 1951: 232. Crystal Lake near Norman /5011./ (Leake 1945).
SPIROGYRA Link 1820

SPIROGLPLA AFFINIS (Hassall) Petit 1880. Transeau 1951: 157. /NE58/
(Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /5011./ (Leake 191.5).

SPIROGIRA BICALYPTRATA Czurda 1930. Transeau 1951: 154; P1. 22, Fig. 2.
Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Maloney 1944).

SPIROGYRA BORGEANA Transeau 1915. Transeau 1951: 155; P1. 22, Fig. 8;
P1. 23, Fig. 16. /8011./ (Taft 1910).

SPmOGYRA WARDENIS (Hassall) Kfltzing 1849. Transeau 1951: 157;

P1. 22, Fig. 12; P1. 21, Fig. 16. /NN2/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGYRA CIEV'EANA Transeau lg Transealygj; g. 1934. Transeau 1951: 213;
P1. 38, Fig. 1. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC].4/ (Leake 1945); sus-
pended in cypress swamp near Broken Bow /SE48/. P1. 1, Fig. 3.

SPIROGEEA 0011110le (Hassall) Katzing 181.9. Transeau 1951: 150; P1. 21,
Fig. 1. /NE58/ (Taft 1940); Crystal Lake near Norman /3011./ (Leake
191.5).

SPIROGEQ Cowman (Vaucher) Kstzing 181.3. Transeau 1951: 152; P1. 21,
Fig. 11. /NC.27/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGYRA CORRUGATg Transeau it; Transeau, _e_t a1. 1934. Transeau 1951:
201; P1. 34, Figs. 10.11. (Transeau, 9.1 a1. 1934); /NC27/ (Taft
191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5).

SPIROGQA mg Kfltzing 181.3. Transeau 1951: 193; P1. 32, Fig. 6.
/ch7/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGERA CMOIDEA Transeau 1937. Transeau 1951: 195; P1. 33, Fig. 1.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

€37

SPIROGIRA DAEDAIEA Lagerheim 1888. Transeau 1951: 166; P1. 25, Figs.
9-10. /N021./ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGYRA DRIMINA (Muller) Kfltzing 1843. Transeau 1951: 175; P1. 27,
Fig. 16. /NF58/ (Taft 191.0).

Spiroma decimina var. 233211.51 West 8: West 1907. See W BEHA-

SPIROG§Q FEHINATA Tiffany 1924. Transeau 1951: 188; P1. 31, Figs.

1-2. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGYP; ELLIPSOSPORA Transeau 1914. Transeau 1951: 173; P1. 27,
Fig. 11. /SC10/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIRWXE FARLONII Transeau 1915. Transeau 1951: 204; P1. 1, Fig. 3.
/SCZ7,NE68/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGXQ FLUVIATILIS Hilse 1863. Transeau 1951: 184; P1. 30, Fig. 5.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 191.5).

SPRICEIRA FOVEOIATA (Skuja) Czurda 1932. Transeau 1951: 206; P1. 36,
Fig. 5. /NE53/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIRWYHA FRAGILIS Jao 1935. Transeau 1951: 152; P1. 21, Fig. 6. Crys-
tal Lake near Norman /8014/ (Leake 1945) .

SPIROGYRA. M (Vaucher) Kfltzing 1843. Transeau 1951: 203; P1. 35,
Figs. 7-8. /8027/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIRCBE M Jao 1935. Transeau 1951: 150; P1. 21, Fig. 2. Crys-
tal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945).

SPIROGEA JUERENSII Kutzing 1845. Transeau 1951: 151; P1. 1, Fig. 1;
P1. 21, Fig. 3. /NE58/ (Taft 1940); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/
(Leake 1945).

w KAFFIRITICA Transeau .13 Transeau, gt 9.1. 1934. Transeau 1951:
266; P1. 25, Fig. 11. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Maloney 191.1).

M QGERHEIMII Wittrock 1899. Transeau 1951: 263; P1. 21., Fig. 7.

/NES8/ (Taft 1940); Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945).

88

SPIROGXQ 110113ng (Vaucher) Kfltzing 1843. Transeau 1951: 158; P1. 24,
Fig. 5. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake
1915).

SPIROGXE MAJUSCULA Kfitzing 1849. Transeau 1951: 190; P1. 31, Figs.
11.-15. /SCIO,NE58/ (Taft 1940).

W m (Hassall) Wittrock 1882 var. axing: Moebius 1892. See
SPmogm w.

SPIROGY'RA W Transeau g Transeau, gt a_l_. 1934.[Spirog2a m
var. ping; Moebius 189g7. Transeau 1951: 192. /NE58/ (Transeau, at
al. 1934); (Taft 191.0, under the synonym).

SPIROGYRA NEGIECTA (Hassall) Kiltzing 1849. Transeau 1951: 175; P1. 27,
Figs. 14-15. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Isake 1945).

SPIROGEA m (Dillwyn) Link 1833. Transeau 1951: 171; P1. 27, Figs.
1-2. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGIRA 21211;; (West a West) Czurda 1932 [Spiromg dggimina var. 21923
West a Nest7. Transeau 1951: 176; P1. 28, Figs. 1-2. /N027/ (Taft
1940, under the synonym).

SPIROGYRA PORTICALIS (Muller) Cleve 1868. Transeau 1951: 160; P1. 23,
Fig. 9. /SCl4/ (Taft 1910); Crystal Lake near Norman /5011./ (Leake
191.5).

SPIROGIRA PRATENSIS Transeau 191.4. Transeau 1951: 156; P1. 1, Fig. 7;
P1. 22, Figs. 11.-18. Crystal Lake near Norman /8011./ (Leake 191.5).

SPIROGYRA PROTECTA Wood 1872. Transeau 1951: 212; P1. 37, Fig. 19.
/NE58/ (Taft 191.0) ; seepage near Harris /SE48/.

SPIROGE PUNCTATA Cleve 1868. Transeau 1951: 199; P1. 34, Fig. 1.

Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

 

(“3
C i-

SPIROGYRA QUADRATA (Hassall) Petit 1874. Transeau 1951: 208; P1. 36,
Figs. 11.-16. /N027/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGYRA QUADRIIAMINATA Jao 1935. Transeau 1951: 182; P1. 29, Figs.
11-13. Crystal Lake near Norman /S014/ (Leake 1945).

SPIROGYRA HETICULATA Nordstedt 1880. Transeau 1951: 218; P1. 39, Fig. 5.
/NE14/ (Taft 1940) .

SPIROGIRA SEMIORNATA Jao 1935. Transeau 1951: 205; P1. 35, Figs. 15-16.
Crystal Lake near Norman /S011./ (Leake 191.5).

SPmOGIRA SEI'IFORMIS (Roth) Kfitzing 1845. Transeau 1951: 172; P1. 27,
Figs. 4-5. Crystal Lake near Norman /8014/ (Leake 1945).

SPIROGXRA SINGULARIS Nordstedt 1880. Transeau 1951: 151; P1. 21, Fig. 4.
/NE58/ (Taft 1940); floating mats in pool below French Lake dam in
Wichita Its. /SW16/. P1. I, Fig. 2.

SPIROGE TENUISSIMA (Hassall) Kfltzing 181.9. Transeau 1951: 203; P1. 35,
Figs. 5-6. /M}27/ (Taft 1940); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/
(Leake 1915).

SPIROGXRA TUBERCULATA Lagerheim 1896. Transeau 1951: 166. Near Guth-
rie /NC42/ (Haloney 1944).

SPIROGYRA W (Hassall) Kfltzing 1849. Transeau 1951: 153; P1. 22,
Fig. 1. /NEl/ (Taft 191.0).

SPIROGIRA M Nordstedt 1873. Transeau 1951: 161; P1. 21., Fig. 1.
/1‘IE53/ (Taft 1910).

SPIROGIFA m Kfltzing 1843. Transeau 1951: 205; P1. 35, Fig. 14.

/NC 57/ (Taft 191.0) .
W Agardh 1824

W w Taft & Transeau lg Transeau, _e_t g1. 1934. Transeau
1951: 25; P1. 3, Fig. 5. (Transeau, gt §_1_., 1934); Near Smithville
/SI'348/ (Taft 191.0).

 

 

h
-

Iraq

W m Taft 1934. Transeau 1951: 39; P1. 6, Fig. 15. Near Med-
ford /NC27/ (Transeau, e__t_e1 .1931); (Taft 1910).

my CARINATUM Taft 1934. Transeau 1951: 30; P1. 4, Fig. 11. Near
Pawhuska /NC57/ (Transeau, gt 2.1. 1931.); (Taft 191.0).

m CARINTHIACUM Beck 1929. Transeau 1951: 39; P1. 6, Fig. 16.
/NC27/ (Taft 1940).

w COLLINSIANUM Transeau 1914. Transeau 1951: 38; P1. 6, Figs.
11-13. /3011./ (Taft 191.0).

m gONSPICUUN (Hassall) Transeau ig Transeau, _e_t a1. 1934. Tran-
seau 1951: 23; P1. 2, Fig. 8. (Transeau, gt Q. 1934); /SE48/ (Taft
1910).

Emma elitism (Vaucher) Agardh 1817. Transeau 1951: 36; P1. 1,

Fig. 9. /SW16,NE58/ (Taft 1910).

w CYLINDRICUM Transeau 1915. Transeau 1951: 41; P1. 7, Fig. 9.
/m57/ (Taft 1910).

mm DECUSSATUM (vauchcr) Agardh 1821.. Transeau 1951: 23 ; P1. 2,
Fig. 7. /NE1,SE12/ (Taft 191.0).

ZNEYG mg EXCOMPRFSSUM Transeau i__n_ Transeau,__ etal .1934. Transeau 1951:
39; P1. 6, Fig. 14. Near Medford /NE1/ (Transeau, eta1.1934);
/NE1/ (Taft 191.0) .

m EXCRASSUM Transeau 1g Transeau, it. Q. 1934. Transeau 1951: 26;
P1. 3, Fig. 7. (Transeau, _e_ta1 1.931.); /SW16, NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNENA FRIGIIXIM Taft _ig Transeau, gt g. 1934. Transeau 1951: 41; P1. 1,
Fig. 6. Near Smithville /SE48/ (Transeau, it, 91. 1934); /SE48/ (Taft
191.0).

ZKGNENA _I_N_§_I_§_NE (Hassall) Kfltzing 181.9. Transeau 1951: 35; Pl. 5, Figs.
10-12. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

erNEk miners Klehs 1886. Transeau 1951: 26. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEWL LAWTONIANUM Taft _ig Transeau, gt g1. 1934. Transeau 1951: 24;
P1. 2, Fig. 9. Medicine Park /SWl6/ (Transeau, gt _al. 1931.); /SW16/
(Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEHA MICROPUMJTATUM Transeau lg Transeau, gt g. 1934. Transeau 1951:
29; P1. 1., Fig. 7. Near Pawhuska /N057/ (Transeau, gt a__l. 1931.);
(Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEMA NORMANI Taft jig Transeau, gt g1. 1934. Transeau 1951: 34; P1. 5,
Fig. 6. Near Norman /8014/ (Transeau, gt _a_l. 1934); (Taft 191.0).
ZYGNEMA ORNATUM (Li) Transeau .19 Transeau, gt g1. 1934. Transeau 1951:

40; P1. 7, Fig. 2. /SClI./ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEMA PAWHUSKAE Taft it Transeau gt gl. 1934. Transeau 1951: 30;

P1. 6, Fig. 10. Near Pawhuska /N057/ (Transeau, _et g1. 1934); (Taft
191.0).

ZYGNF‘ PAVJNEANUM Taft it Transeau, gt g. 1934. Transeau 1951: 40;

P1. 7, Fig. 1. Near Hugo [5312/ and Idabel /SE48/ (Transeau, gt a1.
1934); (Taft 1940); seepage near Harris /SE48/. P1. I, Fig. 1.

ZYGNEMA PFnTINATUN (Vaucher) Agardh 1817. Transeau 1951: 26; P1. 3,
Fig. 6. 0355/ (Taft 1940).

ZYGNEMA PELICBPCBUH Wittrock 1868. Transeau 1951: 39; P1. 6, Fig. 17.
/SC11.,Nl27/ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEMA STERILE Transeau 1!! Transeau, gt _a_;. 1934. Transeau 1951: 41;
P1. 7, Fig. 11. Prairie regions (Transeau, gt g1. 1934); /SCl4/
(Taft 191.0).

m SUBCRUCIATUM Transeau .ig Transeau, .e_t g1. 1934. Transeau 1951:

343 P1. 5, Fig. '7. (Transeau, .Lt g1. 1934); /SW16/ (Taft, 1940),

ZYGNEMA w Taft Q Transeau, gt _a_1. 1934. Transeau 1951: 32;
P1. 5, Fig. 1. Near Bartlesville /NE53/ (Transeau, gt g1. 1934);
(Taft 191.0).

m SI‘NADEIPHUM Skuja 1926. Transeau 1951: 28; P1. 4, Figs. 1, 2.
/SW16/ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEMA m Kfitzing 1849. Transeau 1951: 32; P1. 4, Figs. 14-15.
/ss12,3011.,SW16,m57/ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEMA VAUCHFRII Agardh 1824. Transeau 1951: 33; P1. 5, Fig. 5.
/NESB/ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEMOPSIS (Skuja) Transeau 1934

Zzgemoggis cmciata (Price) Transeau tr; Transeau, gt g. 1934. See
ZKGNENOPSIS DESMIDIOIDFB.

ZYGNEMOPSIS DECUSSATA Transeau in Transeau, gt g. 1934. Transeau
1951: 57: P1. 9, Figs. 12-15. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

ZYGNEMOPSIS DFSNHDIOIDHS (West a West) Transeau ti; Transeau, gt g.
1931.. Transeau 1951: 53; P1. 8, Figs. 12-14. (Transeau, gt _a_1.,
under the synonym).

Family MESO'I‘AENIACEAE
momsmm Nngli 1849

MESOI'QNIUM DE GREYI Turner 1886 fa. M West 81: West 1904. West &
Host 1901.: 1.9; Pl. 3, Fig. 21. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 1).

MESOI'AENIUM ENDLICHERIANUM ngeli 1849. West & West 1904: 56; P1. 4,
Figs. 20-21. Crystal Lake near Norman /3011./ (Leake 191.5).

MESOI'AENIUM MACKOGOCCUN (Katzing) Roy & Bissett 1891. var. NICHOCOCCUN
(Kttsing) West a West 1900. West a West 1901.: 52; P1. 1, Figs. 1-3.
University of Oklahoma greenhouse in Norman /5011./ (Taft 1931: P1. 6,
Fig. 16).

(0

(>1

GONATOZYGON de Bary 1856

GONATOZYGON KINAHANI (Archer) Habenhorst 1858. West a West 1901.: 35;
P1. 2, Figs. 1-3. Shawnee Lake near Miami /NE58/, South Canadian
River near Norman /SCl4/ (Taft 1931: P1. 5, Figs. 7-8).

GONATOZYGON MONOI‘AENIUM de Bary 1856. West a West 1901.: 30; P1. 1,
Figs. 1-7; P1. 5, Fig. 5. Horseshoe Lake near Harrah /NC1.1/ (Taft
1931: P1. 5, Figs. 3-3h).

CYLINDROCYSTIS Meneghini 1838

CYLINDROCYSTIS MERICANA West 8: West 1898 var. w Cushman 1907.
Irenee-Marie 1939: 337; P1. 9, Figs. 6-7. Crystal Lake near Norman
/SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

cmNDHOCFS'PIS BREBISSONII Meneghini 1838. West a West 1901.: 58; P1. 1.,
Figs. 2332; P1. 5, Fig. 10. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931:

P1. 6, Fig. 6). '

CYLINDROCFSTIS w de Bary 1858. West a West 1901.: 59; P1. 1., Figs.
33-38. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 1.).

CYLINDROCYSTIS MINUTISSIMA Turner 1893. West a West 1901.: 62; P1. 5,
Fig. 9. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 21.).

NETRIUM Nageli 1849; arising” wtkemtller 1902

NETRIUM DIGITUS (Ehrenberg) Itzigsohn & Rothe 1856. West a West 1901.:
61.; P1. 6, Figs. 11.-16. Wichita Nts. /SW16/, Indian springs Creek
near Norman /SCl4/, Arbuckle Hts. /8050/ (Taft 1931: P1. 5, Fig. 6);
Travertine Creek in Platt National Park /SC50/, tychOplankton in Lost
Lake in Wichita Mts. /SW16/.

NETRIUM DIGITUS var. CONSTRICTUH West 81 West 1904. West 8: West 1904: 65 ;
P1. 6, Fig. 17. Wichita Nts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 5, Fig. 5).

NETRIUM INTERRUPTUM (de Brébisson) Lfltkemfiller 1902. West & West 1904:
68; P1. 7, Figs. 1-2. Wichita Hts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 5, Fig. 4).

NETRIUM OBLONGOH (de Bary) Latkemaller 1902. West a West 1901: 66; P1.
8, Figs. 1-3. Crystal Lake near Norman /SW14/ (Leake 1945).

ggtg West & West 1896; g22g§., Hodgetts 1920

@QQEQgMeM&mmeutammlma‘hfikatmm:mm
P1. 10, Fig. 27; 1923: 260; P1. 167, Fig. 6. Condensation tank at
University of Oklahoma in Norman /SCl4/’(Taft 1931: P1. 1, Figs.
9-9b).

SPIROTAENIA de Brebisson 1848
WEMEMAWWMMMdeh&mwan.th&hfil%m3&PL2y
Figs. 7-10. Pine Valley in Ouachita Hts. /SE40/ (Taft 1931: P1. 4,

Fig. 8).

SPIROTAENIA OBSCURA Ralfs 1848. West a West 1901: 11; P1. 3, Figs.
7-12. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 2).

Family DESMIDIACEAE
CLOSTERIUM Nitzsch 1817

CLOSTERIUM gCERmUM (Schrank) Ehrenberg 1828. West 8: West 1904: 146;
P1. 18,:Figs. 2-5. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Figs. A-Aa); Crystal Lake near
NOrman /SCI4/ (Leake 1945). Tychoplankton: seepage at shore and in
Lake Texoma./SC45/, pool in Salt Fork Red River near Hollis /SW29/,
steel windmill tank near’Dinosaur Quarry /PH13/.

CLUSTERIUM.ACEROSUM var. ELONGATUM de Bréhisson 1856. ‘West a West 1901:
148; P1. 18,:Fig. 1. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Maloney 1944); Crystal
Lake near Norman /8011/ (Leake 1915).

CLOSTERIUM gcmosum var. STRIATUM Krieger 1935. Krieger 1935: 319.

From a collection known to be from the State but lacking further data.

P1. III, Figs. 8~10.

(C)
CD

CLOSTERIUM ACICULARE Tuffen West 1860. West & West 1904: 174; P1. 21,
Figs. 18-19. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /Nl55/
(Ophel 1950).

CLOSTERIUM ACICUIARE var. W West a West 1904 [W 1511)-
m West 1891.7. West a West 1901.: 175; P1. 23, Figs. 1—5. (Taft
1937: P1. 1, Fig. 6, under the synonym).

CLOSTERIUM w (Lyngbye) de Brébisson 1848. West a West 1901.: 177;
P1. 23, Figs. 9-11.. Horseshoe Lake near Harrah /NC41/ (Taft 1931:
P1. 1, Fig. 9).

CLOSTKHIUH gym var. L_I_N§_A (Perty) West a West 1900. West a West
1901.: 178; P1. 23, Fig. 15. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 5).

CLOSTERIUM ARCHERIANUM Cleve 1871. West a West 1901.: 115; P1. 11,
Figs. 8-10. (Taft 1937: P1. 1, Fig. 4); cypress swamp near Broken
Bow /SE48/; North Fork Red River below Altus-Lugert Lake /SW28/.

Clostezium gttgnugtum Ehrenberg 1838 var. "7". Taft (1931: 283; P1. 1,
Fig. 7) cites this from the State. However, it appears from his
figure that this is rather, CLOSTERIUM NASUTUM, which see.

CLOSTERIUM BRAUNII Reinsch 1886. Krieger 1935: 31.3. (Taft 1937: P1. 1.
Figs. 2-2b); seepage at shore of Lake Texoma /SC45/.

CLOSTFRIUN CALOSPORUM Wittrock 1869. West a West 1901.: 138; P1. 16,
Figs. 1-1.. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 191.5).

CLOSTERIUM CALOSPORUM var. M West & West 1896. West 8: West 1904:
139; P1. 16, Figs. 5-6. Crystal Lake near Norman /3014/ (Leake
191.5).

CLOSTHHIUH CERATIUM Party 1852. West a West 1901.: 176; P1. 23, Figs.
6-8. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel
1950).

(O
O)

CLOSFHBIUH COSTATUH Corda 1831.. West a West 1901.: 120; P1. 13, Figs.
1-3. (Taft 1937: P1. 1, Fig. 5).

CLOSTKHIUN COSTATOSPORUM Taft 191.9. Taft 191.9: 212; P1. 1, Fig. 1..
Near Broken Bow /SE1.8/ (Taft 191.9) .

CLOSTERIUM DECORUM de Bréhisson 1856. West a West 1901.: 181.; P1. 17,
Figs. 7-8; P1. 28, Figs. 1—3. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 6).

CLOS'I'ERIUM W Ehrenberg 1838. West & West 1904: 130; P1. 15, Figs.
1-6. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC]J./ (Leake 1945) ; tychOplankton in
effluent creek of Lost Lake in Wichita Hts. /SWl6/, euplankton in
Lake Texoma /SC45/. P1. 111, Fig. 15.

CLOSTERIUMIQLANEE var. ABQUATUM (de Brébisson) Rabenhorst 1868. West
& West 1904: 131; P1. 15, Figs. 21-22. Crystal Lake near Norman
/5014/ (Leake 1945).

CLOSTERIUM DIDYIOI‘OCUM Corda 1835. West a West 1901.: 116; P1. 12, Figs.
1-5. Seepage near Harris /SE48/. P1. 111, Fig. 12.

CLUSTERIUM'EBORACENSE Turner 1886. Nest & West 1904: 140; P1. 16, Figs.
'7-8. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 8).

CLOSTERIUM‘EHRENBERGII Meneghini 1840. West & West 1904: 143; P1. 16,
Figs. 1-1.. Wichita Hts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Fig. 5): Crystal
Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945).

CLOSTBHIUH GHACIIE de Brébisson 1839. West a West 1901.: 166; P1. 21,
Figs. 8-12. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

CLOSTERIUM cmACIIB var. ELONGATUM West a West 1901.. West a West 1901.:
168; P1. 21, Figs. 14-16. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 10); Crystal Lake

Hear Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

gLOSl'EBIUH INCUBVUH de B‘rs’hisson 1856. West a West 1901.: 136; P1. 15,
Figs. 26-27. Arbuckle Hts. /SC50/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Fig. 12); Crys-
tal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 191.5).

CLOSTERIUM INPFHleIUH Ralfs 181.8. West a West 1901.: 125; P1. 11., Figs.
1-5. (Taft 1937: P1. 1, Fig. 3).

CLOSTERI'UM INFERMEDIUM var. HIBERNICUM West 1894. West 8: West 1904: 126;
P1. 11., Fig. 6. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 13).

CLCBTERIUM J'ENNERI Ralfs 1848. West 8: West 1904: 134; P1. 15, Figs.
23-25. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 7).

CLOSTERIUM IANCEOLATUM Kdtzing 181.5. West a West 1901.: 11.9; P1. 17,
Figs. 9-10; P1. 18, Fig. 7. Arbuckle Hts. /SC50/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1,
Fig. 2); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

CLOSTERIUM LBIBIFINII Kdtzing 1831.. West a West 1901.: 11.1; P1. 16,
Figs. 9-14. Muscle Shoals near Norman /SCI4/, Shawnee Lake near
Hiami /NE58/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Fig. 6); Crystal Lake near Norman
/Sc11./ (Leake 1945).

W LIBELLULA Focke 181.7 var. INTERMEDIUM Roy & Bissett 1891.
[ELM-.12 Libellula (Focke) Nordstedt 1888 var. intemedium Roy 8:
Bissett 1891.7. West a West 1901.: 71.; P1. 7, Fig. 11 (described as
M); transferral to Closterium in West a West 1923: 261. (Taft
1937: P1. 1, Fig. 8, under the synonym).

W LIBELLULA var. INTERRUPI‘UM West a West 1897 [m 11291-
1&a_ var. integ'ggtum West 8: West 18917 . See note under the variety
above. West a West 1901.: 71.; P1. 7, Figs. 9-10. (Taft 1937: P1. 1,
Fig. 7).

WM LINEATUM Ehrenberg 1834. West 8: West 1904: 181; P1. 24,
Figs. 1-5. Winding Stair Hts. /SE40/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Figs. 10a-
109).

(‘0
fig)

CLOSTERIUM w (Mllller) Nitzsch 1817 var. W Klebs 1879.

West a West 1901.: 150; P1. 18, Figs. 8-9. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Figs.
11-11a).

CLOSTERIUM _H_J_I\_I_U_L_A var. QHFPHHDIUH Gutwinski 1896. West a West 1901.:
152; P1. 18, Fig. 12. Seepage near Idabel /SE48/. Pl. III, Figs.
9, 11.

CLOSTFBIUH MACHENI‘UM de Brébisson 1856. West a West 1901.: 118; P1. 12,
Figs. 8-10. Near Guthrie /N'C42/ (Haloney 1941.).

CLOSTERIUH MALINVERNIANUM de Notaris 1865. West 8: West 1904: 145;

P1. 17, Figs. 5-6. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 12).

CLOSTERIUM MONILIFERUM (Bory) Ehrenberg 1838. West 8: West 1904: 142;
P1. 16, Figs. 15-16. Indian Springs near Norman /SCl4/, Arbuckle
Hts. /SC5O/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Fig. 3); Crystal Lake near Norman
/SCl4/, (Leake 1945). Tychoplankton: Pettijohn Springs near Iadill
/SC45/, Spavinaw Creek /NE21/, seepage near Idabel /SE48/, creek near
Dinosaur Quarry /PH13/.

CLOSTERIUM NASUTUM Nordstedt 1870. Irenee-Harie 1952: 11.; P1. 2, Fig. 3.
Taft (1931: 283; P1. 1, Fig. 7) figures what appears to be this
species though he cites it as Closterium attenuatum Ehrenberg 1838
var. m. Shawnee Lake near Hiami /NE58/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Fig. 7);
(Taft 1937: P1. 1, Figs. l-la).

CLOSTBHIUH NAVICUtg (de Brebisson) Lutkemiiller it West, West 8. Carter
1923 [w Navicula (de Brebisson) Lfltkemliller in West 8: West
19047. West a West 1901.: 75; P1. 7, Figs. 12-15, 19. Wear Broken
Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 5, under the synonym).

CLOSTERIUM PARVULUM Nfigeli 1849 fa. SIGMOIDEUM Irenee-Marie 1939. Irene-
Harie 1939: 68; P1. 1., Fig. 20. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/
(Leake 191.5).

8'”

1,
van--
_

... .r
d-“
~

m «_-

¥"‘

 

F

s
Q
.‘95

_F4

'11
’ ..o-

(O
(I)

CLOSTERIUM flTCHARDIANUM Archer 1862. West 8: West 1901.: 172; P1. 22,
Figs. 6-14. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Figs. 15-15a).

CLOSTERIUM PUSILIUM Hantzsch 1861 var. MONOLITHUM Wittrock 1886. West
a West 1901.: 163; P1. 20, Figs. 20-21.. Taft (1949) notes that the
Oklahoma material is larger than the variety and that it “probably
deserves specific rank as Closterium monolithum (Wittr.)." (Taft
191.9).

CLOSTERIUM RAIFSII de Brébisson 181.5. West a West 1901.: 182; P1. 21.;
Figs. 6-7. Seepage near Harris /SE48/. P1. III, Fig. 13.

CL$TERIUM RALFSII var. HYBRIDUM Rabenhorst 1863. West 8: West 1904:
183; P1. 21., Figs. 8-13. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Figs. 17-17a).

CLOSTERIUM ROSTRATUM Ehrenberg 1832. West 8: West 1904: 188; P1. 24,

 

Figs. 1-5. Shawnee Lake near Miami /NE58/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Fig. 1).

W STRIOLATUM Ehrenberg 1832. West a West 1901.: 122, P1. 13,
Figs. 7-16. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Haloney 1911.).

W subpronum West 1891.. See CLOSTERIUM ACICULARE.

W SUBULATUM (Kfitzing) de Brébisson 1839. West a West 1901.:
179; P1. 21., Figs. 16-19. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1,
Fig. 8).

W W Johnson 1895. West a West 1901.: 156; P1. 19, Figs.
15-18. Cedar Creek near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1, Figs.

4, 11).

W TURGIDUM Ehrenberg 1838. West a West 1901: 170; P1. 22,
F188. 4-5. From a collection known to be from the State but lacking
further data. P1. 111, Figs. 11., 16.

W w var. W Nordstedt 1889. Krieger 1935: 332.

(Tart 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 16).

 

lCO

CLOSTERIUM 1mg Focke 1847. West a West 1901.: 127; P1. 11., Figs. 7-9.
(Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 11.).

CLQSTERIUM m Kfitzing 1845. West 8: West 1904: 137; P1. 15, Figs.
15-20. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 9).

W de Brébisson 181.1.

w M Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1904: 87; P1. 8, Figs. 36-37.
(Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 37).

_P_K_N1_Ug CRUCIFERUM (de Bary) Wittrock 1882 [Cosmarium gruciferum de Bary
185§7. West a West 1901.: 100; P1. 10, Figs. 18-19. (Taft 1937:

P1. 2, Figs. 10, 35; as both W and Cosmarium).

2991111 lagenarioides Roy 3; Bissett 1884. See COSMARIUM LAGBNABIOIOFS.

m Libellula (Focke) Nordstedt 1888 var. intermedium Roy 8: Bissett
1891.. See CLUSTERIUM LIBELLULA var. INTFBNEOIUH.

m NHWGAHITACBUH (Ehrenberg) de Brébisson 181.8. West a West 1901.:
83 ; P1. 8, Figs. 32-35. Winding Stair Hts. /SE4D/ (Taft 1931: P1. 4,
Fig. '7); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); Pettijohn
Springs swimming pool near Madill /SC45/, pool in drying bed of
1"'<>urcheinaline River near Caston /SE40/.

m minutum (Ralfs) Cleve 1861.. See COSMARIUM DOCIDIOIDES.

2min Naviculg de Brébisson 1856. See CLOSTEHIUH NAVICUIA.

m RUFESCENS Cleve 1861.. West a West 1901.: 99; P1. 6, Figs. 12-13.
(Taft 1937).

m SPIROSTRIOLATUM Barker 1869. West a West 1901.: 88; P1. 9, Figs.
1-8. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 3).

Ema SUBOCTANGOLABB West 1892. West a West 1901.: 81; P1. 8, Figs.

11.-19. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 34)-

PIEUROI‘AENIUM Nageli 181.9
PIEUROI‘AENIUM COHHUGATUH Taft 191.9. Taft 1949: 211; P1. 2, Fig. 1.
Shawnee Lake near Shawnee /NE58/ (Taft 1949).
PLFUBOTAEiqugi Eim'ENBEHGII (de Br€bisson) de Bary 1858. West 8: West
1904: 205; P1. 29, Figs. 911; P1. 30, Fig. 1. Near Broken Bow
/SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 5, Fig. 2); Lake Okmulgee near Okmulgee /NE56/.
PLEUROPAENIUM EHRENBERGII var. UNDULATUM Schaarschmidt 1883. West 8.
West 1901.: 207; P1. 30, Fig. 4. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl1./

PLEUROTAENIUM MAXIMUM (Reinsch) Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1901.: 213;

 

P1. 31, Figs. 1-2. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 20); Crystal Lake near
Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).
PIEUROTAENIUM TRABECUIA (Ehrenberg) Nageli 181.9. West 8. West 1901.:

 

209; P1. 30, Figs. 11-13. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 19); Crystal Lake
near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); effluent creek of Lost Lake in
Wichita Hts. /SW16/.

_PIEUROFAENIUH TRABECULA fa. CLAVATA (Kdtzing) West 8: West 1900. West
8: West 1904: 211; P1. 31, Figs. 8-9. Indian Springs near Norman
/8011./ (Taft 1931: P1. 5, Fig. 1); Crystal Lake near Norman /3011./
(Leake 1945).

LIEUROFAEMUH TRABBCULA fa. GRANUIATA G. s. West 1899. West 8: West
1901.: 211. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1915).

__PLEUROTAENIUH TRUNCATUM (de Brébisson) Nageli 181.9 var. GRANULATUM
West 1894. West 8: West 1901.: 205; P1. 29; Figs. 7-8. (Taft 1931.:
P1. 6, Fig. 18).

DmIDIUH de Brébisson 1844; g1_i_i_e_n_d_., Lundell 1871

W ELEM—UH Taft 191.9. Taft 191.9: 210; P1. 2, Fig. 2. Near Miami

”958/ (Taft 19:9).

TBPHEHOWUS Ralfs 181.1.

TETHEHOHUS w (Katring) Ralfs 181.8. West 8: West 1901.: 222; P1. 32,
Figs. 11-16. Near Broken Bow/ SE48/ (Taft :1931: P1. 1., Fig. 13).
EUAS‘I‘RUM Ehrenberg 1832
EUAST‘RUM ABRUPTUM Nordstedt 1869 var. LAGOHNSE (Nordstedt) Krieger 1937.
[Euastrum gigglg fa. lagoénsis Nordstedt 18627. Krieger 1937: 606;

P1. 83, Figs. 4-6. (Taft 1937, under the synonym).
EUASTRUM BIDENTATUM Nageli 181.9. West 8: West 1905: 39; P1. 37, Figs.
16-19. Winding Stair Hts. /SE1.0/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 20).
EUASTRUM I_3_I_N_1_L__IE (Turpin) Ehrenberg 1840. West 8: West 1905: 51; P1. 38,
Figs. 28-29. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 32); Crystal Lake near Norman
/SCl4/ (Isake 1945).

Euastm tiliglg fa. lagolnsis Nordstedt 1869. See EUASTRUM ABRUPI'UM.

EUASTHUH B_I_N_1_i_11_i fa. $42015 Turner 1892. West 8: West 1905: 53; P1. 38,
Fig. 30. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 31).

EUASTRUM DENFICULATUH (Kirchner) Gay 1881.. West 8: West 1905: 56; P1.
39, Figs. 1-1.. Crystal Lake near Norman /3011./ (Leake 191.5).

EUASTRUM PIT—BILL” Nngli 1849 var. (RNATUM Woloszynska 1919. Krieger
1937: 572; P1. 79, Fig. 10. From a collection known to be from the
State but lacking further data. Pl. IV, Fig. 19.

EUASTRUM CEMMATUM de Brébisson 1848 var. w Taft 1949. Taft 1949:
214; P1. 2, Fig. 6. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1949).

EUASTRUM INSULABE (littrock) Boy 1877. West 8: West 1905: 68; P1. 1.0,
Figs. 11-13. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl1./ (Leake 191.5).

EUASTRUM INSULABE forma 7 G. S. West 1899. West 8: West 1905: 69; P1.

1.0, Fig. 14. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 30).

103

EUASTRUM MONTANUM West 8: West 1905. West 8: West 1905: 58; P1. 39, Figs.
8-9; 1923: 265; P1. 167, Fig. 5. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 21).

EUASTRUM OBLONGUH (Greville) Ralfs 181.1.. West 8: West 1905: 12; P1. 34,
Figs. 7-9; P1. 35, Fig. 2. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 22).

EUASTRUM OHIOENSE Taft 191.6. Taft 1949: 214; P1. 2, Fig. 5. Near Ard-
more /SClO/ (Taft 1949).

EUASTRUM PECTINATUM de Brébisson 1848 var. Tychoplankton in Schooler
lake /SE12/.

EUASTRUM PULCHELLUM de Brébisson 1856. West 8 West 1905: 1.6; P1. 38,
Figs. 11.-15. Winding Stair Hts. /SE1.0/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 19).

EUASTRUM SPINOSUH Ralfs 1811.. West 8 West 1905: 38; P1. 37, Figs. 14-15.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

EUASTRUM VERRUCOSUM Ehrenberg 1834. West 8: West 1905: 64; P1. 40.
Fig. l. Winding Stair Hts. /SE40/ (Taft 1931: P1. 3, Fig. 1).

EUASTRUM VEHRUCtBUM var. ALATUM Wolle 1884. West 8: West 1905: 67; Pl.

 

40, Fig. 6. In a sample known to be from the State but lacking
further data. P1. N, Fig. 18.

EUASTRUM VERRUCOSUM var. RHOLIBOIDEUM Lundell 1871. Krieger 1937: 650;

P1. 96, Fig. 2. Euplankton in McBeth Pond near Madill /SC45/.
COSMARIUM Cords. 1834-

CCBMARIUM ABRUPTUH Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1908: 80; P1. '72, Fig. 3.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM ANGUIAHE Johnson 1894. Irenee-Marie 1939: 179; P1. 24, Fig.
3. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 17); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/
(leaks 1945).

COSHAHIUH flGULATUM (Party) Rabenhorst 1869. Taft 1931: 296; P1. 6,

Fig, 12, Arbuckla Hts. /Scso/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 12).

1C4

CCBMARmM ANGULOSUI de Brébisson 1856.var. CONCINNUM (Rabenhorst) West
8 West 1901. West 8: West 1908: 91.; P1. 72, Figs. 37-38. (Taft 1934:
P1. 6, Fig. 32).

COSMARIUM ASKENASYI Schmidle 1895 var. nov. Proportions that of the
type but much smaller: L. 47 u, Br. 35 u, Is. 14 11. Both the species
and this variety are characterized by a few granules at the basal
angles of the semicells which are otherwise smooth. Tychoplankton
in semi-epiphytic masses in Travertine Creek in Platt National Park
/SCSO/. P1. IV, Fig. 11.

COSMARIUM w Nordstedt 1880. West 8: West 1908: 246; P1. 88, Figs.
10-14. In a collection known to be from the State but lacking further
data. P1. IV, Fig. 12.

COSMARIUM BIOCULATUM de Brébisson 181.8. West 8: West 1905: 165; P1. 61,
Figs. 3-7. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 26).

CCBMARIUM m Nordstedt 1870. West 8: West 1908: 77; P1. 71, Figs.
36-37. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 38; P1. 2, Fig. 3).

COSMARIUM BIRETUM de Brébisson 181.8 var. t_g_N_qs_ Hansgirg 1888. Taft
1937: 398; P1. 2, Fig. 26. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 26).

COSMARIUM BOECKII Wille 1880. West 8: West 1908: 234; P1. 86, Figs.
26-32. In seepage at shore of Lake Taxoma /SC45/. P1. IV, Fig. 6.

COSNARIUM BOTRYTIS Meneghini 1840. West 8: West 1912: 1; P1. 96, FigS.
1-2, 5-15. Redbeds spring near Norman /SCl4/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2,
Fig. 17); Crystal Lake near Norman /5014/ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM BOI'RITIS var. SUBTUMIDUM Wittrock 1872. West 8: West 1912: 4,
P1. 97, Fig. 1. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 191.5).

W BROOMEI Thwaites 1848. West 8: West 1912: 24; P1. 100,

Fig. 12. Near HcAlester /SE61/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 19).

COSMARIUH CAICAREUM Wittrock 1872. West 8 West 1908: 235; P1. 87,
Figs. 1-2. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 21).

COSMARIUM CIRCULARE Reinsch 1867. West 8: West 1905: 136; P1. 56, Figs.
11, 13-11.. Wichita Hts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 2).

COSMARIUM CONSTRICTUM Delponte 1877 fa. m Fritsch 8: Rich 1924.
Prescott 8: Scott 1952: 8; Fig. 1, No. 12. Turkey Creek in Ponca
City Park /NC36/. P1. N, Fig. 1.

COSiHBIUH CONTRACTUM Kirchner 1878 var. ELLLPSOIDEUH (Elfving) West 8
West 1902. West 8: West 1905: 172; P1. 61, Figs. 28, 35. Near
Broken Bow /SE1.8/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 9).

COSMARIUM CRENATUM Ralfs 181.1. fa. BOIDTIANA (Gutwinski) Taft 1931.
Taft 1931: 299; P1. 2, Fig. 18. Near Broken Bow /SE1.8/ (Taft 1931:
P1. 2, Fig. 18).

Cosmarium crugifgggit de Bary 1858. See Pm___I_I._T_M CRUCIFERUM.

COSMARIUM CYNATOPLEU‘RUM Nordstedt 1872 var. ARCHERII (Roy 8 Bissett)
West 8 West 1900. West 8 West 1908: 6; P1. 65, Fig. 10. (Taft 1937).

COSMARIUM CYHLATOPIEURUM fa. m Kurz 1922. Kurz 1922: 68; Fig. 26.
With the same proportions but much smaller than the type. L. 48 u,
Br. 38 11, Is. 14 11. Pool in drying bed of Fourchemaline River near
Caston /SE1.0/. P1. IV, Fig. 8.

COSMARIUM DEPRESSUM (Nfigeli) Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1905: 176;

P1. 62, Figs. 2-5. Horseshoe Lake near Harrah /NC4l/ (Taft 1931:
P1. 2, Fig. 6).

COSMARIUM DEPRESSUM var. gCHONBHUH (Boldt) West 8: West 1905. West 8
West 1905: 177; P1. 62, Figs. 6-9. Panther Creek in Wichita Hts.
/SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 7).

COSHAHIUH 13001131011313 Liitkemdller 1914 [m 1111mm (Halfs) Cleve
18647. West 8 West 1901.: 101; P1. 10, Figs. 1-2; 1926: 261, 268.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945, under the synonym.

COSMARIUM EIEGANI'ISSIWM Lundell var. W West 8 West 1898.
Irenee-Harie 1939: 181.; P1. 30, Fig. 12. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 35).

C$MARIUM FONTICENUM Nordstedt 1878. West 8: West 1905: 147; P1. 59,
Figs. 1517. Crystal Lake near Norman /3011./ (Leake 191.5).

COSNARIUM FORHOSULUH Hoff 1888 var. NATHORSTII (Boldt) West 8 West
1908. West 8: West 1908: 242; P1. 88, Figs. 4-5. In two collections
known to be from the State but lacking further data. P1. 111, Fig. 6.

CCEHMRIUM GAYANUM de Toni 1889. West 8: West 1912: 7; P1. 103, FigS. 5-6.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SCI4/ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM (EOHIETRICUM West 8: West 1895 var. SUECICUM Borge 1921. Borge
1921: 1., P1. 2, Fig. 21. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 8).

COSMARIUM GLOB$UM Bulnheim 1861 var. m HanSgirg 1888. West 8: West
1908: 30; P1. 68, Figs. 3-5. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 11).

COSHARIUM (121mm de Brébisson 181.8. West 8 West 1905: 186; P1. 63,
Figs. 1-3. Wichita Hts. /SW16/, krbuckle Hts. /Scso/ (Taft 1931:

P1. 2, Fig. 10); Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945).
Tychoplankton: Honey Creek in Arbuckle Mts. /SCSO/, Lake Altus-Lug-
ert /SW28/, farm pond near Snyder /SW38/, Lessly's pond near Norman
/8014/.

COSMARIUM WATUM var. SQBANGUIARE West 8: West 1895. Prescott 8: Scott
191.2: 12; P1. 2, Fig. 23. Crystal Lake near Norman (Leake 191.5).

COSMARIUM GRANATUM var. SUBCHiANATUM Nordstedt 1878. West 8: West 19053
188, P1. 63, Figs. 5-8. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake
1945); Lessly's pond near Norman /SCl4/, farm pond near Burbank

/N057/, barrow pit near Vinita /NE18/. P1. IV, Fig. 1..

'137

COSMARIUM HAMMERI Reinsch 1867. West 8: West 1905: 181; P1. 62, Figs.
20-21. Near Broken Bow /SE48/'(Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 8).

COSMARIUM.H§NEER; var. PROTUBERANS West & West 1896. West & West
1905: 183; P1. 62, Figs. 21.-25. Panther Creek in Wichita Hts. /SW16/
(Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 8).

COSNHHIUH HOLHIENSE Lundell 1871. West 8 West 1908: 1; P1. 65, Figs.
1-2. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 9).

COSNHHIUH w (Gay) Nordstedt 1889 var. SUBSTRIATUM (Nordstedt)
Schmidle 1895. West 8 West 1908: 221.; P1. 85, Fig. 20. (Taft 1937:
P1. 2, Fig. 20); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

COSNARIUM IMPRESSULUM.E1fving 1881. West & West 1908: 86; P1. 72,

Figs. 14-18. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 1); Crystal Lake near NOrman
(Leake 1945); euplankton in Lake Okmulgee near Okmulgee /NE56/.

COSHkBlUH IHPHESSULUH fa. SUBORTHOGONA (Raciborski) West 8: West 1908.
West & West 1908: 88. A form differing from the type only’in the
presence of a slight protuberance in the middle of each of the
sides in vertical view. Taft (1937) notes that this character is constant
and suggests that it be named as a variety. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 2).

COSMARIUM INCONSPICUUM West 8: West 1896. West 8: West 1905: 164; P1. 61,
Figs. 1-2. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 5).

COSMARIUM M13 Rabenhorst 1868. West 8: West 1908: 99; P1. 73, Figs.
8-19. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 25).

COSMARIUM ELF var. wO-mmww Fritsch 8: Rich 1928. Fritsch
8: Rich 1928: 60; Fig. 17:. Lake Texoma /SC45/. Pl. IV, Fig. 2.

COSMARIUN 151m IOIDE (Roy tn Bissett) Lfltkemflller 1910 var. @-
HEDIUH Gutwinski 1902 [mm lagenarioidgs Roy g; Bissett 18837.
Near Broken Bow’/SE48/'(Taft 1949).

COSMARIUM W (Lundell) Roy 8 Bissett 1886 fa. mpg (Boldt)
West 8: West 1897. West 8: West 1912: 19; P1. 99, Fig. 9. Near Broken
Bow /SE1.8/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 15); seepage near Idabel /SE1.8/.

COSMARIUM W Meneghini 1840. West 8: West 1908: 199; P1. 83,
Figs. 4-11. Crystal Lake near Norman /8014/ (Leake 1945).

COSHAHIUH HENEcHilNII de Brébisson 181.8. West 8 West 1908: 90; P1. 72,
Figs. 29-32. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Maloney 1944).

COSMARIUM w West 8 West 1895. West 8 West 1908: 66; P1. 71,
Figs. 1-2. lrbuckle Hts. /scso/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 15).

9081111111111 HONILIFORHE (Turpin) Ralfs 181.8. West 8 West 1908: 20;

P1. 67, Figs. 1-3. Arbuckle Hts. /scso/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 11.);
(Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 9); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM MONIIIFORME fa. PUNCTATA Lagerheim 1887. West 8: West 1908:
22; P1. 67, Fig. 4. Cell-wall punctate, often becoming yellow as
compared to the type. Panther Creek in Wichita Hts. /SW16/ (Taft
1931: P1. 2, Fig. 22); Crystal Lake near Nornan /SCI4/ (Leake 1945).

COSHABIUH w de Brébisson 1856. West 8 West 1908: 11.; P1. 66,
Fig. 12. Tychoplankton among epilithic masses in Rock Creek near
Broken Bow / SE1.8/. P1. IV, Fig. 7.

C(BMARIU'M m Lfltkemflller 1910. Lutkemfiller 1934: 256-271; Fig. 5.
(Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 15).

COSMARIUM NITIBULUH de Notaris 1867. West 8 West 1905: 197; P1. 64,
Figs. 1-3. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Haloney 1944).

COSHARIUM NOPIHBEHGHNSE Reinsch 1867 fa. mpg Turner 1892 [Cogggium
9gtggi_.b_1_>g_s_un Reinsch 1867 fa. Eng: Turner 1892]. Turner 1892: P1.
10, Fig. 14. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 12, under the synonym).

COSMARIUM Wig-smug Wille 1879. West 8 West 1908: 35: P1. 68,

Fig. 16. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 1.).

COSMARIUM my Nordstedt 1873 fa. m Nordstedt 1873. West 8 West
~ 1908: 51; P1. 69, Figs. 18-21. A form differing only in size from
the type: L. 11.-15.5 u, Br. 11-13 u. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 29).

COSHARIUH OBTUSATUH Schmidle 1898. West 8 West 1908: 7; P1. 65, Figs.
13-11.. Crystal Lake near Norman /5011./ (Leake 191.5).

008mm! OBTUSATUM var. BEANLANDII West 8: West 1908. West 8: West 1908:
8; P1. 65, Fig. 15. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

Cosmggium My Reinsch 1867 fa. 2139; Turner 1892. See 9L3;-
W NOHIHBEHcmNSE. '

COSMARIUM w Ralfs 1844. West 8: West 1908: 151; P1. 78, Figs.
1-10. Near Guthrie /NC42/ (Haloney 1911.).

CWMARIUM PACHYDERMUN Lundell 1871 var. ALTHIOPICUM West 8: West 1905.
West 8 West 1905: 11.0; P1. 57, Figs. 8-9. Taft (1931) citesthis
as a var. "11019.“; it is described as new in West 8: lest (1.3.), not
in Taft 1931. Panther Creek in Wichita Hts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931:

P1. 2, Fig. 1).

C(BMARIUM PHASEOLUS de Brebisson 1840. West 8 West 1905: 158; P1. 60,
Figs. 12-14. Cedar Creek near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6,
Fig. 7).

005mm PHASEOIUS var. EIEvgrUH Nordstedt 1873. West 8 West 1905:
159: P1. 60, Figs. 16-17. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 11.).

COS IUM PIJCA‘I'UI Reinsch 1867 var. HIBERNICUM West 1892. West 8: West
1908: 61; P1. 70, Figs. 12-13. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 30).

008mm 21.-1.981.“! fa. m (Reinsch) West 8 West 1908. West 8 West
1908: 60; P1. 70, Fig. ll. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2,

Fig. 5) .

110

COSMARIUM POLONICUM Raciborski 1889 var. W Schmidle 1895. Schmidle
1895: P1. 15, Fig. 21. Tychoplankton among subaerial-epilithic fila-
ments on front of Lost Lake dam in Wichita Hts. /SW16/. P1. IV, Fig. 5.

COSMARIUM POLYGONUM (mgeli) archer 1861. West 8 West 1908: 76; P1. 71,
Figs. 32-34. South Canadian River near Norman /8011./ (Taft 1931: P1.
6, Fig. 10); Crystal Lake near Norman /3014/ (Leake 1945) .

COSMARIUM POHFECTUH Nordstedt 1870. (Taft 1937: P1. 1, Fig. 12).

COSMARIUM PORTIANUM .lrcher'1860. West 8: West 1908: 165; P1. 80, Figs.
4-7. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 21); Crystal
Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); farm pond near Snyder /SW38/.

COSMARIUM PROTRACTUM (Nageli) de Bary 1858. West 8: West 1908: 181; P1.
82, Fig. 8; P1. 94, Figs. 4-5. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 39).

COSMARIUM PSEUDARLTOUM Nordstedt 1879. West 8: West 1908: 32; P1. 68,
Figs. 12-14; P1. ’72, Figs. 40-41. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft
1931: P1. 6, Fig. 11).

COSMARIUM PSEUDOBROOMEI Wolle 1884. West 8: West 1912: 22; P1. 100,
Figs. 7-8; P1. 103, Fig. 7. Crystal Lake near Norman /8014/ (Leake
1945).

COSMARIUM PSEUDOCONNATUM Nordstedt 1870. West 8: West 1908: 26; P1. 67,
Figs. 19-21. Wichita Hts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 3): HcBeth
Pond near Madill /SC45/, effluent creek from Lost Lake in Wichita
Mts. /SW16/.

W W var. m Allorge 1930. Allorge 1931: 34;
P1. 9, Fig. 1. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 29).

COSMARIUM PSEUDOPROTUBERANS Kirchner 1878. West 8: West 1908: 82; P1.
72, Figs. 6-8. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945); Webe-
plankton among subaerial-epilithic filaments, on face of Lost Lake
dam in Wichita Hts. /SWl6/. P1. IV, Fig. 14.

COSMARIUM W de Brébisson 1856. West 8: West 1908: 206; P1. 84,
Figs. 13-14; P1. 102, Fig. 22. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 3b); in a
collection known to be from the State but lacking further data.

COSMARIUM PUNCTULATUM var. W (Nordstedt) Bargesen 1894.
West 8: West 1908: 209; P1. 84, Figs. 15-20; P1. 85, Figs. 1-3.
Crystal Lake near Norman /scu./ (Leake 1945); in a collection known
to be from the State but lacking further data. P1. IV, Fig. 16.

cosmmm PUSILLUM (do Brebisson) Archer 1861. West a West 1908: 66;
P1. '71, Figs. 3-4. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Loake 1945).

005mm PYGMAEUM Archer 1861. [W Wan.- Grunow 18687.
West a West 1908: 73 ; P1. '71, Figs. 22-31. Near Broken Bow /SE48/
(Taft 1931: P1. 6, Fig. 13, under the synonym); Crystal Lake near
Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

cosmamm PYRAMIDATUM de Brébisson 1848. West a West 1905: 199; P1. 64,

, Figs. 5-7. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 11).

CCBMARIUM PYRAMIDATUM var. TRANSITORIUM Heimerl. Irenee-Marie 1939:
169; P1. 22, Fig. 2; P1. 30, Figs. 2-3. Plankton in Lake Texoma
/scz.5/. P1. N, Fig. 15.

COSMARIUM QUADRATUM Ralfs 1844. West 8: West 1908: 57; P1. '70, Figs.
6-8. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 28).

COSMARIUM QUADRUM Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1912: 20; P1. 100, Figs.
3-6. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM QUADRIIM var. MES. Nordstedt 1873. West 8: West 1912: 21.
(Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 27).

COSMARIUM QUQILLUS Iundell 1871. West 8: West 1908: 188; P1. 92, Fig. 3.
In a collection known to be from the State but lacking further data.

P1. IV, Fig. 130

F4
H
(O

C(BMARIUM QUASILLUS var. nov. With the same general form and propor-
tions as the type but much smaller and with a flat or a slightly
concave apex: L. 30 u, Br. 25 u, Dp. 16, Is. 9 u. Tychoplankton
in epilithic masses at shore of Lake Texoma /SC45/, farm pond near
Snyder /SW38/. P1. N, Fig. 9.

COSMARIUM QUINARIUM Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1908: 216; P1. 85, FigS.
9-10. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM RENIFORNE (Ralfs) Archer 1374. West 8: West 1908: 157; P1.
'79, Figs. 1-2; P1. 82, Fig. 15. Crystal Lake near Norman (Leake
1945); tychoplankton among subaerial-epilithic filaments on face
of Lost Lake dam in Wichita Mts. /SW16/, euplankton in Lake Texoma
/scz.5/. P1. III, Fig. 2.

COSMARIUM BENIFORME forms 2 Taft 1931: 298; P1. 2, Fig. 11.. Larger
than the type: L. '75 u, Br. 54 11, Is. 18 11; 1-1/3 times longer than
broad; 19-21 granules showing at the margin of a semicell. Indian
Springs near Norman /SCl4/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 14).

COSMARIUM RENIFORME var. ELEVATUM West 8: West 1898. West 8: West 1908:
159; P1. 79, Fig. 6. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 37).

C(BMARIUM REPQQUM Nordstedt 1887 var. l_dI_N_O_R West 8: West 1898. West 8:
West 1908: 54; P1. 69, Figs. 31-32. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 27).

Cosmmum Sghligphackeanum Grunow 1868. See COSMARIUM PIGMAEUM.

COSMARIUM MGULARE Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1908: 81; P1. '72,
Fig. 3. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 33); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/
(Leake 191.5).

COSMARIUM _S_E_2§_ANGULARE fa. w Nordstedt 1887. West 8: West 1908: 82;

P1. 72, Figs. 4-5. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

 

COSMARIUM SMOIANDICUM Lundell 1871 var. W West 8: West 1905.
West 8: West 1905: 135; P1. 56, Figs. 6-7. (Taft 1934: P1. 6,
Fig. 34).

COSMARIUM SPECIOSUM Lundell 1871 var. ROSTAFINSKII (Gutwinski) West
8: West 1908. West 8: West 1908: 251; P1. 89, Figs. 8-10. (Taft
1937: PI. 2, Fig. 19).

COSMARIUM SPECIwUM var. ROSTAFINSKII fa. AMERICANA West 8: West
1908. West a West 1908: 252. Differing from the usual form in
the absence of the granules above the isthmus. (Taft 1937: P1. 2,
Fig. 18).

COSMARIUM SPFEIOSUM var. SIMPLEX Nordstedt 1872. West 8: West 1908:
250; P1. 89, Fig. 6. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 1.0).

COSflIUM SPORTELLA de Brébisson 1849. West 8: West 1908: 185; P1.
82, Figs. 12-13. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCI4/ (Leake 1945);
plankton in Lake Okmulgee near Okmulgee /NE56/, tychoplankton
among semi-epiphytic masses in Lake Texoma /SC45/. Pl. III, Fig. 7.

COSMARIUM SUBBROONEI Schmidle 1893. West 8: West 1912: 23; Pl. 100,
Fig. 10. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 191.5).

COSMARIUM SUBARCTOUM (Lagerheim) Raciborski 1892. West 8: West 1908:
31; P1. 68, Figs. 6—8. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 13).

COSMARIUM SUBCOSTATUM Nordstedt 1876. West 8: West 1908: 236; P1.
87, Figs. 3-5. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl/./ (Leake 1945).

CCBMARIUM SUBCRENATUM Hantzsch 1861. West 8: West 1908: 228; P1. 86,
Figs. 10-14. Crystal Lake near Norman /S014/ (Leake 1945).

C(BMARIUM SUBCRENATUM var. DIVAfiICATUM Wille 1879. West 8: West 1908:
230; P1. 86, Figs. 16-18. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCI4/ (Leake
191.5).

 

CCSMARIUM SUBCUCUNEIS Schmidle 1893. West 8: West 1905: 155; P1. 60,
Figs. 1-3. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 13);
Crystal Lake near Norman /SC]4/ (Leake 1945); effluent creek from
Lost Lake /SW16/.

C(BMARIUM SUBEXCAVATUM West 8: West 1900 var. ORDINATUM West 8: West
1900. West a West 1908: 149; P1. 77, Fig. 14. (Taft 1934: P1. 6,
Fig. 41).

COSMARIUM morggnvm Nordstedt 1876 var. GBEGORII (Roy 8: Bissett)
West 8: West 1900. West 8: West 1908: 232; P1. 86, Figs. 23-25. In
a collection known to be from the State but lacking further data.
Pl. III, Fig. 3.

COSMARIUM SUBTUMIDUM Nordstedt 1878. West 8: West 1905: 192; P1. 63 ,
Figs. 18-20. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 16).

COSMARIUM SUBTUMIDUM var. KLEBSII (Gutwinski) West a: West 1905. West
8: West 1905: 195; P1. 63 , Figs. 21-23. This variety differs little
from the type: basal angles of semicells more widely rounded, sides
more convergent, making a nurower truncate apex. (Taft 1937: P1. 2,
Fig. 25).

COSMIUM m Archer 1868. West 8: West 1905: 167; P1. 61, Figs.
12-15. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 6).

COSMARIUM TEI'RACHONDRUM Lundell 1871. West 8: West 1905: 175 ; P1. 62,
Fig. 1. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 28).

COSMARIUM TETRAGONUM (Nageli) Archer 1861. West 8: West 1907: 17; P1.
66, Figs. 20-21. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 12).

COSMARIUM _TEBAGONUM var. LUNDELLII Cooke 1887. West 8: West 1908: 18;

P1. 66, Figs. 23-24. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 22).

COSMRIUM W Ralfs 1848 var. M Debs 1879. West 8: West
1908: 105; P1. 73, Figs. 29-30. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 31).

COSMARIUM TRACHYDEFMUM West 8: West 1895. West 8: West 1908: 178; P1.
82, Fig. 1. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl£./ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM TRIPLICATUM Wolle 1892. Wolle 1892. 79; P1. 22, Figs. 3-6.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

COSMARIUM TUBPINII de Brébieson 1866. West 8: West 1908: 189; P1. 82,
Figs. 16-17; P1. 83, Fig. 1. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ «see 925113;-
E! vgatum forma “‘2" (Taft 1931) ; tychoplankton among 22112111;
in farm pond near Burbank /NC57/. Pl. III, Fig. 1..

COSELIUM TU'RPINII var. nov. Differing from the type or other varie-
ties in the form of the central tumour: ours with three series of
granules more or less parallel, rather than concentric; L. 55 u,
Br. 46 u, Is. 13.8 u. Farm pond near Snyder /SW38/. Pl. IV, Fig. 10.

COSMARIUM UMBIIICATUM Lfitkemflller 1893. West 8: West 1908: 88; P1. 72,
Figs. l9-21. Taft (1937) notes that the description in West 8: West
(1.3.) of the apex (”truncate and straight") does not agree with
their illustration (”retuse"); this identification is based on their
illustration. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 7).

COSMARIUM UNDULATUM Cords. 1839 var. MINUTUM Wittrock 1869. West 8: West
1905: 11.9; P1. 59, Figs. 6-7. Euplankton in Lake Okmulgee near
Okmulgee /NE56/. P1. IV, Fig. 3.

COSMARIUH UNCERQM (Nageli) de Bary 1858 var. §_UBTRIPLICATUM West 8:
West 1897. West 8: West 1908: 196; P1. 91, Fig. 7. Wichita late.
/SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 2, Fig. 16).

COSNARIUM VENUSTUM (do Brébisson) Archer 1861 fa. m Wille 1879.
West a West 1908: 10; P1. 66, Fig. 1.. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/

(Leake 191.5).

 

11C-

C$MARIUM VEXATUM G. S. West 1892. West 8: West 1908: 187; P1. 92, Fig. 4.
Crystal Lake near Norman »/S014/ (Leake 1945); eu- and tychoplankton:
Lake Texoma /SC45/, Lake Oklmlgee near Okmulgee /NE56/, Turkey Creek
in Ponca City Park /NC36/, Lessly's Pond near Norman /SCl4/. P1. III,
Fig. 5.

Cosmarium vexatum forma. Because the description fiven in Taft (1931:
298) does not agree with his figure (Pl. 2, Fig. 4) and because
neither fit the figure of West 8: West (1908: 188, P1. 92, Fig. 5)
this is not accepted here as a valid report for the State. The
figure of Taft would appear better to fit C$MARIUM TURPINII de Breb.

which see.
COSMARIUM V'EXATUM var. LACUSTBE Messikommer 1935. Messikommer 1935:

 

51; P1. 5, Fig. 62. Tychoplankton among epiphytic growths in creek

near Dinosaur Quarry /PH13/. P1. III, Fig. 1.
003mm: VIRIDE (Corda) Joshua 1885. West a West 1908: 113; P1. 74,

 

Figs. 16-18. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 23); seepage near Idabel /SE48/.
momsmms Agardh 1827
.MICETERIAS AMERICANA (Ehrenberg) Ralfs 1848. West 8: West 1905: 117;
P1. 53, Figs. 4-5; P1. 54, Figs. 1-3. Winding Star Mts. /SE40/

(Taft 1931: P1. 3, Fig. 4).
MICRASTERIAS LATICEPS Nordstedt 1869. Smith 1921.: 41, P1. 59, Fig. 3.

 

Tychoplankton among other algae in Lost Lake in Wichita Mts. /SW16/.
P1. IV, Fig. 17.

LICRASTFRIAS MURICATA (Bailey) Ralfs 1848. Smith 1924: 54; P1. 64,
Figs. 4-5. This species was found in tremendous numbers (up to

1,000 per liter) in the eu- and tychoplankton in Schooler Lake near

Hugo /SE12/. P1. 1v, Fig. 20.

117

MICRASTERIAS PAPILIFERA de Bréhisson 1848 var. m Nordstedt 1882.
West 8: West 1905: 93; P1. 44, Figs. 4-5. Winding Stair Mts. /SE40/
(Taft 1931: P1. 3, Fig. 2).

MICBASTERIAS RADIATA Hassall 1845. West a West 1905: 113; P1. 52,
Figs. 1-9. (Taft 1931:: P1. 6, Fig. 23); eu- and tychoplankton in
both Quanah Parker and Caddo Lakes in Wichita Hts. /SW16/, and in
Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

meatsrsagg RADIOS; Ralfs 99g (Lynghye) Agardh 1848 [Micrasterias
£1 (Ehrenberg) Kutzing 18437. West 8: West 1905: 95; P1. 46, Figs.
1-2. Wichita Mts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 3, Fig. 3, under the
synonyIn).

MICRASTERIAS RADIOSA var. w Nordstedt 1870 [Micrasteriag go;

 

var. ornata Nordstedt 18797. West a West 1905: 97; P1. 46, Figs.
3-4. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 24).

Micrastegias §o_1 (Ehrenberg) Kfltzing 1849. See MICRASTERIAS m.
G. M. Smith (1924: 46) explains why the former is not a valid name.

Micrasterias :19; var. 9m Nordstedt 1870. See MICRASTERIAS 3&9;-
QA var. 93111313.

MICRASTERIAS TRUNCATA (Corda) de Bréhisson 1848. West a West 1905: 82;
P1. 42, Figs. 1-8; P1. 45, Figs. 5-6. Widely distributed in the
State in basic waters. Wichita Nts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 3, Fig.
5); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); McBeth Pond and
Pettijohn Springs swimming pool near Madill /SC45/, Hunt's Lake
near Binger /SW8/ and Lost Lake effluent in Wichita Nts. /SW16/.

XANTHIDIUM Ehrenberg 1837

;IAN__'_I'H__I_D_I_U_M ANTILOPAEUM (de Brébisson) Kutzing 1849. West a West 1912:

63; P1. 108, Figs. 7-18. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Ta'i‘t 1931: P1. 3,

Fig. 6); Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

 

 

 

I" J
H
”.3

IANTHIDIUM CRISTATUM de Brébisson 1848 var. W de Brebisson 1848.

West a West 1912: 73; P1. 111, Figs. 2-4. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 42).
STAURASTRUM Meyen 1829

STAURASTRUM ALTERNANS de Brébisson 1848. West 8: West 1912: 170; P1.

126, Figs. 8-9. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).
STAUIQSTRU! ANATINUM Cooke 8: Wills 1880 var. BIRAgIATUM West 1892. West,
West 8: Carter 1923: 145; P1. 147, Fig. 2. Crystal Lake near Norman

/5014/ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRQM APICULATUM de Brébisson 1856. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 6,
P1. 129, Figs. 6-8. (Tart 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 45).

STAURASTRUM BILFACHIATUM Reinsch 1867 var. CINATIUM G. s. West 1909.

G. S. West 1909: P1. 8, Fig. 28. Tychoplankter among subaerial
filamentous growth on front of Lost Lake dam in Wichita Nts. /SW16/.
P1. V, Fig. 1.

STAURASTRUM BREVISPINUM de Brébisson 1848. West 8: West 1912: 145;

P1. 123, Figs. 1-3. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 44).

STAQEASTRUM CERASTES Lundell 1871. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 141;

P1. 150, Fig. 16; Pl. 151, Fig. 1. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCI4/
(Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM CHAEI‘OCERAS (Schrsder) G. M. Smith 1934. G. M. Smith 1924:
99; P1. 76, Figs. 21-24; P1. 77, Fig. 1. Lakes Hefner and Overhol-
ser in Oklahoma City /NC55/ (Ophel 1950).

W CIEPSYDRA Nordstedt 1870. West 8: West 1912: 152; P1. 122,
Fig. 6. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM CURVIROSTRUM Turner 1892. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 46).

W W-de Br’ebisson 1840. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 23 ;
P1. 132, Figs. 13-15. Panther Creek in Wichita Nts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931:

P1. 6. Fig. 1); (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 43); Crystal Lake (Leake 1945).

H
F4
((9

STAURASTRUM CYRTOCERUM de Brebisson 1848. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 135;
P1. 149, Fig. 9; P1. 150, Fig. 4. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931:
P1. 6, Fig. 2); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM DEJECTUM de Brébisson 1840 var. w Nordstedt 1887.
West, West 8: Carter 1923: 9; P1. 130, Figs. 1-2. Crystal Lake near
Norman /SCI4/ (Leake 1945).

STAU'RASTRUM DICKIEI Ralfs 1848 var. CIRCULAR Turner 1893. West, West
8: Carter 1923: 5; P1. 129, Fig. 16. Tychoplanktonic in filamentous
growth on front of Lost Lake dam in Wichita Mts. /SWl6/. P1. V,
Fig. 3.

STAU'RASTRUM DILATATUM Ehrenberg 1838. West 8: West 1912: 172; P1. 126,
Figs. 10-15. Wichita Mts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 4, Fig. 5); Crys-
tal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); tychoplanktonic in Lessly's
Pond near Norman /SCl4/ and in Farm pond near Snyder /SW38/.

STAUBASTRUM FUBCICERUM de Brébisson 1840. West, West 8: Carter 1923:
188; P1. 156, Figs. 7-8, 11. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 47); tycho-
planktonic among semi-epiphytic growths in Quanah Parker Lake in
Wichita Hts. /SW16/ .

STAURASTRUM (RACILE Ralf s 1845. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 96; Pl. 144,
Figs. 3-7. Crystal Lake near Norman /8014/ (Leake 1945).

W CRACIIE var. CORONULATUM Boldt 1885. West, West 8: Carter
1923: 100; P1. 144, Fig. 10. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCI4/ (Leake
1945).

W W (Ehrenberg) Wittrock 1872. West, West 8: Carter
1923: 138; P1. 142, Figs. 11-14. Planktonic in Lake Okmulgee near
Okmulgee /NE56/. P1. V, Fig. 4..

LJ
{0
C)

W w de Brebisson 181.8. Ralfs 1848: 127; P1. 22, Fig. 3.
Winding Stair Mts. /SE[.O/ (Taft 1931: P1. 4, Fig. 3); seepage near
Idabel /SB1.8/.

STAUBASTBUM LFPTOCLADUM Nordstedt 1869. Smith 1924: 102; P1. '78, Figs.
1-7. Panther Creek in Wichita Mts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1.; Fig. 2) .

STAURASTRUM WEIDTII Delponte 1877. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 111.;

P1. 11.8, Fig. 2. Crystal Lake near Norman /8014/ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM MARGARITACEUM (Ehrenberg) Meneghini 181.0. West, West 8:
Carter 1923: 131; P1. 150, Figs. 5-9. Crystal Lake near Norman /SC[.5/
Leaks 1945); Tychoplankton among epilithic growth in seepage creek
below Pensacola Dam of Grand Lake /NE21/.

STAQEASTRUM MUTICUM de Brebisson 184.0. West 8: West 1912: 133 3 P1. 118,
Figs. 16-20. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 1.2); tychoplankton among sub-
aerial growths on front of Lost Lake dam in Wichita Mts. /SW16/ and
among epilithic filaments in Rock Creek near Broken Bow /SE48/.

P1. V, Fig. 5.

STAQMTRUM NATATOR West 1892. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 149; P1. 11.7,
Fig. 7. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCll./ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM ORBICULABE Ralfs 1815. West 8: West 1912: 1553 P1. 124, Figs.
10-11. Cedar Creek near Broken Bow /SB1.B/ (Tart 1931: Pl. 1., Fig. 1.).

W W var. W Roy & Bissett 1886. West a West
1912: 158; P1. 124, Figs. 17-19. (Taft 1937: P1. 2; Fig. 1.0).

STAURASTRUM PARADOXUM Meyer! 1828. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 101; P1.
145, Fig. 1-5. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/
(Ophel 1950); Lake Texoma /SCl.5/.

W PgR_A_DomM Meyen 1828 var. EVOLUTUM (West a West) West 13
West, West 8: Carter 1923: 101; P1. 145, Figs. 7-8. Crystal Lake

near Norman /scu./ (Leake 191.5).

STAURASTRUM W de Brebisson 1848. West, West 8: Carter 1923:
125; P1. 142, Fig. 24; Pl. 1143, Figs. 1-3. Crystal Lake near Nor-
man /SCI4/ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM FUNCTUIATUM de Brebisson 1848. West 8: West 1912: 179; P1.
127, Figs. 8-11, 13-14. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM PUNCTULATUM var. KJELIMANI Wille 1879. West 8: West 1912:
182; P1. 127, Figs. 13, 17-19, 21-22. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 1.1).

STAURASTRUM QUADBANCULABF. de Brebisson 1848. West, West 8. Carter 1923;
37; Pl. 131., Fig. 5. (Taft 1937: P1. 2, Fig. 39).

STAURASTRUM SETIGERUM Cleve 1864. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 52; Pl.
136, Figs. 13-14. Panther Creek in Wichita Mts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931:
P1. 1., Fig. 1); Crystal Lake near Norman /sc14/ (Leake 1945, under
"var. 7").

STAURASTRUM SETIGERUM var. PECTINATUM West 8: West 1896. Smith 1924:
80; P1. 71, Figs. 5-8. Planktonic in Lake Okmulgee near Okmulgee
/NE56/; tychoplanktonic among filamentous masses in effluent from
Lost Lake in Wichita Mts. /SWl6/. P1. 17, Fig. 2.

STAURASTRUM SPICULIFERUM G. M. Smith 1921:. Smith 1924: 82; P1. 71,
Figs. l6-2o. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

STAURASTRUM SPONGIOSUM de Brebisson 1848. West, West 8: Carter 1923:
'76; P1. 11.0, Fig. 11.. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 48).

STAURASTRUM STRIOIATUM (Nageli) Archer 1861. West 8: West 1912: 177;
P1. 127, Figs. 1-5. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

STAUBASTRUM TETRACERUM Ralfs 1845. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 118;

P1. 149, Figs. 2-3. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City
/NCS5/ (Ophel 1950). Tychoplanktonic in farm pond near Snyder /SW38/.

STAURASTRUM TRIHEDBAIE Wolle 1883 var. GLABRA Taft 1931. Taft 1931:

 

301; P1. 6, Fig. 3. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6,
Fig. 3).
ARTHRODESMUS Ehrenberg 1838

mmomsws CONVERGENS Ehrenberg 1838. West 8: West 1912: 106; P1.
116, Figs. 4-13. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 41.); tychoplanktonic
among filaments in floating mat in Bush Lake, Wichita Mts. /SW16/.

AMBRODEBMUS m (de Brébisson) Hassall 1845 var. EXTENSUS Anders-
son 1890. Smith 1924: 132; P1. 85, Figs. 23-26. (Taft 1937:

P1. 2, Fig. 38).

AEHRODESMUS (BTOCORNIS Ehrenberg 1838. West 8: West 1912: 111; P1.
117, Figs. 6-10. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 43); Crystal Lake near
Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

ONYCHONEMA Wallich 1860

ONYCHONEMA LEVEL. Nordstedt 1870. West, West 8: Carter 19233 218; P1.
160, Figs. 15-16. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945);
effluent creek below Lost Lake in Iichita Mts. /SWl6/. Pl. v,
Fig. 6.

ONYCHONEMA m var. 1.521;! West 8: West 1896. Smith 1924: 136; P1.
86, Fig. 15. Tychoplankton in Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

ONYCHONEM m var. MICRACANTHUM Nordstedt 1870. Irenee-Marie 1939:
31.5; P1. 61, Figs. 4-6. Wichita Mts. /SWl6/ (Taft 1931: 305; P1.
1., Figs. 6, lo).

SPHAEROZfiMA, Cords 1835

SPHAEROZOSMA AUBERTEANLJM West 1889 var. ARCHERI (Gutwinski) West 8:
West 1896. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 208; P1. 159, Figs. 11.-17.
(Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 50).

SPHAEROZ%MA EXCAVATUM Ralfs 184.5. West, West 8: Carter 1923: 211;
P1. 160, Figs. 1-3. Panther Creek in Wichita Mts. /SW16/ (Taft
1931: P1. 6, Fig. 17).

SPMOZ$MA (RANULATUM Roy 8: Bissett 1886. West, West 8: Carter 1923:
213; P1. 160, Figs. 6-7. (Taft 1931.; P1. 6, Fig. 1.9).

SPONDYLOSIUM de Brebisson 1844

SPONDYLCBIUM P__LA_N_LLN_I (Wolle) West 8: West 1912. West, West 8: Carter 1923:
222; P1. 160, Figs. 23-25. Near Broken Bow /SE48/ (Taft 1931: P1. 6,
Fig. 18); Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945); Schooler Lake
near Hugo /SEl2/.

SPONDYHBIUM PUICHRUM (Bailey) Archer E Pritchard 1861. Smith 1924:
140; P1. 87, Figs. 3-4. Tychoplankton in Schooler Lake near Hugo
/SE12/.

HYALUI'HEEA Ehrenberg 1840

Egan“ DISSILI'ENS (Smith) de Berisson 1848. West, West & Carter
1923: 229; P1. 161, Figs. 16-27. Cedar Creek near Broken Bow /SE48/
(Taft 1931: P1. 4, Fig. 11); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake
1945); seepage near Idabel /SE48/, Harris /SE48/, and in Schooler
Lake near Hugo /SE12/. Pl. V, Fig. 8.

W DISSILIENS var. m Wolle 1887. West, West 8: Carter 1923:
234; P1. 162, Figs. 16-18. Pools in drying bed of Fourchemaline
River near Caston /SE40/; among floating mats in creek near Nowata
/NEss/. F1. v, Fig. 9.

HYALOTHECA DISSILIENS var. M Delponte 1877. West, West 8: Carter
1923: 232. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 52).

HYALOTHECA DISSILIENS var. m Delponte 1877. West, West 8: Carter

1923: 232. (Taft 1931.: P1. 6, Fig. 53).

HYALOTHECA DISSILIENS var. TATRICA Raciborski 1885. West, West 8:
Carter 1923: 231.; P1. 162, Fig. 19. (Taft 1937; P1. 1, Fig. 9).

HYALOTHECA M alert.) Ehrenberg 1840. West, West 8: Carter 1923:
235; P1. 162, Figs. 1-4. (Taft 1934: P1. 6, Fig. 51); Crystal
Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945); euplankton and tychoplankton
of Quanah Parker and Caddo Lakes in Wichita Mts. /SWl6/, Lake
Okmulgee near Okmulgee /NE56/.

DFSMIBIUM Agardh 1824

DESMIDIUM APTOGONUM de Brebisson 1835. West, West 8: Carter 1923:

242; P1. 164, Figs. 1-3. Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl4/ (Leake 1945).

DEsmIUM BAILEYI (Ralfs) Nordstedt 1880. Smith 1921.: 145; P1. 88,
Figs. 5-7. (Taft 1937: P1. 1, Fig. 10); among epiphytic growths
in creek at Whitesboro /SE40/, Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

Desmidium czligdrigum Greville 1827. See DESMIDIUM GREVILLII.

1113111111111: cmEVILLII (Kfltzing) De Bary 1858 [Dgsmidium cylindricym
Greville 18217. West, West & Carter 1923: 249; P1. 164, Figs. 7-10.
Small creek near Idabel /SE48/ (Couch 8: Rice 1948: Figs. 1-12);
tychoplankton in Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

112311101111: SWARTZII Agardh 1824. West, West & Carter 1923: 246; P1.
163. Figs. 5-8. Wichita Mts. /SW16/ (Taft 1931: P1. 1., Fig. 12);
Crystal Lake near Norman /SC14/ (Leake 1945); tychoplankton in
McBeth Pond near Madill /scz.5/ and in creek near Nowate /NE53/,
and Lake Texoma /scz.5/.

DESMIDIUM SWARTZII var. AMBLYODON (Itzig) Rabenhorst 1863. West, West
8: Carter 1923: 249; P1. 164, Figs. '7-10. Tychoplankton in effluent

Creek from Lost Lake in Wichita Mts. /SW16/. P1. v, Fig. 7.

1535

GYWOZYGA Ehrenberg 1841
GYMNOZYCA MONILIFORMIS Ehrenberg 1840. G. M. Smith 1924: 146; P1. 87,

Fig. 11. Schooler Lake near Hugo /SEl2/.

Class CHAROPHYCEAE
Order CHARALES
Family CHARACEAE
NITELLA Agardh 182h
NITELLA‘Qgégé (Agardh ex Bruzelius) Agardh 182h. Prescott 1951: 333; P1. 79,
Figs. h-lo. Farm pond on Hy. U.S. 62 /301h/ (ophel l95h).
Cgégé'Valliant 1719
See Ophel l95h for nomenclatural problems and synonyms of species
reported'by'him.
Qgégé‘BRAUNII Gmelin 1826. Prescott 1951: 336; P1. 81, Fig. 1. Quanah
Parker Lake in Wichita Mts. /sw16/ (Ophel 195k).
§§é§§.CONTRARIA.Braun ex Kutzing lBhS. Prescott 1951: 337. Daily 19hh: 158;
P1. BB. Classen Lake in Arbuckle Mts. /SCSO/, farm pond, and South
Canadian River near Norman./SClh/, Lake Murray near Ardmore /sch3/,
mineral spring with hydrogen sulphide in Sulphur and Platt National
Park: Bromide Springs effluent and Rock Creek /SCSO/, below Fort
Supply Reservoir dam /NW2/ (Ophel 195h).

CHARA.GLCBULARIS Thuillier 1799 war. CAPILLACEA (Thuillier) Zaneveld 19ho.

 

wood 19h?: 25h; P1. 3, Fig. h (as'g. fragilis Desvaux spud Loiseleur,
pro parte). Ardmore /SClO/ (Ophel 195k).

Chara gymggpityg var. keukensis T.F. Allen 1893 see CHARA KEUKENSIS.

 

Qflggé KEUKENSIS (T.F. Allen) Robinson 1906(5hara gymnopitys var. keukensis
T.F. Allen 18932 wood l9h7: 25h; P1. 3, Fig. l. Pools and current
and shallows of dammed stream.in Little River near Idabel, and in
Beaver Bend State Park /SEh8/, crack in Flatt National Park /sc§0/

(Ophel 195k).

M SEJUNCTA Braun 181:5. Prescott 1951: 339; P1. 82, Figs. 9-12. Pond in
red Clay near Noble /sc31u/, Quanah Parker Lake in Wichita Mts. /sw16/,
Little River near Idabel /SEhB/ (Ophel 1951;)

ggégé‘VULGARIS Linnaeus 1753 Pro parte. Prescott 1951: 3h0; P1. 82, Figs.

1—5. Farm pond in Antelope Hills /NW65/ (Ophel 1951:).

w ZEYLANICA Wildenow 1805 forms MICHAUXII (Braun) H. a J. Groves 1911.
wood 19h7: P1. h, Fig. 1. Common in central and western Oklahoma in
farm ponds and lakes: playa near Gate /PHh/, Farm pond near Norman /SClh/,
Lakes Elmer Thomas and Quanah Parker in Wichita Mts. /SW16/, Lake

Murray /SGh3/, in pools of Little River near Idabel /SEh8/, Lake Hefner
/NCSS/ (Ophel l9h5).

Pnylum CHRYSOPHYTA
Class XANTHOPHYCEAE
Order HETEROCOCCALES

Family CHARACIOPSIDACEAE

CHARACIOPSIS Borzi 1895

 

CHARACIOPSIS ACUTA (A. Braun) Borzi 1891;. Prescott 1951: 358; P1. 95,

 

Figs. 29-31. /SEh8/ (Taft 19ho).
PERONIELLA Gobi 1887
PERONIELLA PLANCTONICA G.M. Smith 1916. Prescott 1951: 359; P1. 9h, Figs.
7-9. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950)-
Family CHLOROTHECIACEAE

OPHIOCYTIUM Nageli 18h?

 

OPHIOCYTIUM ARBUSCULUM (A. Braun) Rabenhorst 1868. Prescott 1951: 363;
P1. 9h, Fig. 12. /SEhO/ (Taft 19h0).

OPHIOCYTIUM CAPITATUH'Wolle 1887. Prescott 1951: 363; P1. 9h, Figs. 21-22.
/SEh8/ (Taft 19ho).

OPHIOCYTIUM COCHLEARE (Eichw.) A. Braun 1855. Prescott 1951: 363; P1. 9h,

 

Figs. 10-11, 15. /NF58/ (Taft 19u0).

OPHIOCYTIUMIDESERTUM Prints 19lh. Prescott 1951: 36k, Pascher 1925: 80;
Figs. 65a, b. /SEh8/ (Taft 19ho).

OPHIOCYTIUM M N'a'geli 181:9. Prescott 1951: 365; P1. 91:, Figs. 17-18.
Tychoplankter in creek near Nowata /NES3/.

OPHIOCYTIUM PARVULUM (Party) A. Braun 1855. Prescott 1951: 365; P1. 911,

Fig. 20; P1. 96, Figs. h-S. /SEh8/ (Taft 19h0).

128

129

Order HETEROTRICHALES
Fmflymmwmmwmm
TRIBONEMA.Derbes & Solier 1856

TRIBONEMéiBOMBYCINA (0.1. Agardh) Derbes & Seller 1856. Prescott 1951: 367;

 

P1. 96, Fig. 10. /NES8/ (Taft 19h0); benthic on mud in barrow ditch
near Sulfur /Scso/.
Order HETEROSIPHONALES
hmuvwwmuwm
VAUCHERIA.De Candolle 1803
ViBCWERIA AVERSA.Hassall 18h}. Prescott 1951:291; P1. 66, Figs. 9-10.
/NW2/ (Taft l9ho).

VAUCHERIA.DISCOIDEA Taft 1937: 557; Illustration in text. Near Miami /NE58/

 

(Taft 1937).

VAUCHERIA GENINATA (Vaucher) De Candolle 1805. Prescott 1951: 292; P1. 68,
Figs. 2-3. /NB21/ (Taft 1980); Crystal Lake near Norman /sclh/

(Leake 19h5).

Vaucheria geminata var. racemosa Walz 1866. See V. GEMINATA. Hoppaugh 1930
has Observed that more than two oogonia on a single fertile branch, the
characteristic of this variety or form, often grows on the same strand
with the typical and therefore should not be recognized as a separate
taxon. (Taft 19h0).

VAUCHERIA_§§H£EA (Vaucher) De Candolle 1805. Prescott 1951: 292. Tiffany
8 Britton 1952; 213; P1. 37, Fig. 380. /NE53/ (Taft 19h0).

VAUCHERIA ORNITHOCEPHALA C.A.Agardh 1817, Tiffany & Britton 1952: 212; P1.

36, Fig. 379. /NE53/ (Taft 19h0, as "forma").

1130

VAUCHERIA SESSILIS (Vaucher) De Candolle 1805. Prescott 1951: 291;; P1. 68,
Fig. 5. /NEh6, HESS/ (Taft 191:0).

VAUCHERIA,TERRESTRIS (Vancher) De Candolle 1805. Prescott 1951: 29h; P1. 68,

 

 

Fig. h. Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake 1985).
VAUCHE‘RIA WALZI Rothert 1896. Blum 1953:1183; Figs. 16,17,21-31. Reported
from Ardmore /SCIO/ CBlum ;,g,); Spring Creek near Locust Grove /NEl6/.

P10 V, Fig. 114.

Class CFmYSOPHYCEAF
Order arms OMONADALES
Family OCI-HZOMONADACEAE

DINOBRYON Ehrenberg 1833

DINOBRYON’TABEIIARIAE (Lemmermann) Pascher in Pascher & Lemmermann

1913. HuberéPestalozzi 1941: 233; Fig. 312. CrystalLake near
Norman /3014/ (Leake 1945).
UROGLENA Ehrenberg 1835
[fUroglenopsis pro parté?
1 discussion of the synonmy in this taxon is given by Huber-
Pestalozzi (191.1: 179) with the conclusion that UROGIENA should
include Uroglenopsi . Prescott (1951) and Smith (1950) retain

the two as distinct.

Urgglena americang Calkins 1892. See UROGLENOPSIS AMERICANA.

UROGLENOPSIS AMERICANA (Calkins) Lemmermann 1899,ZEUroglgna emeri-

gana Calkins 189;]. Prescott 1951: 380; P1. 99, Figs. 1-5. Lakes
Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1955, under

the synonym).

Phylum EUGLLNOPHYTA
Class EUGLENOPHYCEAE
Order EUGLENALES
Family EUGLENACEAE
EUGLENA Ehrenberg 1838

All species may be referred to Gojdics (1953) for descriptions and
illustrations.

EMGLENANAQE§ Ehrenberg 1838. Prescott 1951: 390; P1. 85, Fig. 28. Near
Norman./SClh/ (Gabel 1927); tychoplankton among filamentous blue-green
algoe forming a floating mat on ponded portion of creek in Norman
/SClh/; euplankton in Lake Texoma /SCh5/.

FWCLENA.GRACILIS Klebs 1883. Prescott 1951: 393; P1. 85, Fig. 17. Crystal
Lake near Norman /501h/ (Leake l9h5).

EWGLENA OXYURIS Schmarda 18h6. Prescott 1951: 393 (description given under
the var. miggg). Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NC§S/
(Ophel 1950).

FWCLENA SPIROGYRA Ehrenberg 1838. Prescott 1951: 39h; P1. 86, Fig. 15.
(Plankton) From stomach of gizzard shad in Lake Texoma /SChS/, seepage
near Idabel /SEh8/. Pl. V, Fig. 28.

EUGLENA.TRIPTERIS (Dujardin) Klebs 1883. Prescott 1951: 39h; P1. 86, Figs.
h—6. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950).

EUGLENA VIRIDIS Ehrenberg 1830. Forest 195k: 289; Fig. h03. Near Norman
/301h/ (Gabel 1927).

‘gggggg Dujardin 18h1
gagggg ACUMINAFUS Stokes 1885. Prescott 1951: 396; P1. 88, Fig. h. Near

Guthrie /NCh2/ (Maloney l9hh); Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake

1985); tychoplankton among filamentous algae on front of Lost Lake
dam in Wichita Mts. /SWl6/. Pl. V, Fig. 2h. (including Phacus Longicauda
Torta Lemmermann 1910).

PHACUS LONGICAUDA (Ehrenberg) Dujardin 18h1. Prescott 1951: hOO; P1. 87,

 

Fig. 1. Near Norman /SClh/ (Gabel 1927); Crystal Lake near Norman
/301h/ (Leake 19h5); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City
/NCSS/ (Ophel 1950); tychoplankton in Schooler Lake near Hugo /SE12/.

Phacus Longicauda var. Torta see PHACUS LONGICAUDA.

 

PHACUS PLEURONECTERS (Miller) Dujardin 18h1. Prescott 1951: hoz; P1. 88,

 

 

Fig. 16. Near Norman /501h/ (Gabel 1927); Lakes Hefner and Overholser
in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950); on mud surface in seepage at
at Hunt's Lake near Binger /SW8/. P1. V, Fig. 23.

w m (Ehrenberg) Stein 1878. Prescott 1951: 1:02; P1. 88, Fig. 22,
Near Norman /SClh/ (Gabel 1927); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in
Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950).

§E§§E§ SEGRETII Allorge &.Lefevre 1925 var. gyyflgPrescott l9hh. Prescott
1951: h03; P1. 88, Fig. 23. P1. v, Fig. 26.

CRYPTOGLENA Ehrenberg 1831

 

CRYPTOGLENA PIGRA.Ehrenberg 1831. G.M. Smith 1950: 355; Fig. 258. Crystal

Lake near Norman./SClh/ (Leake l9h5).
TRACHELOMCNAS Ehrenberg 1833

TRACHEIDMONLS M (Ehrenberg) Stein 1883. fa. INEVOLUTA Deflandre 1926.
Prescott 1951: hll; P1. 83, Fig. 33. Euplankton in Lake Texoma./SChS/.
P1. V, Fig. 10.

TRACHELOMDNAS CHARKOWIENSIS Swirenko ex Deflandre 1926. Prescott 1951: hll;
P1. 85, Fig. 1h. Similar to the type but much smaller: Seepage near

Idabel /SFh8/. Pl. V, fig. 11.

 

...—.37"

TRACHELOMONAS HISPIDA (Party) Stein 1883. Prescott 1951: hit; P1. 83, Fig.
35. Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake l9b5).

TRACHELOMDNAS HISPIDA var. PUNCTATA Lemmermann 1906. Prescott 1951; hlh;
P1. 8h, Figs. 3-h. In a collection known to be from the State but
lacking further data. P1. v, Fig. 21.

TRACHEIDMONAS INTERMEDIA Dangeard 1902. Prescott 1951: 1115; P1. 83 , Fig. 10.
Tychoplankton. Among filamentous algae attached to face of Lost Lake
dam.in Wichita Hts. /SW16/ and in barrow p001 near Vinita /NE18/.

P1. V, Fig. 19.

TRACHELOMONAS OBLONGA Lemmermann 1910. Forest 195h: 313; Fig. tsu. Crystal
Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake l9h5); euplankton in Lake Okmulgee near
Okmulgee /NES6/. P1. V, Fig. 12.

TRACHELOMONAS PULCHELLA Drezepolski 1925. Prescott 1951: h16; P1. 83, Fig.
28. In a collection known to be from the State but lacking further
data. Pl. v, Fig. 18.

TRACKELCMONAS ROBUSTA Swirenko 1911:. Prescott 1951: 1.16; P1. 83, Fig. 29.
In a collection known to be from the State but lacking further data.
P1. v, Fig. 20.

TRACHELOMONAS STOKESII Drezepolski 1925. Forest 195h: 316; Fig. h68.
Tychoplankton in barrow pool near Vinita /NE18/. Pl. V, Fig. 17.

TRACHEII'MONAS SUPERBA (Swirenko) Deflandre 1926 war. M Deflandre 1926.
Prescott 1951: h17; P1. 8h, Fig. 11. In a collection known to be from
the State but lacking further data. P1. V, Fig. 16.

TRACHEIDMONAS SUPERBA var. SWIRENKIANA Deflandre 1926. Prescott 1951: 1118;

 

P1. 83, Fig. 3h; P1. 8h, Figs. 8-9. Euplankton in Lake Taxoma /SCh5/.
Pl. V, Fig. 15.

TRACHEIOMONAS VOLVOCINA Ehrenberg 1833. Prescott 1951: I419; P1. 83, Figs.

 

1, 7-8. Near Guthrie /NCh2/ (Maloney 19141:); Crystal Lake near Norman
/SClh/ (Leake 19345); tychoplankton in cypress swamp near Broken Bow

/SFJ48/ and in farm pond near Snyder /SW38/. P1. V, Fig. 13.

Phylum PYRROPHYTA
Class DINOPHYCEAE
Order GYMNCDINIALES
Family GYI'vflVODINICEAE

GYMNODINIUM Stein 1883; amend., Kofoid 8: Swezy 1921

 

GYMNODINIUM ORDINATUM Skuja 1939. Thompson 191:7: 6; P1. 1, Figs. 3-h.
From stomach of Gizzard Shad and in plankton of Lake Texoma /SCh5/.
Family GLENODINIACEAE

GLENODINIUM Stein 1883

 

@ODINIUM QUADRIDENS (Stein) Schiller 1935-1937. Prescott 1951: 1.30; P1.
90, Figs. 19-20. Euplankton in Lake Texoma /SCLt5/. P1. V, Fig. 22.
Family PEREINIACEAE

PERIDINIUM Ehrenberg 1830; emend., Stein 1833

 

Peridinium m Stein 1883. See PERIDINIUM TABULATUM.

_PERIDINIUM 193g; Lemarmann 1905. Thompson 1917: 15; P1. 3, Figs. l-h.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SC1h/ (Leake 191:5).

_PERIBINIUM TABUIATUM(Ehrenberg) Claparede a Ladmsnn 1858. Schiller 1937:
158; Fig. 157A-157I (described as Peridinium 331292 Stein). Laken Hefner
and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/ (Ophel 1955).

PERIBINIUM gig; Huitfeld-Kaas 1900. Prescott 1951: 101:; P1. 91, Figs.
2225. Crystal Lake near Norman /scu;/ (Leake 191:5).

SPHAERODINIUM Woloszynska 1916

SLHAERODINIUM FIMBRIATUM Thompson 1950. Thompson 1950; 296; Figs. 63-67.

Tychoplanktonic among other algae on face of Lost Lake dam in Wichita

Hts. /SW16/. P10 v, Fig. 250

137

Family CERATIACEAE
CERATIUM Schrank 1793
CERETIUM HIRUNDINELLA (0.F. Mfiller) Bergh 1882. Prescott 1951: h37; P1.
92, Figs. h-S. Euplankton. Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake
191:5); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/ (Ophel
1950); Lake Texoma /SCh5/ and French Lake in Wichita Mts. /SW16/.

P1. V, Fig. 27.

138

Phylum CYANOPHYTA
Class MOMCEAE
Order CHROOCOCCALES
Family CHROOCOCCACEAE
CHROOCOCCUS Nageli 18h9
CHROOCOCCUS GIGANTEUS'W.'West 1892. Prescott 1951: hh7; Pl. 100, Fig. 16.
/NE58/ (Taft 19h0).
CHROOCOCCUS LIMNETICUS Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951: hh8; P1. 100; Figs.
h-S. /N027/ (Taft 19ho).
CHROOCOCCUS MINUTUS (Kfitzing) Nigeli 18h9. Prescott 1951: hh9; P1. 100,

 

Fig. 9. /SClh/ (Taft 19110) ; pool in Buncombe Creek near Kingston
/sch5/. P1. VI, Fig. 1.
CHROOCOCCUS TURGIDUS (Kutzing) Nageli 18t9. Prescott 1951: t50; Pl. 100,
Fig. 19. /501h/ (Taft 191:0); creek in arroyo near Willis /SCh5/.
GLOEOCAPSA Kutzing 18113
GIDEOCAPSA ARENARIA (Hassall) Rabenhorst 1865. Geitler 1925: 87. Near
Guthrie /NCh2/ (Maloney 191111) .
APHANOCAPSA Nageli 18h9
APHANOCAPSA PULCHRA (Kfitzing) Rabenhorst 1865. Prescott 1951: h5h; P1. 101,
Fig. lb. /NC37/ (Taft 19h0).
APHANOCAPSA.DELICATISSIMA'West & west 1912. Prescott 1951: h53; P1. 101,

Figs. 8-9. Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/

(Ophel 1950).

17.0
Uh

MICROCYSTIS Ki'ltzing 1833

 

(Polycystis Khtzing 1889)
Prescott (l9Sl:hSS, footnote) justifies the use of the generic name

Microcystis in reference to the synonym.

MICROCYSTIS AERUGINOSA Kfitzing; £2922” Elenkin 1921. Microcystis Egg-M
(Wittrock) Kirchner 1900 . Prescott 1951: h56; Pl. 102, Figs. l-h.
/N037/ (Taft 19h0, as N. 1122129222); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in
Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950); Plankton in Lake Texoma /SCh5/,
among epilithic filaments on front of Lost Lake Dam in Wichita.Mts.
/SW16/, and among semi-epiphytic filaments in Farm Pond near Kingston
/SCHS/ fish rearing pond at Red River Fishenes near Hugo /SE12/. P1.
VI, Fig. 3.

Microcystis‘flggsaggag (Wittrock) Kirchner 1900. See MICROCYSTIS AERUGINOSA.

 

MICROCYSI'IS INCERTA Lemmermann 1809. Prascott 1951: 1.57; P1. 102, Fig. 5.
Tychoplankton in benthic algal mat in Spavinaw Creek beIGW'Upper Sap-
vinaw Lake /NE21/. P1. VI, Fig. 2.

DAC'I‘YLOCOCCOPSIS Hansgirg 1888

QACTYLOCOCCOPSIS SMITHII R.8: F. Chodat 1925. Geitler 1932: 281.; Figs. 11-12.
/NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

APHANOTHECE Nfigeli 18h9

APHANOTHECE CLATHRATA G. s. West in West 8: West 1906. Prescott 1951: 1.67;
P1. 101., Figs. 6-7. /NC37/ (Taft 191.0).

APHANOTHECE PALle Rabenhorst 1865. Geitler 1925: 71.. /NES8/ (Taft 191.0).

MERISMOPEDIA Meyen 1839'

MELBISMOPEDIA ELEGANS A. Braun in Kiitzing 181.9. Prescott 1951: 1159; P1. 101,

Fig. 1. /NE58/ (Taft 19h0); Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake 1985).

140

MERISMOPEDIA.§L§QQA (Ehrenberg) Nigeli 1889. Prescott 1951: 859; Pl. 101,
Figs. 2-8. /NE58/ (Taft 1980); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Okla-
homa City /N055/ (Ophel 1950).

MERISMOPEDIA PUNCTATA.Meyen 1839. Prescott 1951: 859; P1. 102, Fig. 10.
/NE18/ (Taft 1980).

MERISMOPEDIA TENUISSIMA Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951: 859; P1. 100, Fig.
17. /NE18/ (Taft 1980); tychoplankton in Pettijohn Springs near
Madill /schS/.

COELOSPHAERIUM Nageli 1889

COELOSPHAERIUM KUETZINGIANUM Nageli 1889. Prescott 1951: 870; P1. 106,

Fig. 1. /5011/ (Taft 1980).

COELOSPHAERIUM NAGELIANUM Unger 1858. Prescott 1951: 870; P1. 106, Fig. 8.

 

(Taft 1980); Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake 1985); Lakes
Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /NCSS/ (Ophel 1950); in
tychoplankton and euplankton in Mountain Lake in Arbuckle Hts. /SCSO/
("bloom" on 6 Nov. 1952) Lake Texoma /SChS/ and in Quanah Parker Lake
in Wichita Mts. /SW16/.

COELOSPHAERIUM PALLIDUM.Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951: 871; P1. 106,
Fig. 3. Tychoplankton among filaments of Rhizoclonium.crasipellitum
west & west in shaded concrete pool at Pettijdhn Springs near Madill
/sctS/ .

GOMPHOSPHAERIA.Kutging 1836

 

GOMPHOSPHAERIA APONINA Kutzing 1836. Prescott 1951: 872; P1. 106, Fig. 5.

 

/SW16/ (Taft 1980); Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leake 1985);
among semi-epiphytic masses in Hunt's Lake near Binger /SW8/.

GOHPHOSPHAERIA.APONINA‘var. CORDIFORMIS Wblle 1882. Prescott 1951: 872;

 

Pl. 106, Fig. 6. Among semi-epiphytic masses in Travertine Creek in

Platt National Park /3050/.

GOMPHOSPHAERIA LACUSTRIS Chodat 1898. Prescott 1951: 8733 P1. 106, Fig. 9.
Plankton in former swimming pool at Pettijohn Springs near Madill
/SCtS/.

Order OHAHAESIPHONALES
Family PLEUROCAPSACEAE

PLEUROCAPSA Thuret 1880

 

PLEUROCAPSA m Hansgirg mu Geitler 1925. Geitler 1925: 128; Figs.
160-163. Attached to a fiber in Roebuck Lake near Hugo /SEl2/.
P1. VI, Fig. 1..
Family DERMOCARPACEAE

STICHOSIPHON Geitler 1931

 

STICHOSIPHON FIIAMENI‘OSUS (Chose) Geitler 1923. Forest 1951.: 371.; Fig. 578.

Epiphytic on Cladophora in Lake Texoma /SChS/. Pl. VI, Fig. 5.

 

Family CHAI‘JAESIHIONACEAE

CHAMAESIPHON Geitler 1931

 

CHAMAESIPHON INCRUSTANS Grunow in Rabenhorst 1865. Prescott 1951: 877;

P1. 108, Figs. 7-8. /NE58/ (Taft 191.0).

149

Order OSCILLATORIALaS
Suborder OSCILLWTORINEAE
Family OSCILLkTORIACEAE

SPIRULINA.Turpin 1827

 

SPIBULINA,ygggg’Kutzing 1883. Prescott 1951: 880; P1. 108, Fig. 11. Near
Guthrie /N082/ (Maloney 1988); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl8/
(Leake 1985).

SPIRULINA SUBTILISSIMA Kutzing 1883. Tilden 1910: 88; P1. 8, Fig. 87.

 

Psammon of North Canadian River near Beaver /PH8/.
OSCILLATORIA Vaucher 1803
OSCILLATORIA AGARDHII Gomont 1892. Prescott 1951: 888; P1. 108, Figs. 15-16.
Epilithic in Rock Creek near Broken BOW'/SE88/. P1. VI, Fig. 18.

OSCILLATORIA AMOENA (Kfitzing) Gomont 1892. Prescott 1951: 888; P1. 109,

 

Figs. 2-8. Epilithic in affluent creek of Lost Lake in Wichita Mts.
/SM6/e P10 VI, Fig. 190

OSCILLATORIA ANGUINA (Bory) Gomont 1892. Prescott 1951: 885; P1. 108, Fig.

 

28. Roebuck Lake near Hugo /SF12/. P1. VI, Fig. 23.
OSCILLFTOBIA‘FOFMOSA Bory 1827. Prescott 1951: 887; P1. 109, Figs. 10-11.
Near Guthrie /N082/ (Maloney 1988); Crystal Lake near Norman /SCl8/
(Leake 1985).
OSCILLATORIA CEMINNTa Meneghini 1837. Tiffany & Britton 1952: 387; P1. 98,
Fig. 1087. From stomach of gizzard shad in Lake Texoma /SC85/.

OSCILLATORIA LIMOSA (Roth) 0. A. Agardh 1812. Prescott 1951: 889; P1. 109,

 

Fig. 17. Near Guthrie /N082/ (Maloney 1988); tychoplankton among float-
ing mats 'of filamentous algae in North Fork Red River /SW28/, Plankton

in creek north of Kenton /PHl3/. P1. VI, Figs. 6, 21.

‘7
l‘ZK-J

OSCILIATORIA PRINCEPS Vaucher 1803. Prescott 1951: 389; P1. 110, Fig. l.
/NE58/ (Taft 1980); benthic in steel windmill tank near Dinosaur
Quarry /PHl3/. Pl. VI, Fig. 28.

OSCIIIAIORIA‘§ANQ§A (Kutzing) Gomont 1892. Prescott 1951: 890; P1. 110,
Fig. 8. In a collection known to be from the State but lacking further
data. P1. VI, Fig. 22.

OSCILLNTORIA gggggg C.A. Agardh 1813. Prescott 1951: 891; P1. 110, Figs.
8-9, 18. Among other algae in floating mats in gasoline-contaminated
windmill tank near Ponca City /NC36/; benthic in windmill tank near
Dinosaur Quarry /PH13/. Pl. VI, Fig. 20.

PHORMIDIUM Kutzing 181.3

 

PHORMIDIUM AUTUMNALE (0.1. Agardh) Gomont 1893. Prescott 1951; 893; P1.
10?, Figs. 19-20. Geitler (1925) has noted that this species grades
into 2. uncinatum (9;). Aquatic or subaerial; apex of trichome bent
or straight (more or less straight in _P. uncinatum); diameter of
trichome 8-7 11 (5.5-9 u in _P. uncinatum). Spavinaw Creek below Upper
Spavinaw Lake dam /NE21/. Pl. VI, Fig. 11.

PHORIflDIUM UNCINATUM (C. A. Agardh) Gomont 1890. Hescott 1951: 896; P1.

107,Fig. 18. See 2. autumnale for a comparison of the characteristics

 

of these two species. Spavinaw Creek below Upper Spavinaw Lake dam
/NE21/. P1. VI, Fig. 12.

PORPHYROSIPHON Kfitzing 1850

 

PORPHYROSIPHON NOTARISII (Meneghini) Kutzing 1850. Tiffany &.Britton 1952:
380; P1. 98,Figs. 1093-1098. From soils (Booth 1981 A).
LXNGBYA Agardh 1828

LYNGBYA AESTUARII (Martens) Liebmann 1881. Prescott 1951: 899; P1. 111,

144

Fig. 8. Epilithic on sand in Salt Fork Red River near Hollis /SW29/.
P1. VI, Fig. 7.

LXNGBYA CONTORTA.Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951: 500; P1. 112, Fig. 1.
Crystal Lake near Norman /SClh/ (Leaks 1985).

LYNGBYA HIEBONnNJSII Lemmermann 1905. Prescott 1951: 501; P1. 112, Fig. 1..

 

Tychoplankton in Lake Texoma /SC85/. P1. VI, Fig. 15.
IXNGBYA LIMNETICA Lemmermann 1898. Prescott 1951: 501; P1. 112, Fig. 7.
Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City / NCSS/ (Ophel 1950).
LYNGBYAHEQQQRJMeneghini 1837. Prescott 1951: 502; P1. 112, Fig. 10. Epilithic
on sand in Salt Fork Red River near Hollis /SW29/.
LYNGBYA TAYLORII Drouet a Strickland 1980. Prescott 1951: 503; P1. 113,
Fig. 3. Edplithic in affluent stream of Lost Lake in Wichita Mts.
/Sw16/. P1. VI, Fig. 16.

MICROCOLEUstesmazieres 1823

 

MICROCOLEUS LACUSTRIS (Rabenhorst) Farlow i_n Farlow, Anderson & Eaton 1877.
Prescott 1951: 505; P1. 113, Fig. 6. From soils (Booth 1981A).

MOROCOIEUS PALUDOSIS (Kutzing) Gomont 1892. Prescott 1951: 505; P1. 113,
Fig. 5. Among other filamentous algae in floating mats in pool below
French Lake dam in Wichita Mts. /Sw16/. Pl. VI, Fig. 11..

MICROCOLEUS VAGINATUS (Vaucher) Gomont 1890. Prescott 1951: 506; P1. 131,

 

Fig. 2. In soils (Booth 1981A); near Guthrie /NC82/ (Maloney 1988).
SCHIZOTHRIX Kiitzing 181.3
SCHIZOTHRIX ARENARIA.(Berkeley) Gomont 1892. Geitler 1932: 1085; Fig. 693d,
e. In soils (Booth 1981a).
SCHIZOTHRIX FRIESII (Agardh) Gomont 1892. Prescott 1951: 507; P1. 118, Fig.

5. In soils (Booth 1981a).

145

SCHIZOTHRIX PURPURASCENS (Kfitzing) Gomont 1893. Tilden 1910: 152; P1. 6,
Figs. 20-21. Near Guthrie /NC82/ (Haloney 1988).
Suborder NOSTOCHINEAE
Family NOSTOCACEAE
ANABAENA Bory 1822
ANABAENA BALTICA J. Schmidt 1899. Geitler 1925: 326. Farm pond near Snyder
/SW38/. P1. VI, Fig. 9.
ANABAENA CIRCINALIS Rabenhorst 1852. Prescott 1951: 518; P1. 116, Figs. 1-2.

 

Near Guthrie /NC82/ (Maloney 1988); Crystal Lake Near Norman /8018/
(Leake 1985); Lakes Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City /N055/
(Ophel 1950).

ANABAENAHELQ§1AQHA§ (Lyngbye) de Brebisson 13 de Brebisson &.Goodey 1836.
Prescott 1951: 515; P1. 116, Fig. 7. Plankton in Quanah Parker Lake,
Wichita Mts. /sw16/. P1. VI, Fig. 8.

N9§EQ§ Vaucher 1803

N_q_sr_9_g_ LINCKIA (Roth) Bornet a Thurst 1880. Prescott 1951: 523; P1. 119,

Figs. 11.-16. /SC11./ (Taft 1980).
APHANIZOMENON Morren 1838

 

APHANIZOMENON'FLQS1AQEQE (Linnaeus) Ralfs 1850. Prescott 1951: 528; P1.
122, Figs. 6-8. Crystal Lake near Norman /8018/ (Leake 1985); Lakes
Hefner and Overholser in Oklahoma City / NCSS/ (Ophel 1950); plankton.
in.Lakes Jed Johnson and Quanah Parker in Wichita Mts. /SW16/, and in
Lake Texoma /8085/.

NODULARIA Martens 1822
NODULARIA SPUHIGENA Martens in Jurgens 1822. Prescott 1951: 527; P1. 122,

Figs. 3-5. /s<318/ (Taft 1980).

 

Family'SCYTONEMATACEAE

SCYTONEMA Agardh 1828

 

SCYTONEMA OCELLATUM’Lyngbye 1819. Tiffany & Britton 1952: 370; P1. 103,
Fig. 1162. In soils (Booth 1981a).
PETALONEMA.Berkeley 1883

 

(Scytongma pro parts Section Petalonamm )
PETALONM ALATUM Berkeley 1883 Scytonema alatum Borzi 1879 . Geitler
1932: 789; Figs. 505-506. This genus is characterized by the presence

of both Scytonema- as well as Tolypothrix-like branching, and in the

 

lamellations of the sheath which appear, in optical section, as diver-
ging cones. The clarity of the sheath structure and the breadth of
the filaments delimit the species. In our material the characteristic
lamellations of the sheath are not apparent except in older filaments
which become yellowish to golden brown, being darkest in the inner
layers. Cells 9-15u broad, in younger trichomes short and barrel-
shaped, in older, up to twice as long as'broad; heterocysts 8-1lu
broad, sperical to short-cylindric; sheath contorted, intestiniform,
up to lOOu broad. Forming epilithic dark blue-green mats of moist
Chamois skin texture on ceiling of cave in dripping water beneath
Turner Falls /SCSO/. Pl. VII, Figs. 1-5.

Family'RIVULARIACEAE

CALOTHRIX Agardh 1828

CALOTHRIX'HINIH£.Fremy 1928. Geitler 1925: 223; Fig. 262. Attached in
Roebuck Lake near Hugo /SE12/. Pl. VI, Fig. 13.
DICHOTHRIX Zanardini 1858

DICHOTHRIX BAUERIANA (Grunow) Bornet & Flahault 1886. Forest 1958;

147

828; Fig. 681. Seepage near Idabel /SE88/. P1. VI, Figs. 10,17.
RIVULARIA Roth 1797; emend., Agardh 1812
RIVULARIA‘QERAIRoth 1802. Tilden 1910: 291; P1. 20, Fig. 15. Near
Guthrie /Nc82/ (Maloney 1988).

GLOEOTRICHIA J. G. Agardh 1882

 

GLOEOTRICHIA ECHINUIATA (J. E. Smith) P. Richter 1898. Prescott 1951:
557; P1- 138, Figs. 1-2. Near Guthrie /NC82/ (Maloney 1988);

Schoober Lake Near Hugo /SEl2/.

Phylum RHODOPH‘ITA
Class RHODOPHYCEAE
Subclass BANGIOIDEAE
Order BANGIAIES
Family ERI‘I‘EHQOTRICHIACEAE

CONPSOPOGON Montague 1850

 

COB-’EPSOPOGON COERUIEUS (Balbis) Montagne 1850. Forest 1958: 832; Fig. 685.
/NE21/ (Taft 1980).
Subclass FLORIDEAE
Order NEMLIONAIES
Family BATRACHOSPERMACEAE

BATRACHOSPERMUM Roth 1797

 

EATRACHOSPFBMUM CROUANIANUM Sirodot 1888. Sirodot 1888: 286. Spring Creek
near Locust Grove /NE86/. Determination of this species was made by

L. H. Flint.

148

APPENDIX I

COUNTIES OF OKLAHOMA

Letter abbreviations following the name of the county refer to the

regions included on Map, Fig. 2, page 16.

1 Adair NE

2 Alfalfa NW

3 Atoka SE

4 Beaver PH

5 Beckham SW

6 Blaine NW

'7 Bryan SC

8 Caddo SW

9 Canadian N)
10 Carter 30
11 Cherokee NE
12 Choctaw SE
13 Cimarron PH
14. Cleveland SC
15 Coal SC
16 Comanche SW
17 Cotton SW
18 Graig NE

19 Greek m

20 Custer NW
21 Delaware NE
22 Dewey M

23 Ellis NW

24 Garfield MS
25 Garvin SC
26 Grady SC

27 Grant NC

28 Greer SW

29 Harmon SW
30 Harper NW
31 Haskell SE
32 Hughes SC

33 Jackson SW
34 Jefferson SC
35 Johnstone SC

36 Kay m

37 Kingfisher 11B

38 Kiowa

149

39 Latimer SE
40 LeFlore SE
41 LdnColn NC
42 Logan NC

43 Love SC

44 Major NW
45 Marshall SC
46 Hayes NE
47 McClain.SC
48 McCurtain SE
49 McIntosh NE
50 Murray'SC
51 Nuskogee NE
52 NCble NC

53 Nowata NE
54 Okfuskee NC
55 Oklahoma NC
56 Okmulgee NE
57 Osage NC

58 Ottawa NE

59 Pawnee NC

60 Payne M}

61 Pittsburg SE
62 Pontotoc SC

63 Pottawatomie SC
64 Pushmataha SE
65 Roger Hills NW
66 Rogers NE

67 Seminole SC

68 Sequoyah NE

69 Stephens SC

70 Texas PH

71 Tillman SW

72 Tulsa NE

73 Wagoner NE

74 Washington NE
75 Washita SW

'76 Woods NH

77 Woodward NW

APPENDIX II
AQUATIC HABITATS SAMPLED

Herein are listed and briefly described those bodies of water from
which collections were made and which are referred to in the text or in
the systematic outline. Geochemical data is from surface samples; data
incorporated in Tables 1-3 are not included. The names of these habitats
are those in local usage and which appear on the Geological Map of
Oklahoma (Miser 1951) except that the term "lake" is applied in place of
"reservoir." Those for which no name could be determined are indicated
with reference to a local landmark or town. Area data is from Finnell

and Jenkins (19514) and Hall (1951). Proper nouns are given in full caps.

Canal. Effluent of Lake Altus-Lugert /SW38/. At the time of sampling
there was no visible current; at the place of sampling walls and
bottom were concrete-lined. Water very shallow, slightly turbid.

CREEK, BOIS D'ARC. Near Ponca City (pg. 2 miles west on Hy. US 60 /sw-
38/. A small, shallow stream at time of sampling with slight current.
Water slightly turbid.

CREEK, BUNCOMBE. Near Kingston (33. u miles west) /scuS/. An inter-
mittent stream, flow is only during times of heavy rainfall; at other
times isolated spring-fed pools remain and it was these that were
SMpled. Bottom of limestone gravel. Water clear.

CREEK, CARRIZZO. Near Kenton (_cg. 1 mile west at New Mexico border) /PH-
13/. But for a few isolated pools, this stream was dry at time of

sampling. Dry bed was covered with white crystals. Sample from pool

lEO

151

beneath highway bridge (physico-chemical data in Table 2).

CREEK, CEDAR. Near Broken.Bow /sau8/. Cited by Taft (1931) without
further data.

CREEK, HOLLY. See SCHOOLER LAKE.

CREEK, HONEY. In central Arbuckle Mountains /scso/. Originating from
springs in limestone strata, this permanent stream mostly contacts
Cambro-Ordivician limestones and to a lesser degree, Pro-Cambrian
granite Porphyry. In its upper reaChes temperatures are relatively
low and Batrachospermum sp. was to be found in dense growths, though
from widely scattered points. Dense algal growths were found float-
ing in ponded portions farther down where water temperatures were
higher. (Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

(IREEK, INDIAN SPRINGS. Just south of Norman /501h/. Arising from springs
in Redbeds strata, this stream cuts through red clays and shales to
emerge onto the bed of South Canadian River. Floating mats of algae
‘were encountered even in early spring. (Physico-chemical data in
Table 3.)

(IENEEK, MEDICINE. Near Medicine Park /sw16/. An effluent of LAKE LAN;
TONKA (which see), this stream is dammed to produce a small impound-
ment in which and just below which algae were abundant. (Physico-
chemical data in Table 3.)

CREEK, OIL. In eastern Arbuckle Mountains on the C. B. Goddard ranch
/5035/. Originating from springs in limestone, this stream crosses
limestone strata with slight gradient, then falls abruptly over OIL
CREEK FALLS (which see) into a large pool before continuing on its
cOurse into‘WlSHITA.RIVER.

CREEK. PINTHER. In Wichita Mountains /sw16/. Cited by Taft (1931)

Without further data.

CREEK, PENNINGTON. At Devil's Den Park in eastern Arbuckle Mountains
/SCBS/. The stream here flows over granite porphyry bedrock. Algal
growths were scattered. (Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

CREEK, POST OAK. At Elm Camp in western Wichita Mountains. Originating
from POST OAK and TREASURE LAKES (which see), this stream crosses
granite bedrock in its descent to the Redbeds plain. (Physico-Chemi-
cal data in Table 3.)

CREEK, ROCK. At Arkansas border east of Broken Bow /SCSO/. This large
stream.had a rather strong current which cuts into limestone bedrock.
Algal growth was slight, but in marginal ponded areas Justicia
americana (L.) Vahl. formed dense mats. Sample on 19 April 1953: pH,
6.7; Temp., 13.90 C; Total Solids, 63.0 ppm; water clear.

CREEK, ROCK. In Platt National Park /SCSO/. Cited by Ophel (19510
without further data. This stream rises from springs which are
notably high in.mineral content (Annonymous 1951).

CREEK, SAET. Near Nowata /NE53/. Sample received with no further data.

CREEK, SRAVINAW. /NE21/. This clear, rather cool stream is impounded
to form SPAVINAW IAKE Arid NEW SPAVINAW LAKE (WhiCh see); the latter
is upstream from the former. Limestones and charts predominated at

localities sampled. Epilithic algae, especially Chlorotylium.catar-

 

'ggtum Katz,'were notably abundant. Sample furnished by P. B. Summers
on 10 January 1953: pH, 7.5; Phth. Alk. 0.0 ppm; Total Alk, 110.0
ppm; Total Solids, 1h0 ppm; clear. Sample on 30 May 1953: Total
Solids, 1h6 ppm.

CREEK, SPRING. Near Locust Grove (8 miles southeast) /NflI6/. A sample
containing Batrachospermum Crouanianum.Sirod. was furnished from.this

stream.by R. Kelting of Tulsa University.

DC)

CREEK, SUNSET. In central Wichita Mountains /SNlo/. This small stream
issues from seepage at the base of Caddo Lake and is added to by
springs along its course, before being impounded to form SUNSET POOL.
It flows over granitic materials. Sample on 29 January 1953: pH, 6.6;
Total Solids, 110 ppm.

CREEK, TESESQUITE. Near Kenton (ca. 6 miles southeast) in.Black Mesa
area /PH13/. Though frozen over at time of sampling (29 November 1952),
filamentous algae were abundant on the bottom. Limestones and sandstone
predominate in the area.

CREEK, TRAVERTINE. In Platt National Park /SC50/. This large stream
arises primarily from Buffalo and Antelope springs which are said
(Annonymous 1951) to flow'more than 5,000,000 gallons of pure water
per day. Springs and creek bed are in limestone strata. The water
is relatively cool (18.3°C) in midsummer and Batrachogpermum sp. was
present in sparse, scattered growths.

CREEK, TURKEY. In Ponca City Park /NC36/. This small, very muddy stream
produced few algae. ‘
CREEK, TYNOR. Near Proctor School (%mile east) on US Ky. 62 /NEl/. This
large, very clear stream crosses limestone gravels in the area sampled.

(Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

CREEK, WEST CACHE. In western Wichita Mountains /SW16/. This stream is
impounded by a series of dams (FRENCH IAKE, FISH IAKES, DOST IAKE).
Benthic and floating algal growths were abundant in ponded areas at
Boulder Camp,some distance below Lost Lake Dam. (Physico-chemical

data in Table 3.)

CREEK. In Caddo Canyon near Hinton (pg. 11 miles southeast) /NC9/. This
very small creek flows through a deep gorge with precipitous walls cut
in red sandstone. Deciduous tree growth provides dense shade and sum-
mer algal growth is minimal; diatoms and Vaucheria sp. alone are conspicu—
ous. Low water temperatures prevail since the creek issues from
springs in the bottom of the canyon. (Physico-chemical data in Table
3.)

CREEK. Near Byers /SCh7/. Drainage and creek bed are in Redbeds strata.
Sample on 2h March 1953: Total Solids, 369 ppm; Clear (8.0 ppm, Hel-
lige).

CREEK. Near Cleo Springs (9.8 miles north) /NW2/. This ponded stream
originates here from an area of small springs and seepage in sand.
Floating algal Rats were abundant. (Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

CKESK. Near linosaur Quarry (gg. 1 mile west) /PHl3/. Sandstone and
limestone are present in the drainage area.

CREEK. Near Reed (3 miles west, 1% miles south) /SW29/. This small
stream issues from caves in an area of gypsum-Karat topography.
(Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

CREK. Affluent of Lost Lake in Wichita Mountains /SCl6/. See NEST
CACHE CREEK.

CREEK. Effluent of Lost Lake in Wichita Mountains /SClé/. See WEST
CACHE CREEK.

CREEK. Near Meers (ca. 6 miles east) /SW16/. Lying in a trough which
parallels the northern flank of the Wichita Mountains, this stream
crosses mostly limestone strata. Filamentous algae were abundant;

Nyriophyllum sp. and Nasturtium officionale R. Br. formed dense beds

in ponded areas. (Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

CREEK. In Norman, crossing University Golf Course /SCIh/. Filamentous
algal growth was dense in ponded areas of this slightly polluted stream.

CREEK. Near Idabel (9.2 miles southeast on OK Hy. 87) /SEh8/. There was
no conspicuous algal growth in this milky ponded stream. (Physico-
chemical data in Table 3.) '

CREEK. In Platt National Park /scso/. Cited by Ophel (1951;) without further
data. See ROCK CREEK AND TRAVERTINE CREEK.

CREEK. Near Purcell (1 mile northwest on OK Hy. 71.) /sch7/. This small
creek crosses Redbeds strata; drainage area is well stabelized with
grass sod. Floating mats of Spirogzra sp. and Zzgnema sp. were abun-
dant; Vaucheria sp. mats were present. (Physico-chemical data in
Table 3.)

CREEK. Near Siloam Springs, Arkansas (12.1 miles west on US Hy. 59)
/NE21/. This clear,cool stream.arises from limestone gravels. $2333-
§pggg lubrica (Roth) C. A. Ag. was abundant; Nasturtium officionale R. Br.
formed dense beds. (Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

CREEK. Near Tecumseh (6 miles west on OK Hy. 9). This small stream crosses
an area of Redbeds clay and sand. (Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

CREEK. Near Tonkawa (7%-miles west on US Hy. 60). This small stream
flows across limestone strata. Ludwigia sp. was present in ponded
portions.

CREEK. In arroyo near Willis (6 miles north) /SChS/. This small stream
lies in a rather deep shaded canyon cut into limestone and sandstone.
Algal growth was sparse. Samples were furnished by E.R. Rice of the

University of Oklahoma.

C K‘
0',- [:1

CREEK. Near Willis (ca. 1 mile west) /SChS/. Arising from springs in
sandstone this small stream has cut a rather deep gorge. This was
one of two localities for Hydrodictyon reticulatum (L.) Lagerh.

CREEK. Near Wister (ca. 3 miles north-west) /SEhO/. (Physico-chemical
data in Table 3.)

Ditch, barrow. Near Sulfur (ca. 2 miles south) /SCSO/. This very small
roadside stream,fed by runoff, had a slow current.

F1113, OIL CREEK. See OIL CREEK, above. Perhaps more accurately to be
referred to as a "slide" rather than a "falls", the angle of drop is
perhaps 60°. Travertine was being deposited on the face.

FALLS, PRICE'S. In eastern Arbuckle MOuntains /SCSO/. Formed by a clear
cool stream originating in limestone springs, this waterfall is densly
shaded and very poor as an algal habitat.

FALLS, TURNER. In central Arbuckle Mountains /SCSO/. Formed by HONEY
CREEK (which see), this waterfall is distinctive for the travertine
deposition which has continued to build upward and outward. Lime de-
positing algae were present on the face of the falls,and Petalonema
Elgium‘Berk, on the ceiling of the cave beneath.

LAKE. In Robbers Cave State Park /SE39/. This small lake is an impound-
ment in the Sans Bois Mountains (part of the Ozark uplift) with a well
regetated drainage area mostly on limestone. (Physico-chemical data in
Table 1.)

LAKE ALTUS-LUGERT. Near Altus (18 miles north) /SW28,38/. One of the
major flood control reservoirs in the State, this is formed by im;
poundment of NORTH FORK RED RIVER (which see). Drainage area includes

Redbeds with local abundance of gypsum strata but the basin is perhaps

influenced also by the granites of Quartz Mountains (geomorphologically
a part of the Wichita Mountains) which partly encircle it at the dam

end. Algal growth was limited to occassional tufts of Rhizoclonium

 

fontanum Kutz. attached to submerged roots at shore; no vascular
aquatic plants were apparent. (PhysicO-chemical data in Table 1.)

LAKE, ARDMORE CITY. Near Ardmore /SC10/. A city water supply source,
this impoundment of 115-180 acres receives drainage from the south
slope of the Arbuckle Mountains as well as the overflow from MOUNTAIN
LAKE (which see). Sample on 6 November 1952: Total Solids, 152.0 ppm;
Turbidity, slight.

LAKE, BEAVER. Near Beaver (1 mile north) /PHh/. This small lake occu-
pies a basin among very large sand dunes along the north side of NORTH
CANADIAN RIVER (locally, BEAVER RIVER). ‘ghggg sp. and other fila~
mentous algae were abundant in the benthos. (Physico-chemical data
in Table l.)

IAKE,‘BLUE. Near Ponca City /N036/ on ranch of Mr. Glenn Paris. This
small, very turbid impoundment contained no apparent algal growths
but algae were abundant below the spillway. Drainage area is mostly
on clay. Sample on 13 OctOber 1952: pH, 8.2; Temp., 18.300.

IAKE, BOECKER. In Roman Nose State Park near watonga /NW6/. The drain-
age area and basin of this small (18 acres) lake include extensive
beds of gypsum. (Physico-chemical data in Table 1.)

IAKE, CADDO. In central Wichita Mbuntains /SW16/. Basin and drainage
area are on granite. Sample on 26 October 1952: pH, 8.0; Temp. 18.9°C.

was, CANTON (RESERVOIR) /NW6/. One of the major flood control reser-

voirs in the State,this is formed by impoundment of NORTH CANADIAN

153

RJVERm The basin lies on sands which are predominant in the water-
shed area. Area is h900 acres. Data from Buck and Cross (1952) com-
bined with the present author's give the following range of conditions:
pH, 7.5-8.6 (usually 8.3-8.h); Temp., 00-32.22°C; 003, 0-13 PPm,

ave. 6.8 ppm; H003, 115-179 ppm, ave. 138.h ppm; Total Solids,

1139 ppm-

LAKE, CLASSEN. North slope of Arbuckle Mountains /scso/. Cited by
Ophel (1951;) without further information.

LAKE, COMANCHE. Near Comanche (h miles east /SCé9/. Redbeds limestone
predominates here. Sample on 11 November 1952: Total Solids, 196
ppm; Turbidity, extreme.

LAKE, CRATER. In Wichita Mountains /sw16/. Basin and drainage area are
on granite. Sample on 26 October 1952: pH, 8.0; Temp., 16.7°C.

LAKE CARLIBLACKWELL. Near Stillwater /NC60/. Formed by impoundment of
Stillwater Creek. Sample on 11 October 1952: pH, 8.h; Temp. 18.9°C.

IAKE, CRYSTAL. Near Norman (1 mile north) /SClh/. Data from Leake
(19h5): basin and drainage area on Permian Redbeds; area is about
2h acres with an average depth of about five feet; pH, 8.0-8.h;

Phth. Alk., 0.0-h.0 ppm; Total Alk., 60.0-89.0 ppm; Total Solids,
1&2 ppm (one determination on h December 19h3). Further information
is to be found in Leake (1.c.).

LAKE, FISH (lowest of 6). In Wichita Mountains /SW16/. One of a number
of impoundments of WEST CACHE CREEK, this small lake is fed primarily
by overflow from the upper lakes in granite area. pH, 8.2.

LAKE, FORT GIBSON (RESERVOIR). North of Fort Gibson /NE11,73/. One of

the major flood control reservoirs in the State, this is formed by

impoundment of GRAND RIVER in an area predominantly of limestone.
(Physico-chemical data in Table 1.)

LAKE, FORT SUPPLY (RESERVOIR). Near woodward (10 miles northwest) /NW77/.
One of the major flood control reservoirs in the State, this is formed
by impoundment of WOlf Creek before its junction with NORTH CANADIAN
’RIVER. Area is 1750 acres. Sand predominates in the basin and drain-
age area, but gypsum rocks are abundant in the lake. (Physico-chemi-
cal data, taken while lake was frozen over, in Table l.)

LAKE, FRENCH: overflow pool below dam. In Wichita Mountains /SW16/.

The uppermost impoundment of WEST CHACHE CREEK; drainage area and
basin are on granite. Sample on 26 October 1952: Temp., 16.7°C; pH,
7.2.

IAKE, GRAND (RESERVOIR) given on some maps as, Lake 0' the Cherokees or
Pensacola Lake /NE21/. One of the major flood control reservoirs in
the State, this is formed by impoundment of GRAND RIVER in an area
predominately of limestone. Range of conditions from Irwin (l9h2)
and including present author's data: Area, 52,000 acres; Temp.,
17.2-29.A°C; pH. 7-8.2; 002, 0.0-2.h ppm; Phth. Alk., 0.0-2.h ppm;
NO. Alkalinity, Sh.5-85.0 ppm; Total Solids, 290 ppm; water clear.

LAKE, GREAT SALT PLAINS (RESERVOIR) /NW2/. As the name implies, the
basin is a salt plain. Area is 10,700 acres. One of the major flood
control reservoirs in the State, this is formed by impoundment of
SALT FORK ARKANSAS RIVER. This is the only station for Enteromorpha
prolifera‘var. tubulosa (Kutz.) Reinhold which was abundant on rip-
rap of dam and on stones in settling basins of the effluent below.
(Physico-chemical data in Table 1. See Jenkins (19h9) for further

limnological data.)

LAKE, GREENLEAF. Near Braggs /NE51/. Area is predominately limestone.
(Physico-chemical data in Table l.)

LAKE HEFNER. At northwest limit of Oklahoma City /NC55/. A city water
supply reservoir of 2500 acres, this lake is formed by impoundment of
a stream which drains an area on Redbeds formation; it is thus ex-
tremely turbid. See Ophel (1950) for further limnological data.

LAKE, HOLLY. See LAKE, SCHOOIER.

LAKE, HORSESHOE. Near Harrah /NChl/. Cited by Taft (1931) without fur-
ther data.

IAKE, HOSPITAL. On grounds of State Hospital in Norman./SClh/. Basin
and drainage area are on.Redbeds formation. Sample on 29 March 1953;
Turbidity, clear (15.0 ppm, Hellige); Total Solids, 287 ppm.

LAKE, HUNT'S. Near Binger (2 miles west) /SW8/. Basin is a steep-
sided sandstone canyon in Redbeds formation; water originates from
springs in canyon walls at margins of the lake. The growth of algae
and vascular aquatic plants is abundant. pH, 8.8.

LAKE, JED JOHNSON. In Wichita Mountains /Sw16/. Basin and drainage area
are on granite. Sample on 26 OctOber 1952: Temp., 12.8°C; pH, 7.6.

IAKEmLAWTONKA. Just beyond eastern margin of‘Wichita.MOuntains /SWl6/.
Basin and drainage area are dominated by limestone. Area is 1808
acres. (Physico-chemical data in Table 1.)

LAKE, LOST. In western'Wichita,MOuntains /SW16/. The lowermost inpound-
ment of WEST CACHE CREEK, the basin and drainage area of this lake
are on granite. It was relatively rich in vascular aquatic plant

growth as well as. in algae. pH, 7.6.

161

LAKE, MOUNTAIN. In southern Arbuckle MOuntains /SClO/. .A water supply
lake for the city of Ardmore, this 133-acre lake lies in a basin domi-
nated by limestones. ‘Water is generally clear, but a bloom of 22212-
sphaerium.Naegelianum Ung. was observed on 6 November 1952.

LAKE MURRAY. Midway between Ardmore and Marietta /SClO,h3/. This is
the oldest of the large impoundments in the State and includes 5728
acres. Basin and drainage area are dominated by limestone. Sample
on 6 November 1952: Total Solids, 173PPm. Water generally clear.

LAKE, OKMUIGEE. Near Okmulgee (5 miles west) /NC56/. Basin and drain-
age area are dominated by Redbeds formation. Area is 6h3 acres. Tur-
bidity ranges from slight to excessive.

LAKE OVERHOISER. At western limit of Oklahoma City /N055/. A city water
supply lake of 1700 acres, this was formed by impoundment of NORTH
CANADIAN RIVER. Basin is on Redbeds formation. Sample on 16 November
1952: no vascular aquatic plants apparent; the only algal growth was

Vaucheria sp. which capped small mounds on the clay bottom in shallow

 

water. See Ophel (1950) for limnological details.

LAKE, OSAGE. In Wichita Mountains /SWlo/. Basin and drainage are on
granite. Sample on 26 October 1952: Temp., l6.7°C; pH, 8.1.

IAKE, OKbow. Near Harris (ca. 9 miles southeast) /SEh8/. A natural
Oxbow of RED RIVER. Sample on 18 April 1953: -Temp., 17.000; pH,
8.3; Total Solids, 235 ppm.; water clear (25 ppm, Hellige).

LAKE, PERRY (CITY). Near Perry (5 miles west, 1 mile south) /NC52/.

The basin and drainage area of this hOO acre lake are on Redbeds.
Turbidity was extremerand algal growth was apparently limited to dia-

toms which formed a thick golden stratum on the mud of shallow marginal

areas.

LAKE, POST OAK. In Wichita Mountains /Sw16/. Basin and drainage area
are on granite. Sample on 26 January 1952: pH, 8.h; on 29 January
1953, pH, 6.h (at which time lake had been drained down to a depth
of 9 inches).

IAKE, QUANAH PARKER. In Wichita MOuntains /SW16/. Basin and area are
on granite. Sample on 29 January 1953: Temp., 7.700; pH, 8.6; 002,
trace; Phth. Alk., 0.0 ppm; Total Alk., h0.0 ppm.; Total Solids,
160 ppm.

LAKE, ROEBUCK. Near Hugo (ca. 6 miles south) /SElZ/. A natural oxbow
of RED RIVER. Turbidity was excessive, milky, and algal growth was
sparse on the one occasion of sampling.

LAKE, RUSH. In Wichita MOuntains /SWl6/. Basin and drainage area are
on granite. (Physico-chemical data in.Table l).

LAKE, SCHOOLER (HOLLY CREEK LAKE, of some maps). Near Hugo (10 miles
east, 6 miles north) /SEl2/. This is formed by impoundment of Holly
Creek. Area, 2h-26 acres. Sample on 8 July 1952: pH, 6.h; water
brown. ‘Micrasterias muricata (Bailey) Ralfs was found in this lake
in numbers up to 1,000 per liter, and algal growth in general was
abundant.

LAKE, SHAWNEE. Near Miami /NE58/. Cited by Taft (1931) without further
data.

LAKE, UPPER SPAVINAW. Near Jay (IO miles south) /NE21/. An impoundment
of SPAVINAW CREEK of about 3,192 surface acres. (Physico-chemical
data in Table l.)

LAKE, TENKILLER (TENKILLER FERRY RESERVOIR, of some maps). Near webbers

Falls (13 miles northeast) /NE68/. This is one of the larger (12,500

l-'
O)
()1

acres) flood control reservoirs in the State formed by the impound-
ment of ILLINOIS RIVER. Basin and drainage area are dominated by
limestone. (Physico-chemical data in Table l.)

TAKE TEXOHA. On the south central border of the State. The largest
(93,080 acres) of the flood control reservoirs in the State formed by
impoundment of RED RIVER. Principle strata in the basin are of sand
and limestone while tributary streams are eroding into Redbeds shales,
sands and gypsum. The range of conditions in various samples is as
follows: Temp., 7.700; pH, 8.2-8.h; 002, trace; Phth. Alk., 0.0 ppm;
Total Alk., 85.0-l3O.O ppm; Total Solids, 1,082-1,117 ppm; Turbidity,
moderate to extreme.

LAKE, TREASURE. In Wichita MOuntains /SW16/. Basin and drainage are on
granite. (Physico-chemical data in Table 1).

LAKE, WISTER (RESERVOIR). Near Wister (2 miles south) /SEhO/. One of
the larger (h,000 acres) flood control reservoirs formed by impoundment
of FOURCHE MALINE RIVER. (Physico-chemical data in Table l.)

MUSCLE SHOALS. Near Norman /SClh/. Cited by Taft (1931) without further
data.

PLAYA. Near Cate /PRh/. Cited by Ophel (195u) without further data.

Pond, farm. In Antelope Hills /NW65/. Cited by Ophel (19Sh) without
further data.

Pond, farm. Near Atoka (2 miles south) /SE3/. Typhg sp. was present in
dense stands along dam. Turbidity moderate.

Pond, farm. Near Burbank (10 miles east on US Hy. 60) /N057/. Diameter,
about 100 feet; depth, about 2 feet. Tolvpella sp. covered bottom

though not densely. Sample on 15 Hay l95h: pH, 8.1; 002, 0.0 ppm;

184

Phth. Alk., trace; Total Alk., 150.0 ppm; water clear.

Pond, farm. Near Headrick (2 miles north on Tolliver ranch) /Sw33/. In
basin of granite and granite-derived materials. Sample on 21 Hay 195k:
pH, 7.6; Total Alk., 5.0 ppm.

Pond, farm. Near Kingston (h miles south) /SCh5/. Limestone outcrops
around margin. Extensive beds of £2252 sp. fringing pond.

Pond, farm (McBeth). Near Madill (5 miles north) /SCh5/. Typhg sp. was
abundant along one side; water was excessively turbid as a result of
stock use.

Pond, farm (Lessly's). Near Norman (about 1 mile east of Hollywood Cor-
ner) /SClh/. Basin in Redbeds strata. Samples from here were furnished
by EAR. Rice of the University of Oklahoma.

Pond, farm. Near Snyder /SW38/. Basin in granite derived materials;
margins well stabelized with vegetation; algal growth abundant.

Pond, farm. Near Willis, #1 (7.5 miles north /SCL(5/. Basin in lime-
stone area. Sample on A July 1951;: Temp., 30.6°C; pH, 9.1;; Phth.
Alk., 20.0 ppm; Total Alk., 80.0 ppm; Turbidity, moderate. (Data
from another sample on 31 July l95h is given in Table 2.)

Pond, farm. 0n U.S. Hy. 62 /SClh/. Cited by Ophel (1951;) without further
data.

ands, fish-rearing. Near Huge (at Red River Fishery, ca. 3 miles south-
east) /SE12/. Source of water here is a brine well (which see).

Algal growth was particularly dense in some of these ponds and com-
prised blooms of unicellular (Euglena sp.) as well as filamentous forms
(mostly blue-greens). Physico-chemical data for one sample is given in

Table 2; the range of conditions in all of the ponds sampled is:

165

Temp., 26.7°C; pH, 8.6-9.0; 002, 0.0 ppm; Phth. Alk., 20-35 ppm; Total
Alk., 80-155 ppm; Total Solids, 1,533-3,580 ppm; Turbidity, clear (in
a pond whose bottom was covered with a dense growth of Chara sp.) to
extreme, milky.

Pond. In red clay near Noble /SClh/. Cited by Ophel (l95h) without fur-
ther information.

POOL, SUNSET. In Wichita MOuntains /SH16/. Basin in granite. pH 7.5
Floating mats of algae abundant.

Pool, swimming. At Pettijohn Springs resort near Madill (8 miles north-
west) /SCh5/. Concrete linings of this pool were broken in places
and the whole was becoming filled with sediments; water was 2-3 feet
deep. Filamentous and planktonic algae were abundant as were growths
of_Myriophy11um Brasiliense Comb.

Pool. In bed of Carrizzo Creek near Kenton (1 mile west at New Mexico
border. See CARRIZZO CREEK.

Pool. Near Eldon (3 miles northeast on US Hy. 62 at hill top) /NEll/.
Basin, of about 30 by 90 feet, lies in oak forest. Margins were sod-
stabelized; button of muck and leaf debris. Filamentous algae abun-
.dant; bloom of Euglena sp. at one end. Physico-chemical data in Table 2.

Pool. Near Harris (ca. 2%-miles east on east side of road) /SEh8/.
(Compare next pool.) The bottom of this small pool,lying beneath
pines, was of pine needle debris. Chaetophora incrassata (Huds.)
Hazen was abundant on the needles. Sample on 18 April 1953: pH, 6.2;
Total Solids, 129.0; Turbidity, clear (3 ppm, Hellige) amber.

Pool. Near Harris (ca. 2% miles east on west side of road) /SEh8/.

(Compare first pool above.) This small pool had a bottom of muck.

No conspicuous algae were noted. Sample on 18 April 1953: pH, 6.9;
Total Solids, 106 ppm; Turbidity, clear (25 ppm, Hallige) milky.

Pool. At Pettijohn Springs resort near Madill (8 miles northwest) /SCh§/.
The basin of this concrete lined pool is about 3 feet in diameter and
2 feet deep. It receives spring effluent from a pipe. Though comp

plately shaded by a raised wooden platform, dense mats of Rhizoclonium

 

hieroglyphicum.(C. A. Ag.) Kutz. formed on the bottom.

Pool. Near Seminole, #1 (ca. 7 miles southwest on US Hy. 270 within "Y"
of farmroad junction /SC67/. Compare next pool. The basin was about
300 feet in diameter; bottom was of muck and debris. Physico-chemical
data in Table 2.)

Pool. Near Seminole, #2 (ca. 7 miles southwest on US Hy. 270 just south
of "Y" of farmroad junction) /SC67/. Compare first pool above. Basin
was Shallow, apparently filled by runoff and thus temporary; bottom
was of muck. Draparnaldia glomerata (Vauch.) C. A. Ag. abundant.
(Physico-chemical data in Table 2.)

Pool. In horse track in alluvium of creek bed 1% miles west of junction
of US Hy. 28 and OK Hy. 15. Diameter, 9 inches; h inches deep. In
area of Redbeds strata with abundant local gypsum outcrops. This rich
(for its size) algal habitat was mostly removed for physico-chemical
determination (see Table 2).

Pool. In pothole above SUNSET POOL in Wichita Mountains /SW16/. This
small pool in granite bedrock was fed by rainfall. Sample on 29
December 1953: pH, 8.6; 002, 0.0 ppm; Phth Alk, 30.0 ppm.; Total Alk.,
59.0 ppm.

RIVER, ARKANSAS. Near Muskogee (ca. 2 miles north on US Hy. 69) /NE51/.

During periods of low water, crystals of salts formed on the surface
of drying bottom sands. Sample on 8 February 1953: Total Solids,
2,178 ppm.

RIVER, BEAVER. /PHh/. Name locally applied to NORTH CANADIAN RIVER.

RIVER, CMARRON. Near Kenton (ca. 5 miles north) /PH13/. The water is
locally influenced by clay, limestone and sandstone; possibly other
strata are contacted upstream. (Physico-chemical data on Table 3.)

RIVER, ELM FORK RED. Near Reed (ca. 5 miles north) /SH28/. The water
in this area crosses gypsum strata. Navicula sp. formed golden epi-
lithic mats on benthic rocks while Ulothrix variabliis was abundant
in rapids.

RIVER, FOURCHEMALINE. Near Gaston (ca. 2 miles southwest) /SEhO/. This
river, arising in the Sans Bois Mountains (a part of the Ozarks), is
impounded tolform.LAKE'WISTER. Pools in the otherwise dry bed were
sampled here.

RIVER, GRAND. Northeast corner of State /NEll,2l,h6,58/. This has been
impounded to form GRAND LAKE AND, lower, FORT GIBSON LAKE. Drainage area
is well vegetated, on mostly limestone.

RIVER, ILLINOIS. /NE1,ll/. This c1ear,spring-fed stream flows through
the Ozark hills. Drainage area is well vegetated and mostly on lime-
stone. The river is impounded to form.TENKILLER LAKE. (Physico-chemi-
cal data from near Scraper in Table 3.)

RIVER, LITTLE. ism8/. This stream rises in the Kiamichi Mountains (a
part of the Ouachita uplift) from a well vegetated, mostly limestone
drainage area. Water was brown, apparently from swamp effluents.
Collections from: 25.8 miles west of Broken Bow; 3 miles north of Idabel

(Physico-chemical data in Table 3).

{:0
U

RIVER, NORTH CANADIAN. Below CANTON LAKE dam /NW6/. Sample on 27 Septem-
ber 1927: Temp., 18.9°C; pH, 8.2 Near Watonga (2 miles south) sample
on the same date: Temp., 27.8°C; pH, 8.7.

RIVER, NORTH FORK RED. Below ALTUSeLUCERT LAKE dam /SW28/. This shallow
ponded stream on gypsum strata contained abundant floating algal mats.

RIVER, RED. Forming south boundary of the State. The water is affected
particularly by Redbeds formations including much gypsum. This river
is impounded to form LAKE TEKOMA. River was almost dry at time of
summer samplings with no algae apparent. ‘White crystals were abundant
on surface of dry bed.

RIVER, SALT FORK RED. Near Hollis (12 miles north) /SW29/. Locally, mostly
on sand of Redbeds origin, this stream supported no evident algal growth;
collections were made in pools on the floodplain.

RIVER, SOUTH CANADIAN. Near Norman (3 miles south) /SClh/. Locally,
mostly on sand of Redbeds origin, this stream.supported little algal
growth except in isolated pools on the floodplain.

Seepage. At HUNT'S LAKE near Binger /swa/. Collections were made in seepage
on the front of the dam.forming lake.

Seepage. Near Harris (about 10 miles north) /SEh8/.

Seepage. Near Cleo Springs (918 miles north) /Nw2/. This area is in un-
consolidated sandstone at the base of a low hill. Depressions in cow
tracks retained water in which algal growth was abundant. Effluent forms
a creek and a pend, which see.

Seepage. Below LAKE TENKILLER dam /NE68/. Water, apparently seeping through
dam, had accumulated in pockets and pools of varying sizes in limestone

gravels. In one such pool Eydrodictyon.reticulatum (L.) Lagerh, formed

dense growths which trapped tadpoles. (Physico-chemical data in Table 1.)
SPRING, BOILING. In Boiling Springs State Park /NW77/. This spring boils
up from a sand stratum. Though sampled during a blizzard on January
1 algae and mosses were thriving in the moderate temperature of this

water. (Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

Spring, mineral. In Sulfur, and Platt National Park /SCsO/. Cited by
Ophel (l95h) without further data.

Spring. Along HONEY CREEK in the central Arbuckle Mountains /SCso/. This
spring issuing from limestone shata, is one of many which form the creek.
(Physico-chemical data in Table 3.)

Swamp, cypress. Near Broken.Bow (7 miles south, 1 mile east on north
side of LITTLE RIVER) /SEh8/. The water was clear but amber colored.
Algal growth was not apparent. Sample on 19 April 1953: Turbidity,

2.5 ppm (Hellige); Total Solids, 77.5ppm.

Tank, windmill. Near Dinosaur Quarry (25. 2 miles south) /PH13/. ‘Water
'was contained in a steel stock tank. Algal mats were dense (benthic
and floating).

Tank, windmill. Near Ponca City /NC36/. Though recently contaminated with
gasoline (odor and taste verified this) floating mats of algae were
present.

‘Well, brine. At Red River Fisheries near Hugo (gs. 3 miles southeast)
/SE12/. Discharge from this well tasted salty. Bluegreel algae formed
an epilithic stratum within the pipe and the most dense blooms of
algae encountered were present in some of the fish-rearing ponds.

(Physico-chemical data in Table l).

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Agnes, Sister M. 1921. Biological field work. Proc. Oklahoma Acad.
SCi. l: 35.38.

Ahlstrom, E. H. 1937. Studies on variability in the genus Dinobgypn
(Mastigophora). Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 56: 139-156. A pl.

Allorge, V. et P. .1931. Heterocontes, Euchlorophycées et Conjugées de
Galice. Materiaux pour la Flore des Algues d'eau douce de la Penin-
sule Iberique I. Rev. Algologique 5: B-A; Pl. 9, Fig. 1.

Anonymous. 1951. Platt National Park Oklahoma. U. S. Dept. Int. Nat'l.
Park Service Leaflet.

Blair, W. F. and Hubbell, T. H. 1938. The biotic districts of Oklahoma.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 20: 425-45h. 1 map.

Blum, J. L. 1953. The racemose Vaucheriae with inclined or pendant
oogonia. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 80: A78-A97. 66 Figs. 1 tb.

1956. The ecology of river algae. Bot. Rev. 22: 291-340.

 

Booth,‘W. E. 1941. RevegetatiOn of abandoned fields in Kansas and Oklap
homa. Amer. Jour. Bot. 28: h15-A22. 3 Figs. 1 tb.

19A1A. Algae as pioneers in plant succession and their
importance in erosion control. Ecol. 22: 38-46. 2 Figs.

 

Brown, H. J. 1929. The algal family Vaucheriaceae. Trans. Amer. Mic-
rosc. Soc. A8: 86-117. pls. 15-20.

1930. The desmids of the southeastern Coastal Plain region
of the United States. Ibid. A9: 97-139. Pl. ll-lA.

 

Brunnthaler, J. 1915. Protococcales. IQ; Pascher, A. Die Sflsswasser-
flora Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz. Heft 5. Chlorophyh
ceae 2: 52-205. 330 Figs.

Butcher, R. W. 1949. Problems of distribution of sessile algae in run-
ning water. Verh. Int. Ver. Theoret. Ang. Lim. 10: 98-103.

Clarke, F. W. 192A. The data of geochemistry. U. S. Dept. Int. Geol.
Surv. Bull. 770: 1~8Al.

Collins, F. S. 1909. The green algae of North America. Tufts College
Studies. Scientific Series. 2: 79-A80. 18 pls.

17C)

Collins. F. S. 1912. The green algae of North America. Supplementary
Paper. Ibid. 3: 69—109. 2 p1.

1918. The green algae of North Haerica. Second Supple-
mentary Paper. Ibid. A: 1-106. 3 p1.

 

Couch, G. C. and Rice, E. L. 1948. Vegetative habit and reproduction
of Desmidium.Grevillii (Kutz.) de Bary. Amer. JOur. Bot. 35: A82-
1086. 12 F183. ‘

Czurda, V. 1932. Zygnemales. In: Pascher, A. Die Sflsswasser-Flora
Mitteleuropas. Heft 9: 1-232. 226 Figs.

Deflandre, M. G. 1926. MOnographie du Genre Trachelomonas Ehrenberg.
Rev. Gen. Bot. 38: 358-706. P18. 1-15.

De—Toni, J. B. 1899. Sylloge Algarum.omnium hucusque cognitarum. L.
Sect. 2, Chlorophyceae. Padua. Pp. 38-1315.

1907. Ibid. V. Myxophyceae (A. Forti). Padua.

 

Fenneman, N. M; 1931. Physiography of western United States. New York.

Forest, H. S. 195A. Handbook of algae with special reference to Ten-
nessee and the Southeastern United States. Knoxville. A67 pp. 699
Figs.

Fritsch, F. E. 1931. Some aspects of the ecology of freshwater algae.
Jbur. Ecol. 19: 232—272. 5 Figs.

1945. The structure and reproduction of the algae II.
Foreword, Phaeophyceae,'Rhodophyceae, Myxophyceae. Cambridge.

 

19A8. The structure and reproduction of the algae. I.
Introduction, ChlorOphyceae, Xanthophyceae,Chrysophyceae, Bacillario-
phyceae, Dinophyceae, Chloromonadineae, Euglenineae, Colourless Flagel-
lata. Cambridge.

 

and Rich, F. 1928. Freshwater algae (exclusive of diatoms)
from.Griqualand'West. Trans. Roy. Soc. South Africa. 18: 1-92. 32
Figs.

 

Gabel, G. 1927. A preliminary list of Protozoa found in Cleveland
County, Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 6: 82—8A.

Geitler, L. 19255 CyanOphyceae. lg: Pascher, A., Die susswasser-Flora
Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz. Heft 12: l-ASO. 560 Figs.

1930-1932. Cyanophyceae. In: Rabenhorst‘s Kryptogamen-Flora
von Deutschland, Osterreich und der Schweiz. Bd. 1h: 1,1196. 780 Figs.

 

Gemeinhardt, E. 1939. Oedogoniales. .In: Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-Flora
von Deutschland und der Schweiz. Bd. 12. Abt. h. Lief. l. h52 pp.
539 figs.

Gilbert, P. W} 19h2. Observations on the eggs of Amblystoma maculata
with especial reference to the green algae found within the egg envel-
opes. Ecol. 23: 215-227. 2 pl.

 

19hh. The alga-egg relationship in Amblvstoma maculata,
a case of symbiosis. Ibid. 25: 366-369. 1 fig.

 

Gojdics, 1.1953. The genus Euglena. Madison. 268 pp. 39 p1.

Guglielmetti, G. 1910. Contribuzioni alla flora algologica Italians, I.
Protococcaceae raccolte nel Padovano. Nuova Notarisia, 21: 28-39.

3399, 3.0. l9hl. Sedimentation in artificial lakes. In: A SJAPOSTHT
on Hydrobiology. Madison. h06 pp.

Harper, H. J. and Hurphy, H. F. 1930. A study of the amount of sediment
carried by runoff water. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 10: llh-ll7.

Hazen, T. E. 1902. The Ulofluicaceae and Chastoyhoraceae of.tM1 Ulitei
States. Hem. Torrey Bot. Club 11: 135-250. h2 p1.

Hearing, W3 1921. Siphonocladiales, Siphonales. In: Pascher, A., Di 1e
Susswasserflora Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz. Heft 7.
Chlorophyceae h: 1-103. 9h figs.

Hesse, R., Allee, W. C. and Schmidt, K. P. 1937. Ecological animal geo-
graphy. New York.

Hoppaugh, K. 1930. The genus Vaucheria. Amer. Jour. Bot. 17: 329-2h7.

Huber-Pestalozzi, G. 1938. Das Phytoplankton des Susswassers. Systematik
und Biologie. Blaualgen, Bakterien, Pilze. In: Thienemann, A., Die
Binnengewasser. Bd. 16.1. Teil. 3&2 pp. 63—pls.

l9hl. Ibid. Chrysophyceen, Farblose Flagellaten,
Heterokonten. 2. Teil. 1. Halfte. 365 pp. hh3 figs.

 

1a 1950. Ibid. Cryptophyceen, Chloromonadinen, Peri—
dineen. 3 Teil. 310 pp. 300 figs.

 

1955. Ibid. Englenophyceen. h Teil. 606 pp.

 

1136 figs.

Irenee-Marie (Frere). 1939. Fbre Desmidiale de la region de Montreal.
Laprairie (Canada). Sh7 pp. 69 p1.

i__ 1952. Contribution a la connaissance des Desmidiées
de la region du Lac-St. Jean. Hydrobiol. h: 1-208. 19 p1.

 

Irwin, W. H. 19h5. Methods of precipitating collodial soil particles
from impounded waters of Central Oklahoma. Bull. Oklahoma Agr. &
Mach. College h2: 1-16. 2 tbs.

and Stevenson, J. H. 1951. Physiochemical nature of clay
turbidity with special reference to clarification and productivity of
impounded waters. Ibid. h8: 1-5h. 1? tbs.

 

Israelson, G. 19h2. The freshwater Florideae of Sweden. Studies on
their taxonomy, ecology, and distribution. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 6: l-
1350 IllUSo "

Jenkins, R. M. 19h9. A biological fishery survey of the Great Salt
Plains Reservoir. Unpublished M.S. thesis. University of Oklahoma.
93 numb. leaves.

Kelting, Rm W3, and Penfound, W} T. 1953. Literature on the vegetation
of Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 3h: 126-135. 1 fig.

Kol, E. l9hl. The green snow of Yellowstone National Park. Amer. Jour.
BOto 28: 18;-1910 1 p10 1h teXt-figSQ l phOtOo

Kolwitz,R ., and Krieger, H. l9hl. Zygnemales. In: Rabenhorst's Kryp-
togamen-Flora von Deutschland, Osterreich und der Schweiz. Bd. 13.

Abte 20 Lief. 1/20 h99 Pp. 779 £188.

Krieger, WQ 1933-1939. Die Desmidiaceen Europas mit Berucksichtigung
der aussereuropaischen Arten. Ibid. Abt. 1. Teil 1-2.

Kuehne, P. E. l9hl. The phytoplankton of southern and central Saskatche-
wan. I; II. Canadian Jour. Research C, 19; 292-311; 313-322. 3 figs.
2 tbs.

Lackey, J. B., wattie, E., Kachmer, J. F., and Placak, O. R. l9h3. Some
plankton.relationships in a small unpolluted stream. Amer. Midl. Nat.
30: h03-h25. h tbs.

Leake, D. V. 1939. Preliminary note on the production of motile cells
in Basicladia crassa Hoffman and Tilden. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci.
19: 109-110. 1 pl.

 

l9h5. The algae of Crystal Lake, Cleveland County, Okla-
hOmae Amer. Midlo Nate 3h: 750-7680

 

19h5A. New records of desmids in Oklahoma. Proc. Okla-
homa Acad. Sci. 25: 22-2h.

 

Leaks, D. V. 19h8. Asexual reproduction in the genus Basicladia, Hoffman
and Tilden. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 29: 17-20. 12 figs.

 

 

Lemmermann, E. 1915. Tetrasporales. ‘In: Pascher, A. Die Sfisswasser-
Flora Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz. Heft S. Chlorophy-
ceae. 2: 21-51. 33 figs.

Lebeck, A. C. l9h8. Physiographic provinces of North America (Map).
Geographical Press.

Imtkemuller, J. 1910. Zur Kenntnis der Desmidiaceen Bohems. Verh. 2001.
B013. Ges. Wien. 60: (478-5030 3 figs. 2 p10

Maloney, M. (Sister). l9hh. Seasonal algal flora on the campus of Catho-
lic College, Guthrie, Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 2h: h3-h8.

Messikommer, E. 1935. Die Algenwelt der inneren Plessuralper. Viertel-
Jahrsschrift Naturforsch. Gesellsch. Zurich 80: 1-59. 2 figs. 5 p1.

Hoyle, J. B. 19h5. Some chemical factors influencing the distribution
of aquatic plants in Minnesota. Amer. Midl. Nat. 3h: hO2-h20.

195R. Some aspects of the chemistry of Minnesota surface
waters as related to game and fish management. Minnesota Dept. Conserv.
Fish. Investig. Rept. 151: 1-36. 19 figs. 6 tbs.

 

MMrphy, H. F. l9h0. Clay minerals and phosphate availability: I. Adsorp-
tion of phosphate ions by clay minerals. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci.
20: 79-81. 1 tb.

Nordstedt, C. F. 1870. Desmidiaceae. In: Warming, E., Symbolae ad
florem Brasiliae centralis cognoscendum, Particula V. Vidensk, Medd.
Naturhist. Foren. Kjbenhavn. 1869: l9S-23h.

Ophel, I. L. 1950. A limnological study of two artificial lakes in Okla-
homa. UnpubliShed M. S. thesis. University of Oklahoma.

1950A. Some ecological effects of substances produced by
the Characeae. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 28: 15-17.

l95h. The genus Chara in Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad.
Sci. 33: 179-183.

PasCher, A. 1913. Die Sfisswasserflora Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der
Schweiz. 2. Flagellata 2: 96-11h. 30 figs.

1913A. Ibid. Chrysomonadineae. pp. 7-95. 150 figs.

 

1915. Ibid. 5. Chlorophceae 2. Einzellige Chlorophyceen-
gattungen unsicherer Stellung. pp. 206-229. 3h figs.

 

Phscher, A. 1925. Die Sfisswasserflora.Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der
Schweiz. 11. Heterokontae. pp. 1-118. 96 figs.

1927. Ibid. h. Volvocales. pp. 1-506. h51 figs.

 

FJ
\1
(n

Pascher, A. 1939. Heterokonten. ‘22: Rabenhorst's Kryptogamen-
Flora von Deutschland, Osterreich und der Schweiz. Bd. 11: 1-1092.
912 Figs.

Powers, J. B. 1907. New forms of Volvox. Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc.
27: 123-1h90 P18. ll-lhe

1908. Further studies in Volvox with descriptions of
three new species. Trans. Amer. Microsc. 30c. 28: lhl-175-

 

Pravasoli, L., McLaughlin, J. J. A., and Pinter, I. J. l95h. Relative
and limiting concentrations of major mineral constituents for the
growth of algal flagellates. Trans. New York Acad. Sci., Ser. 2.
16: hlZ-le. 9 tbs.

Prescott, G. W. 1927. The motile algae of Iowa. Univ. Iowa
StUdieS Nat. HiSto 12: l-hOo P15. 1'10.

1938. A new species and a new variety of the algal
genus Vaucheria de Candolle with notes on the genus. Trans. Amer.

Micros. Soc. 57: 1-10. 2 pls.
19h8. Desmids. Bot. ReV. 1h: 6hh-676.

 

 

_fi_ 1951. Algae of the western Great Lakes area. Cranbrook
Inst. Sci. Bull. 31: l-9h6. 9 figs. 7 tbs. 136 pls.

 

195A. How to know the fresh-water algae. Dubuque. 211
pp. 381 figs.

 

1956. A guide to the literature on ecology and life
histbriesvof the algae. Bot. Rev. 22: 167-2h0.

 

_ and Scott, Aa‘Mo l9h2. The fresh-water algae of south-
ern'United States. I. Desmids from Mississippi, with descriptions

of new species and varieties. Trans. Amer. Mficrosc. Soc. 61: 1-29.

h pl. 1 text-fig.

 

19h3. The desmid genus Micrasterias
Agardh in southeastern United States. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts
& Lett. 28: 67-8h. 6 p1.

 

19h5. The fresh-water algae of south-
ern United States III. The desmid genus Euastrum, with descriptions
of some new varieties. Amer. Midl. Nat. 3E: 23l-2h9. 8 pl.

 

Prescott, G. W}, and Scott, A. M. 1952. Some South Australian desmids.
Trans. Roy. SOC. So Anatralia 75: 55-690 5 figs.

Printz, H. 1927. Chlorophyceae. In: Engler, A., Die Naturlichen Pflan-
zenfamilien, Zweite Auflage. 3. Leipzig.

Raciborski, M. 1889. Nowe Desmidyje. Panietnik Akad. Umiej. we Krakowie,
Wydz. Matem. - Przy. 17: 73-113.

Ralfs, J. 18h8. The British Desmidieae. London. 226 pp. 35. pl.

Rawson, D. 5., ananoore, J. E. 19hh. The saline lakes of Saskatchewan.
Canadian Jour. Research D, 22: 1h1-20l. 9 figs. 12 tbs.

Reinsch, P. 1867. Die Algenflora des mittleren.Theiles von Franken.
Nurnberg. 238 pp. 3 p1.

Robinson, C. B. 1906. The Chareae of North America. North Amer. Flora
h: 2hh'3080

Ross, C. 3., and Hendricks, S. B. l9h5. Minerals of the Montmorillonite
Group, their origin and relation to soils and clays. U.S. Dept. Int.
Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 205-B. iii / 23-79 pp. 8 pl. 20 tbs. 9 figs.

Schiller, J. 1933. Dinoflagellatae (Peridineae). lg: Rabenhorst's Kryp-
togamen-Flora von Deutschland, Osterreich und der Schweiz. Bd. 10.
1. Tell: 1-617. 631 figs.

1937. Ibid. 2 Teil: 1-589. 612 figs.

 

Schmidle, W; 1895. Einige Algen aus Sumatra. Hedwigia 3h: 30h.

1895A. Beitrage Zur alpinen Algenflora. Osterr. bot. Zeit-
schr. A5: 2&9-253; 305-311; 3h6-3503 387-391; h5h-h59.

 

Shoup, C. S. l9h7. Geochemical interpretation of water analysis from
Tennessee streams. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 7h: 223-229. 1 tb. 1 fig.

l9h8. Limnological observations on some streams of the
New'River watershed in the vicinity of Mountain Lake, Virginia. Jour.
Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 6h: 1-12. h tbs.

Smith, G. M. 1920. Phytoplankton of the inland lakes of Wisconsin. I.
thophyceae, Phaeophyceae, Heterokonteae, and Chlorophyceae exclusive
of the Desmidiaceae. Bull. Wisconsin.Geol. &.Nat. Hist. Surv. 57: 1-
2h30 51 p13. 2 tbs.

1921;. Ibid. II. Desmidiaceae. 57(Part 2): 1-225. 88 pls.
17 tGXt-figSQ

1926. The plankton algae of the Okoboji region. Trans.
Amer. Microsc. Soc. h5: 156-233. 20 pls.

 

Smith, G..M. 19hh. A comparative study of the species of Volvox.
Trans. Amer..Microsc. Soc. 63: 265-310. U6 figs. h tbs.

1950. The fresh-water algae of the United States. 2nd ed.
New York. vii / 719 pp. 559 figs. 3 tbs.

 

177’

Smith, G. M. (Bd.) 1951. Manual of Phycology. waltham. xii / 375 pp.
A8 figs.

Taft, C. E. 1931. DeSmidS of Oklahoma. Pub. Univ. Oklahoma Biol. Surv.
3: 273-323. 6 pls.

l93h. Desmids of Oklahoma. II. Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc.
53: 208e230. 5 pls.

 

1935. The Oedogoniaceae of Oklahoma including new species
and varieties. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 62: 281-290. 2 pls.

 

1935A. The Chlorophyceae and Heterophyceae of OklahOma.
Abs. Dectoral Diss. No. 16. Ohio State Univ. Press. pp. 213-222.

 

1937. The desmids of Oklahoma. III. Trans. Amer. Microsc.

SOC. 56: 397-u0ho 2 p130

1937A. A new species of Vaucheria. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club.
3 7o 2 figs.

19h0. Additions to the algae of Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma
Acad. gel. 20: h9-Sh.

l9h9. New, rare, or otherwise interesting algae. Trans.
Amer. Mflcrosc. Soc. 68: 208- 216. 2 pls.

 

Taylor, W} R. 193h. The fresh-water algae of Newfoundland. I. Papers
Michigan Acad. Sci., Arts & Lett. 19: 217-278. Pls. hs-SV.

1935. The fresh-water algae of Newfoundland. II. Ibid.
20: 1 '230. P13. 33'h9o

Theroux, F. R., Eldridge, E. F., and Mallman,'W. L. l9h3. Laboratory
manual for chemical and bacterial analysis of water and sewage. x
27h pp. 2 figs. 11 tbs. New York.

Thompson, R. H. 1938. A preliminary survey of the fresh-water algae of
Eastern Kansas. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 25: 5-83. Pls. 1-12.

19h7. Fresh-water dinoflagellates of Maryland. State
of Maryland Bd. Nat. Resources, Publ. No. 67: 3-28. Pls. l-h.

 

1950. A new genus and new records of fresh-water Phrro-
phyta in the Desmokontae and Dinophyceae. Lloydia 13: 277-299. Figs.
1-109.

 

Tiffany, L. H. 1937. Oedogoniales. Oedogoniaceae. N. Amer. Flora ll:
1-85; 98-102. 36 pls.

FJ
C“)

Tiffany, L. H. l9hh. The Oedogoniales of Florida. Amer. Midl. Nat.
32: 98-136.

_ 1951. Ecology of Freshwater algae. lg: Smith, G. M.,
Manual of Phycology. Pp. 293-311.

 

and Britton, M. E. 1952. The algae of Illinois. Chicago.

507 pp. 108 p130
Tilden, J. E. 1898. American Algae. Cent. III. No. 288.

1910. Minnesota Algae. I. Minneapolis. 328 pp. 20 pls.

 

Transeau, E. N. 1951. The zygnemataceae. Columbus. ix / 327 pp. hl
pls. Text—figs. A-K. 1 th.

_, Tiffany, L. H., Taft, C. E., and Li, L. C. l93h. New
species of Zygnemataceae. Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc. 53: 208-230.
5 p180

 

Turner, W} B. 1892. Algae aquae dulcis Indiae orientalis. Kgl. Svenska
Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 25: 1-187. Pls.

United States Department of Agriculture. l9h1. Climate and Man. Year-
book of Agriculture l9hl. 12h8 pp. Illus.

Vallentyne, J. R. 1957. Principles of modern limnology. Amer. Scientist
’45: 218-2Mo 15 figs. 1 tb.

Vinyard, W. C. 1955. Epizoophytic algae from mollusks, turtles and fish
in Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 3h: 63-65.

Hahlgren, H. F. l9hl. Climate of Oklahoma. .22: Climate and Man Year-
book of Agriculture l9hl. U. S. Dept. Agr. pp. loos—lo7h. 1 tb. 7
figs.

welch, P. S. l9h8. Limnological Methods. Philadelphia. xviii / 381
pp. 97 figs. 13 tbs.

_# 1952. Limnology. 2nd ed. New York. xi / 538 pp. 50
figs. 56 tbs.

 

west, G. S. 1909. The algae of the Ian Yean Reservoir. Jour. Linn.
Soc. Bot. 39: 1-88.

1916. Algae. I. Cambridge. A75 pp. 271. figs.

 

‘West, W., and'West, G. S. l90h. A.monograph of the British Desmidiaceae.
I. London. xxxvi / 22h pp. 32 p1.

*4
\3
Q

'West, W}, and west, C. S. 1905. Ibid. II. x / 20h pp. Pls. 33-6h.

1908. Ibid. III. xv / 273 pp. Pls. 65-95.

 

 

1912. Ibid. IV. Xiv % 191 pp. P13. 96-1280

 

, and Carter, N. 1923. Ibid. V. xxi / 300

 

pp. P130 129‘167.

Wille, N. 1912. Sur quelques algues des neiges antarctiques. Doc.
Sci. Deux. EXped. Antart. Francaise, 1908-1910: 187-191; Pl. 1h.

WOOd, R. D. l9h7. Characeae of the Put-inéBay region of Lake Erie
(Ohio). Ohio Jour. Sci. A7: 2hO-258. Pls. l-h.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
f-Jig.

15 .
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

sENEDESMUS BIJUGA (Turp.) Lagerh.

180

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I

ZYGNEMA PAWNEANUMCTaft.
spore diameter 37 u.
SPIROGYRA SINGULARIS Nordst. Veg. cell with l chromatophore,
32 x5h u; zygospore 32 x 53-5h u; medium spore wall smooth.
SPIROGYRA CLEVEANA.Trans. Veg. cell 3h.5-37 x 280 u; zygospore
36-Eh x 70-100 u; chloroplast 1-2, making 3-6 turns.
COELASTRUM MICROPORUM NAg. Cell diameter 8-20 u with sheath.
SCENEDESMUS LONGUS var. BREVISPINA.G. M. Smith. Cells 3.h-
ll.6 X 902-11037110
ESCENEDESIJIUS BERNApDII G. M. Smith.
SCENEDESMUS BRASILENSIS Bohlin.
1205 X 16 u.

Vegetative cell 23 x.184il n; zygo-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cells h.6-7 x 11.5-16 u.
Colony diameter 16 u; cells

 

 

Colony 18 x 25 u; cells

 

6.h xfl6-18 u.
TETRAEDRON MINIMUM (A. Br.) Hansg. Cell breadth ll-lh u.
“—SCENEDES' ‘I'AUS"Am-IA"'T"US (Chod.) G. M. Smith. Cells 5.7 x 114-16 u.
SCENTDESNUS ABUNDANS var. LONGICAUDA G. M. Smith. Colony
diameter 16 u; cells 2.3-3.5 x.7.9 u.
SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDA (Turp.) de Breb. Cells 3-18 at 9-35 u.
TETRAED'R—"ON RFDULARE var. INCUS Teil. Cells 18.5 u broad with-
out processes, 23 u with processes.
PITHOPHORA OEDOGONIA (Mont.) Wittr. Cells h5—70 u broad, up
to 20 tim'e's‘_Tin ength; akinetes 57411; x 95-380.
SCENEDESMUS DIMORPHUS (Turp.) Katz. Colony 18.5 x 13.5 11;
cells 31;—{18:575.
PEDIASTRUM SIMPLEX var. DUODENARIUM (Bai1.) Rabenh.
smooth'walls.
OEDOGONIUM IRREGULARE Wittr. Veg. cell 16.? x.38.3 u; oogo-
nium 37 x 55 u; oospore 33 1137 u.
VOLVOX SPERMATOSPHAERA Powers. Portion of male colony com»
posed of antheridial platelets.
PTDIASTRUM SIMPLEX var. DUODENARIUM (Bail..)- Rabenh. Form with
granular cell walls. Cells 11.5 x.23 u; processes 11.5 u.
VOLVOX SPERMATOSPHAERA Powers. ,Mature colony containing eggs,
zygospore and daughter colonies.
OEDOGONIUM MULTISPORUM'WOod. Oogonium 25-29 x 25-28 u; oospore
diameter 22-23 u; veg. cells 8-11 x 23-27.5 u; male stipe 23 u.
PEDIASTRUM BORIANUM var. BREVICORNE fa. PUNCTATA.Racib. Colony
diameter 55 u; cells 9.2-11.5 x.9.2 u; walls granular.
BOTRXOCOCCUS PROTUBERANS var. MINOR G. M. Smith. Colony diamp

star 88 u; cells 2.3:h.6 x.7-9 u.

 

 

 

 

 

Form.with

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

182

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II

CIADOPHORA sp. nov. Epizoic on fish. Basal portion of
thallus. (See also Figs. 2, 5, 7).

CLADOPHORA sp. nov. Epizoic on fish. Terminal cell of a
branch. Cells 46 u I 210-500 u.

CLADOPHORA sp. nov. Epilithic. Terminal portion of
ramulus.

CLADOPHORA CALLICOMA Kutz. Cells 25-30 u (apical) to 60-
70 u (basal) I 400-710 u.

CLADOPHORA sp. nov. Epizoic on fish. Habit of specimen
attached to maxillary bone.

CLADOPHORA sp. nov. Epilithic. Branching habit.

CLADOPHORA sp. nov. Epizoic on fish. Habit of plant
attached to and penetrating opercular bone of fish.
Depth of rhizoidal penetration 200 u.

 

 

 

 

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.‘

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

l.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

7.
8.
9.
10.
ll.
12.

14.
15.

16.

184

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III

COSMARIUM'VEXATUM var. LACUSTRE Messik.
Dp. 27.5 u, Is. 17.5 u.
COSMARIUM RENIFORME (Ralfs Arch.
Dp. 20.5 n, Is. 16 u.
cosmmm SUBPROTUMIDUM var. GREGORII (Boy 8. Bis.) West a
West. L. 36.5 n, Br. 30 u, Dp. 18.5 u, Is. 9.2 u.
COSMARIUM TURPINII de Breb. L. 64 u, Br. 51 u, Dp. 32 u,
Is. 16 u.
COSMAEIUM'VEXATUM G. S. West. L. 41.5 u, Br. 33 u, Is. 11.5 n.
C(BMARIUM Formmosum var. NATHORSTII (Boldt) West & West.
L. 46 u, Br. 43.5 u, Dp. 27.5 u, 18. 13.5 u.
COSMARIUM SPORTELLA de Breb. L. 55 u, Br. 42 u, Dp. 17 u,
Is. 13 u.
CLOSTERIUM ACEROSUM var. STRIATUM Krieg.
Apical Br. 6.9 no
CLOSTERIUM LUNULA var. INTERNEDIUM Gutw.
Br. 62-74 u,.Apica1 Br. 9 u.
CIDSTERIUM.ACEROSUM var. STRIATUM Krieg. Immature.
Br. 6.9 u, Basal Br. 45.8 u, Mature L. 340 u.
CIDSTERIUM LUNULA var. INTERMEDIUM Gutw. Detail of apex.
Apical Br. 9 u.
CLUSTERIUM DIDYMOTOCUM Cords.
smooth, yellow.
CLOSTERIUM QIFSII do Bréb.
Br. 4.6 u.
_CDLOSTERIUM TURGIDUM Ehr.
CIDSTERIUM DIANAEJEhr.
colorless.
CLUSTERIUMITURGIDUMHEhr. L.

L. 57 u, Br. 44 u,

L. 43-55 11, Br. 37-41 u,

Detail of apex.
L. 500-520 u,
Apical

L. 320 u, Br. 34‘u; wall
L. 295 1)., Br. 23 u, Apical

Detail of apeX.
L. 140-158, Br. 11.5-18; wall smooth,

770 u, Br. 57 u.

185

 

 

 

 

 

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

11.

17.
18.
19.
20.

186

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV

COSMARIUM CONSTRICTUM va. MINOR Fritsch & Rich.
Br. 14 11, IS. 304 no

COSMARIUM IAEVE var. PSEUDO-OCTANGUIABIS Fritsch & Rich.
L. 20 u, Br. 16 u, Is. 4.5 u.

COSMARIUM UNDULATUM var. MINUTUMTWittr.
Is. 8 u.

COSMARIUM GRANATUM var. SUBGRANATUM Nordst. L. 27.5 u,
Br. 20.5 u, Dp. 13.5 u, Is. 5.5 u. ‘Wall punctate.

COSMARIUM POLONICUM var. ALPINUM Schmidle. L. 20.5,
Br. 21.5 u, Dp. 11.5 u, Is. 7‘u.

COSMARIUM BOECKII Wille. L. 25-28.5, Br. 20.5 u, Dp. 11.5-
13.5 11, IS. 6.8’7 u.

COSMARIUM NAEGELIANUM de Bréb. fa.
Is. 8.7 u.

COSMARIUM CYMATOPLEURUM fa. MINOR Kurz. L. 48 u, Br. 38 u,
Is. 14 u. Walls porous in apical portions.

COSMARIUM QUASILLUS var. nov. L. 30 u, Br. 25-28 u, Dp. 16 u,
Is. 9-16 u.

COSMARIUM TURPINII var. nov.

COSMARIUM ASKENASZ; var. nov.

COSMARIUM BINUM Nordst.
Is. 10.5 u.

COSMARIUM QULSILLUS Lund.
Is. 14 u.

COSMARIUM PSEUDOPROTUBERANS Kirch. L. 32-35 u, Br. 27.5-
30 u, Dp. 18.5 u, Is. 15 u. ‘Walls angular.

COSMARIUM PYRAMIDATUM var. TRANSITORIUM Hein. L. 59 u,
Br. 42 u, Is. 16.8.

COSMARIUM PUNCTULATUM var. SUBPUNCTULATUM (Nordst.) B8rg.
L. 32 u, Br. 31 u, Dp. 20 u, Is. 11 u.

IECRASTERIAS LATICEPS Nordst. L. 119 u, Apical Br. 127-133 u,
Basal Br. 137-143 u, Is. 20.

BEASTRUM VERRUCOSUM var. AMTUM Wolle.
Is. 18 u, Apical Br. 32 u.

EUASTRUM.DUBIUM var. ORNATUM'Wolosz.
19.5 up Is. 5 u.

MICRASTERIAS MURICATA (Bail.)'Ralfs. L. 165.5 u, Basal Br.
with processes 124.u, Apical Br. with processes 107 u,
Is. 22.2 u.

L. 18 u,

'L. 22 u, Br. 33 u,

L. 2735-30 u, Br. 23 u,

L. 55 u, Br. 46 u, Is. 13.8 u.
L. 47 u, Br. 35 ‘1’ IS. 14. u.
L. 47 u, Br. 33 u, Dp. 32 u,

L. 50 u, Br. 44 u, Dp. 25 u,

L. 79 u, Br. 62 u,
L. 28.5-31 u, Br. 18.5-

 

     

   
 

   
 

  

0.:‘::!

clip

.0
.a
"/

1‘1.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

16.

17.
18.

19.
20.

21.

22.
23.

24.
25.
26.

27.
28.

188

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V

§TAURASTRUM BIBRACHIATUM var. CYMATIUM G. S. west. L. 46-
48 u with processes, Br. 44 u, Is. 4.6 u.
STAURASTRUM SETIGERUM var. PECTINATUM‘West & West.
out processes 29 u.
STAURASTRUM DICKIEI var. CIRCUIARE Turn. L. 43 u.
STAURASTRUM HEXACERUM (Ehr.; Wittr. L. 24 u, Br. 19 u, Is. 6 u.
STAUPASTRUM A’UTICUM de Bréb. L. 23 u, Br. 18.5 11, Is. '7 u.
ONYCHONEMA LAEVE Nordst. Br. 22 u.
DESMIDIUM smarzn var. ANIBLYODON (Itz.) Rabenh. Br. 43 u.
HYALOTPECA DISSILIENS (Smith) de Bréb. L. 16-25 11, Br. 30 u.
HYAIOTHECA DISSILENS var. HIANS Wolle. L. 11.5-20.5, Br. 23-
25 u. Markings granules, not lines.
EEAQHELOMONAS ARMATA fa. INEVOLUTA Defl.
wall dark brown.
TRACHELOMONAS CHARKOWIENSIS Swirenk..§§. Defl. fa.? Smaller
than type: L. 18 u, Br. 14 u; wall yellow-brown.
TRACHELOMONAS OBLONGA Lemm. L. 16 u, Br. 15 u; wall brown,
deposits of iron compounds in irregular granules on surface.
TEACHELOMONAS'VOLVOCIEA Ehr. D. 16-20 u, neck Br. 2.3 u; wall
smooth, brown.
VAUCHERIA WALZI Bothert.
D. 72-82 u.
EBACHELOMONAS SUPERBA var. SWIRERKIANA Defl. L. 37 u, Br. 30 u.
TRACHELOMONAS SUPERBA var. DUPLEX Defl. L. 32 u, Br. 27 u,
Neck Br. 6.9 u; wall finely punctate, yellow-brown; spine-
like protuberances probably mucilage plugs.
EEAQHELOMONAS STOKESII Drez. L. 25 u, Br. 22 u; wall clear,
punctate.
TRACHELOMONAS PUICHELLA Drezepolski. L. 16 u, Br. 18.5 u,
neck Br. 4.6 u; densely and minutely spined.
TRACEELOMONAS INTERMEDIA Dang. L. 20 u, Br. 18.5 u.
TRACEELOMONAS ROBUSTA.Swirenko. L. 23 u, Br. 18 u, neck
Br. 5 u.

TEACHELOMONAS HISPIDA var. PUNCTATA Lemm.
wall yellow-brown, finely punctate.
GLENODINIUM UADRIDENS (Stein) Schiller. L. 37 u, Br. 27 u.

PEACUS PLEURONECTES Mull) Duj ardin. Front and side view.
L. 34.5 n, Br. 27.5, process L. 8 u.

PHACUS ACUMINATUS Stokes. Cell three-lobed in end view.
L. 31 u, Br. 21.5 u, process L. 2.3 u.

§PHAERODINIUMIFIMBRIATUM Thomp. L. 70 u, Br. 66 u.
ations lost in preservation.

PHACUS SEGRETTI var. OVUM Prescott 1944. L. 37 u, Br. 30 u.

@TIUM HIRUNDII‘IELLA (O. F. mull.) Bergh. L. 108 u.

EUGLENA SPIROGYRA Ehr. L. 122 u without process; Br. 14-21 u,
process L. 18.5 u.

Br. with-

L. 35.5 u, Br. 30 u;

Fruiting branch L. 130 u; oogonia

L. 32 u, Br. 23 u;

Fimbri-

189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

11.
12.

13.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

22.
23.

24.

190

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI

CHROOCOCCUS MINUTUS (Kutz.) Nag. Cell D. 4.6 u.
MICROCYSTIS INCERTIS Lemm. Portion of colony.
colony D. 1,000 u, of irregular shape
MICROCYSTIS AERUGINOSA Kfltz. emennglenkin. Cell D. 4.6-
5.8 u; sheath D. 20 u; all cells with pseudovacuoles.
PLEUROCAPSA MINOR Hansg. amend. Geitler. Portion of colony.
0611 Do 2.3-304 110
STICHOSIPHON’FIIAMENTOSUS (Chose) Geit.
C611 L. 2.3.7 u, Bro 3.405 n.
OSCILLATOEIA LIMOSA (Roth) C. A. Ag. Cell L. 2-4.6 u, Br. 11.5-
20.5 u. Pseudovacuoles few, scattered.
LYNGBYA AESTUARII (Mert.) Liebm. Cell L. 3-5 u, Br. 13 u;
sheath Br. 18 u. Sheath lime encrusted.
ANABAENA.FICS-AQUAE (Lyngb.) de Bréb. Cell D. 12 u; gonidia
L. 22 u, Br. 13 u; heterocyst D. 13 u.
ANABAENA BALTICA J. Schm. Cell L. 394 u, Br. 3.4-4.6 u;
gonidia L. 4.6-7 u, Br. 4.6 u; heterocyst Er. 3.4 u.
DICHOTHRIX BAUERIANA (Grun.) Bornet & Flah. Portion of trich-
ome showing aberrant growth. Cell Br. 7-10.5 u. Granules
of lime are shown on trichome within sheath.
PHORMIDIUM AUTUMNALE (C. A. Ag.) Gom. Cell L. 2.3-4.6 u,
Br. 5.7 u; sheath Br. 6.4.
PHORMIDIUM UNCINATUM (C.A. Ag.) Gom.
trichome L. 270 u.
CALCTHRIX MINIMAiFremy. Cell L. 3.4-9.2 u, Br. 3.4-9.2 u;
heterocyst L. 8 u, Br. 8 u; sheath Br. 4.6-12 u.
MICROCOLEUS PAIUDOSIS (Kfltz.) Com. Trichome Er. 5.3 u.
lgyCBYA HIERONYMDSI Lemm. Cell L. 2.3-4.6 u, Br. 12.5 u;
sheath Br. 16 u, lime encrusted and yellow with age.
LYNGBYA TAYLORI Dr. & Strick. Cell L. 2.6-4.6 u, Br. 6.9 u;
Sheath Br. 9.2 u.
DICHOTHRIX BAUERIANA (Grun.) Bornet &:Flah.
showing branch origin. (See Fig. 10).
OSCILLATORIA AGARDBII Com. Cell L. 4.6-6.2 u Br. 5.8 u.
OSCILLATORIA AHOENA Com. Cell L. l-2.3 u, Br. 5.8 u.
OSCILLATOBIA TENUIS C. A. Ag. Cell L. l-4.6 u. Apical cell not
capitate, but with thickened membrane.
OSCILLATORIA LIMCEA (Roth) C. A. Ag. Cell L. 2-4.6, Br. 11.5-
20.5 u.
OSCILLATORIA SANCTA (Kntz.) Com.
OSCILLAFQggg ANGUIEA (Bory) Com.
10.2 u.
OSCILLATORIA PRINCEPS Vauch.
42.6 11.

Cell D. 2 11;

Total L. 50-80 u;

Cell L. 3.5; Br. 7 u;

Portion of plant

Cell L. 2 u, Br. 13.8 u.
Cell L. 2.4-2.5,u, Br. 9.2-

Cell L. 3.4-9.2 u, Br. 20.5-

191

 

HBEEELQ

 

. y, A Hi“ i. l
e________________ a

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

5.

192

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII

Petalonema alatum Berk.
Heterocyst Br. 8-11 u.

Showing aberrant coiling of trichome within sheath, and
tapering. .

Showing funnel-form stratification of sheath. Sheath
Br. up to 100 u.

Showing double branching. Cell Br. 4-15 u, L. up to twice
the breadth.

Single branching. Cell Br. 9-15 u, L. up to twice the
breadth.

 

193

 

 

 

 

INDEX TO THE TAXA

(Synonyms are given in lower case type; taxa not recorded from
Oklahoma are given in parentheses)

ACANTl-IOSPHAERA w, 70

ACTINASTRUM, 83
CRACILIMUM, 83
HANTZSCHII, 84

ANKISTRODESMUS, 78
FALCATUS, 78
var. ACICULARIS, 78
var. MIRABILIS, '78
var. TUMIDUS, '78
SPIRALIS, 78

ANABAENA, 11.5
BALTICA, 11.5
CIRCINALIB, 11.5

gHANIzoMENoN FIDS -AQUAE, 11.5
APHANOCAPSA, 138

131mm, 138
DELICATISSIMA, 138

APHANOCHAETE, 56
REPEDB , 56

VERMICULOIDIS , 56

AngNCTHFCE, 139
CLATHRATA, 139

P LLIDA, 139
(Utahensis, 35)
irloozs'rxg BRAUNIANA, 52
ARTHRODESMUS, 122
CONVERGEIB, 122
INCUS var. 1531131815118, 122
OCTOCORNIS, 122
asrmococcus SUPERBUS, 51

BANGIAHE, 11.8

BABEIOIDEAE, 1118

 

BASICLADIA, 7. 53, 68

CHELONUM, 68
'CRAS'SA, 6, 69

BATRACHCSPmuCEAE, 1h8
BATRACHOSPEBMUM CROUANIANUM, 11.8
BOTRYOCOCCACEAE, 75
BOTRYOCOCCUS, 75

W5

WOTUBERANS var. MINOR, 75

BULBOCHAETE, 6h
ALP' ""I"NA, '61.
AREOHIATA, 6h
_CIMARRIONEA, 614
_CRAS" s"IU"'sfifiLL, 61:
"CR'ENU" " LAT-IA, 65
DEPRESSA, 65
Furberae var. depressa, 65
GIG'AN'TEA, 65
HIIC""EN"S"IS' , 65
'INT- E.RMEID 11' , 65

 

 

 

CBLTQULfSE

RECTANGULAR}; 65
var. hiloensis, 65

REPANDA,

VARIANS, 66

 

CAIfll‘HRIX m, 1146
CERATIACEAE. 137

CERATIUM HIRUNDINELLA, 137
CHAEI'OPEII‘IS ORBICUIARIS, 52

19h

 

 

CHAETOPHCRA, 55
ELBC_____A_1__IS, 55
INCRASSATA, 55

 

CHAEI‘OPHORACEAE, 51.
CHAE‘I‘OPHORAIES, 5h
CHAETOSPHAERIDIUM CLCBOSUM, 57
CHAMAFSIPHON INCRUSTANS, lhl
CHAMAESIPHONACEAE, 11.1
CHAMAESIPHONALES, 141

cm, 7, 126
BRAUNII, 126
CONTRARIA,1;§6
fragilis,
GIDBULARIS var. CAPILLACEA, 126

0 it‘s var. keukensis, 126

KEUKFNSIS, 126
SEJUNCTA, 127
,L_____UICARIS 127
_Z______EYLANICA fa. MICHAUXII, 12.7

 

 

CHARACEAE, 126
CHARACIACEAE, 71
CHARACIOPSIDACEAE, 128
CHARACIOPSIS ACUTg, 128
CHARACIUM, 71
_A—T—CU‘HNAIUM, 71
AMBIGUU M, 71

ANGUS_______’I_'___UM, 71
PRINC““'8""HEIMII, 71

 

CHARALFS, 126
CHAROPHICEAE, ii, 126

CWCMCNAS, 49
"BI" 'IP'_HY"T-I'C'A , 49

CHlAmnomoNACEAE, 119
CHIoaAmIACEAE, 52
CHIoBoCOCCACEAB, 69

195

CHIoROCOCCALFs, 69
CHIDROCOCCUM INFUSIONUM, 69

 

CIHDROPHYCEAE, ii, 2.9
CHICROPHYTA, A9
CHLOROTHECIACEAE, 128
CHLOROTYLIUM CATARACTUM, 55
Chodatella. 78

 

CHROOCOCCACAIES, 138
CHROOCOCCACEAE, 138

CHROOCOCCUS, 138
GIGANTEUS, 138
LL'vm'r. 'ETICUS, 138
MINUTU_____S_, 138
TURCIDUS, 138

CPHIYSOMONADAIES, 131

CHRYSOPHYCEAE, ii, 131

CHRYSOPHI'TA, 128

CLADOPHORA, ii, 66
spI nov., ii, 66
8pc nOVo, ii,

CALLICCMA, 67
_KUEI_ZING- IANUM, 68

 

CIADOPHORACEAE, 66
CIADOPHORAIES, 66

CIDSTERIUM, 9h

ACEROSUM, 9h

' 'v'ar. EIONGATUM, 91.

var. STRIATUM, 9111.1
ACICULARE, 95, 99

v' ar. SUBPRONUM, 95
A_C_____UTUM, 9

var. LINEA, 95
ARCHERIANUM "“95
attenuatmn, 95, 98
BRAUNII, 95
CALOSPORUM, 95

var. MJOR, 95

   

(cmSTmIUM)

IUM, 95
COSTA'IUM, 96
COSTATOSPORUM, 96
DECCRUM" ,""9'6""
D_____IANAE, 96
DmIMOTCC'UM" , 96
EBM'CEN' 's'E, 96
EHRENBERCII, 96
GRACILE, 96

var. ELONGATUM, 96
_I_N_____CURVUM, 97
INI‘T‘IIEDIUM, 97

var. HIBERNICUM, 97

5RBICULARI§:

196

COEIDSPRAERIUM, 1110

 

HUETZINGIANUM, 1110
NACELIANUM, '1'110
'PAIIIDUM, 1110

 

CCLECCHAEIACEAE, 56

COIEOCHAEI‘E, 56
" DI__'________VERCENS, 56

IRREGULARIS, 52
5
W
_s_______0LUTA, 57

COMPSOPOGON COERULEUS, 1118

 

JEILERI, 97
LANCECLATUM, 97
LE' I'B'LE' 'INII, 97
LIBELL' U'LA" “var. INTERMEDIUM, 97, 100
""‘v'ar. INIIRRUPIUM", '97”""'
LINEATUM, 9
LUNULA
"' _var. COLORATUM, 98
var. INTERMEDTUM, 98
MAC____I_LEN__T__IH~1, 98
MAIINVERNIANUM, 98
MONIIIFERIH‘I, 98
MONOLITHUM, 99
"NAs"""—UTUM", 95, 98
NAVICU_______]_Z_A, 98,100
PARVUIUM fa. SIGMOIDEUM, 98
PRIT"“CHARD" IANUM, 98
PUSILLUM var. MONOLITHUM, 99
RAIFs‘I—I, 99
var. HYBRIDUM, 99
ROSTRATUM", ' 99
SIRIOLA' 'I—UM, 99
subgronum, 95, 99
SUBULATUM, 99
TUMU)" UM" , '99
TURG EUM, 99
var. “—GIGANI‘EUM, 99
_I_I_LN_A, 100'" " ' '
VENUS, 100

 

coccoMIXACEAE, 53
commons, 7h

CCEIASI‘RUM, 7h
'"CAMBRH‘I‘CUM, 71.
TMIwCRC FORUM, 7A
in" —ICULAT_' ___:_UM, 7h
SPAHERICUM, 7h

COSMARIUM, 103

ABRUPI‘UM, 103
AN'C'UTARE' , 103
ANTHLAI‘ " 'UM' , 103
ANGUIOSUM var. CONCINNUM, 10h
ASKENASYI var. DOVQ’ 11, 10h
BINUM ,10
BICCULATUM, 10h
B'________"IAEME, 10h
BIIIEIUA var. LNUS, 1011
' ACK____I_T,'10h
BOTRYTIS, 10h
'"var" T ' SUBTUMIDUM, 10b,
_B_______ROOMEI, 10
CAICAREUM, 105
_CmchIARE, 105
"C 0' NS'T'R'I" CT' UM, 10 5
CONTRACTUM var. ELLIPSOIDIUM, 105
fiENATUM fa. BOIDTHNI 105
crucfierum, 100, O
fiMAT‘o'PTEURUM

var. ARCHERI, 105

fa. MINOR, IOS
DERESSU’M‘T, 05
""'"'var" .“ACHCNDRUM, 105
DCCIDIOID’Es",—"100'," 106

 

 

EIEG'ANT'ISS'IA' IUM var. SIMPLICIUS, 106

 

 

F0NTICENUM,106
FORMCSUIUM var. NATHCRSI‘II, 106
GAIANUM, 106
"CMC""METR"'ICU1«I var. SUECICUM, 106
'CIC"'BCSUM"v'ar. _M_I_NUS,
CRAN'“ AT"UM',106——
"var" .' SUBANGUIARE, 106

var. SUBGRANATUM, 106

 

HAI'MERI , 107

var. PRCTUBERANS, 107
HOLMIENSE, 107

 

 

197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(COSMARIUM) (COSMARIUM)
“HUI" IILE var. SUBSTRIATUM, 107 "“RE‘P'AI'UJ' UM var. MINOR, 112

IMPRESSUIHM, 107 §chliegackeanum, 111, 112,

fa. SUBORTHOGONA, 107 SMJGULARE, 112'
_ILNCONSPICUUM, 107 fa. MIMI/IA, 112
LAEVE, 107 SMOLANDICUM'" ,' :12:

var. PSEUDo-OCTANCULARIS, 107 var. ANCUSTATUM, 113
LACENARIOIDES var. INTERMED'IUM, 100, lolsPECIOSUM var. ROSTAFINSKI, 113
MARGARITATUM fa. MIN'OR,‘ 108 """"""r"a. AMERICANA, E?
MARGARITIFERUM, 108 var. SIMPLIX, 113
NMNEOHINII 7168 SPORTELIA"","1"1"3"
MI" "NI"'MUM, 1' 08 's"UBBROOI~IR"I, 113
’MO‘N'I‘LI"" F" ORME, 108 SUBAR'C'T' OUM, 113

fa. PUNCTATA, 108 SUBCOSIATUM, 113
NAmELIAMIM, 1'08 SUBCRENATUM, 113
mm 'UM‘,"IOB ' var. DIVARICATUM, 113
N"I"T"ID"' 'ULUM, 108 SUBCUCCUMIS,
NORI' MB'IR' 'GENSE fa. MINOR, 108, 109 SUBEXCAVATUM var. ORDINATUM, 11h
”110% SUTTIAE , 108‘ " *SUB'PWR OT QED—1m var ."'"‘"‘ORECOR"'I‘I' , 111;
OBLIQUUM fa. MINOR, 109 SUBTUMIDUM, 1111
OBTUSATUM, 109 var. KLEBSII, 111;
""v'ar. BEANLANDII, 109 TENUE, 1
octogibbosuin fa. minor, 108, 109 EHMCHONDBEE: 1114
ORNATUM, 109 TEI'RACONUM, 11h
‘PACHIDIRMUM var. AEIHIOPICUM, 109 " var. LUNDELLII, 11h
PHASEOLUS, 109 THWAITESII var. PENIOIDES, 115
""var. ELEVATUM, 109 T'RACHIDERMUM, 11
PIICATUM var. LTBHINICUM, 101 fiIPLICATm, 115
fa. MAJOR, 109 TURPINII 115, 116
PomNIcflUM var. ALPINUM, 109 "fir‘i’fiov, ii, 115
POLYGONUM, 109 UMBILICATUM, 115
PORRECTUM, 109 UNDULATUM var. MINUTUM, 115
PORT IANUM, 109 —UN'G#ERIAITU'M var .WPLICATUM, 115
"IR' OIRACIUM, 109 VENUSTUM fa. MINOR, 115
PSEUDARCTOUM, 109 V"EXATU'M, 116 " '
PSEUDOBRO' '0' I'm, 109 " ' 'r'orma, 115, 116
PSEUDOCONNATUM, 109 var. LACUSTRE, 1.16

var. ORNATUM, 109 VIRIDE, 116
PSEUDOPR'OI‘U'B' EM“ 3 , 109
_PSET'JD' 'O‘PIRAN" ""UTD' A_TU—M' , 206 CRUCIGENIA, 83
PUN"' 'C'TULA'IUM; 111 "'FEN‘ESI-RAIA, 83

var. SUBPUNCTULATUM, 111 IRREGULKRIQ, 83
PUSILLUM, 111 QUADRATA, 83
"PI""‘GI«LA"EI" JM' ', 111 EEC—T Al‘J'G' "ULAR IS , 83
'PIRAM' " " EA'TUM, 11.1 TEIRAPIDIA, 83

var. TRANSITORIUM, 111 TRUNCATA, 83
QU'IDRAII‘UM, 111
QUADRUM, 111 CRIPIOCLENA PIGRA, 133

var. MINUS, 111
QUASIIIUSTIII . CYLINDROCYSTIS, 93.

var. nov., 112 MEICANA, 93
QUINARIUM, 112 BREBISSONII, 93 ‘
RENIFORME, 112 CRASSA, 93

forma, 112 MINUTISSIMA, 93

 

var. ELEVATUM, 112

 

 

CIANOPHITA, 138

DACTYLOCOCCOPSIS SMITHII 139

 

DIRMAIOPRITON RADIANéa 55

 

DERl-IOCARPACEAE, 1141
DESMIDIACEAE, 9h

DESMIDIUM, 121,
AETOGONUM,12h
:____BA"'I"LI,—Y"‘,'I '1211
cT—lindricmn, 12h
GREIELLII,12h
s'C'TMI' MARI z"II' , 121;

var. AMBLIODON, 121;

 

DICHOTHRJX BAUERIANA, 1116
(Utahensis, 335

 

DICTYOSPHA‘ERIACEAE, 71

DICTIOSPHAERIUM, 71
EHRENDEARGIADMM, 71
mm&mw,fl

 

 

 

DIMORPHOCOCCUS LUNATUS, 71

 

DINOBRYON TABELLARIAE

 

DINOPHYCEAE, ii, 136
DOCIDIUM ENORMUM, 101

DRAPARNAIDIA, 55
CIOIIRATA, 55
PLUMO' ______s_A, 55
RAVENELII, SS

 

(DUNALIELIA, 35)
EIANATOTMRDI OEIATINOSA, 53

ENTEROMORPHA, 36, S7
PROLIFIRA var. TUBULOSA, 36, 57

 

mRmEIIA BORNHEMIENSIS, 71
mmmOTRICHIACEAE 1148

IUASTRUM, 102
ARR'U‘PI” UM var. LACO'Er__‘____J__SE, 102

198

(EUASTRUM)

BIDEI‘J‘I‘ATUMAOZ
BINALE, 1022

fa. lagoénsis, 102

fa. SECTA, 102
DENTICUIAT—7-JM, 102
DU___§___IUM var. ORNAT______I_J_M, 102
GELMUVI, var. AIATUM, 102,
INSUIARE, 1021

fa. G. S. West, 1023
MONTANUM, 103
OBIONGUM, 103
OHIOENSE, 103
PECTINA‘I‘UM, 103
RIICREIIUM', 103
SPINOSUM, 103
VERRUCOSUM, 103

var. ALATUM, 103

var. RHOMBOIDEUM, 103

 

 

 

 

EUDORINA ELEGANS, 119

EUOLENA, 6,132

A__C___US, 132
GRA:_‘_‘_0'___ILIS, 132
Im’fi‘mn, 206
”—313, 32
§________PIROOIRA, 132
TRIPP—W8, 132
Vfil’fils'j‘uz
EUGIRNACEAE, 132
mm, 132
EUGIENOPHYCEAE, ii, 132;
‘EUGIENOPHYTA, 132
ERYTIROTRICHIAOEAE
FLORIDEAE, 11,8
OLENODINIACEAE, 136

GLENODINIUM QUADRIDENS, 136

 

CIOEOCAPSA ARENARIA, 138
GLOEOCYSTIS, 51

 

GI___G___AS, 51
CONFLUENS, 51
"VESI—CUIO' "SA, 51

CIOEUIRIOHIA ECHINULATA, 1117
OOLENKINIA RADIAIA, 7O

COMPHOSPMAIRIA, lho
APO;N___INA, 1110
var. CORDIFORMIS, 11m
IACUSTR

 

GONATOZYCON, 93
" 'K'IN' AHANI, 93
M"ONOT' ”AR NIUM, 93

 

GMODINIACEAE, 136
OIMNODINIALES, 136
GYMNODINIUM ORDINATUM, 136
GYMNOZIOA MONILIFORMIS, 125
REIEROCOCCAIRS, 128
HEI‘FROSIPHONAIES, 129
HEI‘EROTRICHAIES, 129

HYALOTHECA, 123
DISSILIENS, 12 3
var. IMJ OR 123
var. LENOR, 123
var. TATRICA, 12h
MUCOSA, 1T2 ""

HYDRODICTYACEAE, 72
HYDRODICTYON REIICULATUM, 71,

KIRCHNERIEIIA, 79
CONTORTA, 79
EION'GATA, 79
IUNARIS, 79

IAGERHEIMIA, 78
'EITRIFORMgg, 78
'IENCISEIA, 78
QUADRISEI‘A, 78

 

IlNG___B_Y_A, 1113
ABSTUARII,1113=
(BIRG_____E__I var. MINOR, 35)
CONTORTA, IMF——
HIERONIMUSII, 11111.
LIMNEIICA, 11:11

 

199

MERISMOPEDIA, 139
ELEGANS, 139
WI: 1110
PUNOTATA, 1110
"IENUIss'IMA, 1110

 

 

MESOTAENIACEAE, 92

MRSOTAENIUM, 92
DE-GREYI, 92
“ENDL—ICHERIANU M, 92
MAOROOOOOUM, 92

 

 

 

MICRACTINIACEAE, 7O
MICRACTINIUM PUSILLUM, 7O

MICRASTERIAS, 116
AMIRICANI,116
_L_AT________IC'EPS, 116
MUR__I___CATA, 166
PAPIL—‘I'F—ERA var. GLABRA, 117
RADIATA, 117
RADIOSA, 117
" ' v" ar' . ORNATA, 117
801, 11?

var. or___n__ata, 117
TRUNCAIA, 117

 

MICROCOLEUS, lhh
WS, 1111;
PALUDOSIs, lhh
v"AOIN'ATUS, 11411

MICROCYSTIS, 139
AERUGINOSA, 139
3103- uae, 139
INCERTA, 139

TRACKARDII, 35)
MICROSPORA, 511

 

FIOCC_____9__SA, 5h
IOEFORENII, 51;

MICROSPORACEAE, 511

MOUGEOTIA, (37), 81;

ABNORMIs, 8h, 85
BOO'DLEI, 811
CAELESIIS, 8h
CAIEAREA, 81;
CHRROKEANA, 81,
YAN ,

(MOUGEOTIA)

__I‘IERIEAN_____A_, 81;
GRACII"—'T"‘LII~LA, 8h
MIAIIIANA, 85
MI" CROSP'O‘RA, 85
NU"I«'UNJIDID,ES 85
OPERCULATA, 85
:______PA'W“MU‘S“KAE_: 8 5
QUADTNGULATA, 85
R__0______BUSTA, 85
SCALARIS, 85
tennis, 8h, 85
TUMIDU____I_._A, 85

 

 

 

MYCANTHOCOCCU_§, 76
ANTARCTICUS, 76

M enema, Sh
mopHICEAE, ii, 138

 

 

NEMALIONAIES: 1A8

NEPHROCYTIUM, 77
AGARDIANUM, 77
Wm! —SIS——C , 77

NETRIUM, 93
DIG—HUS, 93
_var": CONSTRICTUM, 93
INTERRUPIUM, 91;

OBLONGUM, 9h

_N_____I'I'ELLA, 7, 126
DPACA, 126

 

NODULARIA SPUMIGENA, 1115

N_O___STOC, 6, 1115
_I_.I_____NCKIA, 1115

NOSTOCACRAE, 1&5
NOSTOCHINEAE, 1115
OCHROMONADACEAE, 131
OCHROMDNADALES, 131
OEDOGONIACEAE, S7

OEDOGONIAIES, 57

200

OEDOGONIUM, 6

ABBREVIATUM, 57, 63
ANGUSTUM,‘57, 6o
ARMIGERUM, 58
ASTER, 38
AUSTRALE, 58,614
BOHEI‘IICUM, 58
MM, 58
Loscii var. occidentale, 38,62
BRA___£I_N__II, 58
CAPITELLATUM, S8
CARDIACUM—‘58
var. CARBONICUM, 58
var. minus, 58, 61
CONCATENATU11,58
var. REGUIARE, S9
CRASSIUSC ULUM, 59
var. ARCRAVALEIAE, 59
var. CATARACTUM, 59
var. Idioandrogporum, 59, 61
CRA___§___SUM,T
CRISPUM, S9
" 'v"ar. GRACILESCENS, 59
var. GRANUIDSUM, 59
CRYPTOPORUM,

var. are, 59, 6h
CYAT____H___IGERUM, 59
var. ELLIPTICUM, 60

DECIPIENS, 60, 6h
ECHINOSPERI' IUM, 6o
EXCOSTATUM, 6o

avescens var. minus, 60
:___PUS—"CUM, ‘60 "' "
GALLICUM, 60
GIGANTEUM, 6O
GRACI'L' IUS, 6o, 63
G'_'___'RAMJE, 60

var. ustum S7 60
GUNNII, %n_g__g_n ’

RALLASIAE, 61, 62
H__i_r____nii var. africanum, 61, 62
HOWARDII, 61
IDIo'AUm'R'OSPORUM, 59, 61
ILLIN'O' 'IDNS' E v" ar. OKLAHOMENSE, 61
INTEIIHVIEDIUM
IRREGUIARE, 61

var. CONDENSATUM, 61
LANDSBOR OUGHI, 31
LEIHIIRMANII, 58,61
Rngicolle var. senegaIense, 61, 6h
MAUANDRIUM, 61 ,_ .~

var. W3, 61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0213mm) 06PMIIA AMBLYSTOMATIS, 69
lmfiEfifimM) '""'"'
var. HOHENACKERII, 62 OPHIOCYTIUM, 128
var. "‘""ETTPROPIN UUM 62 """—"TARBUSCUIUM, 128
MEXICANUM, 62 m—ITATLM, 128
"_MTRA'TTU: 62 6"""OCHLEARET', 128
"""—”mm ISPORUM, 62 TESERT—TUM, 128
Wm ENSE, 62 m8
oblom var. gphaericum, 62 FARVULUM, 128
OBOVIFORME, 62 ""‘""
6"""TCCIDENIAIE", 62 USCIILATORIA, 6,1112
"0U:____CMITANU" ""M 62 AGARDHII , 11,2
PALUDOSUM var. PARVISPORUM, 62 """AMOE"NA',"11;2
F__A___T'ULUE, 61, 62 WGU‘IN'A, 1112
PT"_UCOCOSTATUM, 63 EORMOSA, 1112
'PIA' G'I'OST' '01" IUM, 63 6 6 GmfiTATAthhZ’
var. racilius, O, 3 LI1~____I__OSA, 2
PRINCEPSE', '63 ' PRTi""NCEPs, 1h3
Fffiiggsheimii var. abbreviatum, 57, 53
__g__ENs 3 SANC____T_A, 1113
PU___§___I"""L"L"UM, 63 _TEN__I_I_I""""§, 1113
RIGIDU:":_1T, 63
ELM—"'1", 63 oscnIATORIACEAE, 1142
RUFESCENS, 63 6 1142
"""v'ar' . Ex" IGUUM, 3 OSCILLATORIALES,
RUGULOSUM var. MINUTUM, 63
WWCTI-THOPM, ‘63—" oscnmoamm, 1142
__SENmALEN—__SE, 61, 61,
subglobosum, 6h PAIMEILACEAE, 51
suecicum var. anltrale, 58,61;
TAFTII, """""611 PANDORINA MORUM, 1:9
TATEINOSPORUM, 61, """""" "' "
vesicatum, 50, 6h PASCHERIELLA TEI'RAS, 50
"VUTGARE' " ",' 611
, 6h PmIAsrR_____U_M, 72
B—IRTIATUM, 72
OCHROMONADACEAE, 131 ""'"""BORIANUM, 72
var- W: 7?—
ONYCHONEMA LAEVE, 122 var. LONGICORNE, 72
var. ,IATUI____~_I 122 constrictum, 72
var. MICRACANTHUM, 122 _"_"_'_DUPLm, 72
var. _c________LATHRATUM, 73
OBCYSI‘ACEAE, 76 var. GTTCILIIMUM, 73
var. m, 73
060131213, 77 MITI_____g__UM v"ar. 'B"""REUI"C0RNE, 73
'EIII""""PI'"ICA, 77 "'"var"'.' DUODENARIUM, 73
'mmo'S'PM' AERIA, 77 TEI'RAS, 73
GIGAS fa. MINOR, 77 “Tu. TEI'RAODON, 7h
WRIS ________,_"77'"
PARV_____§_, 77 PENIUM, 100

EITSILIA, 77 CIEVE____]_I_, 100
SOL' ITARIA, 77 CRU"""c'"IPmUM, 100, 105

(Pm—__IUM)
lagenarioides, 100, 107
fibellula
var. intermedium, 97, 100
var. interrugtum, 97
MARGARITACEUM, 100
minutum, 100, 106
____1_a,Navicu1 98,100
RUPESCElw‘Ts, 100
's"'P"IR'"-‘OSTRI0LATUM, 100
SUBOCTANGUIARE, 100

 

 

PERmINIACRAE, 136

PEREINIWI, 136
TABULATUM, 136
'""",'v_g__IZI '136
mTLEI, 136

 

PPRONIELIA PLANCTONIC_A, 128

 

PETAIDNPMA AIATUM 1116
PHACOTACEAE, 149

PHACOTUS LRNTICULARIS, 119

 

,PI___{_____ACUS 6,132
ACUMINATUS, 132
IDNGICAUDA, 133

var. torta, 133
PJHIROFE-CT' ES, 133
PYRUM, 133
SERE’I‘II, 133

 

PHORMLDIUM, 1143
AUTUMNALE, 1113
UNCINATUM, 11,3

 

PITHOPMORA, 69
' KEWENSIS, 69
OEDOGONIA, 69

 

PLAr-UcTOSPHARRIA GELATINOSA, 76

PLEODORINA CALIFORNICA, So

 

PLEUROCAPSA MINOR, 11,1

 

PLEIJROCAPSACEAE, 1111

202

PLEUROTAENIUM, 101
CORRUGATUI'I, 161
WENJERGII, 101
var. UNDULATUM,101
MAX___I_I___IUI~I,101
TRABECUIA, 1.01
fa. CL____A____VATA,101
fa. GRANULATA, 101
TRUNCATUIVI var. GRANUIATUM, 101

 

 

 

 

Polycystis, 139

 

POLYEDRIOPSIS QUADRISPINA, 80

 

PORPMIROSIPHON NOTARISII, 1113
PROTOCOCCACEAE, 56

PROTOCOCCUS VIRIDIS, S6

 

FYRROPHYTA, 136

RHIZOCIONIUM, 68

 

CRASSIPELLITUM, 68
CRISPUM, 68
FONTANUM, 68
HImOGEYPHICUM, 68

 

 

RMODOPHICEAE, 1118

RMODOPHYTA, 1118

RIVULARIA DURA, 1117

RIVULARIACEAE, 11,6

ROYA OBTUSA, 911

scmmmmcm, 8o

schRDESI-_IU_S, 80

 

ABUNDANB var. LONGICAUDA, 8o
AEUMENKTUS, 80
A"CU'T"IP"'0"'~‘RMI“S, 80
"""ARCU____A____"T'US", 80

var. """""PLATUDISCA, 80
ARMATUs, 80

""'v""ar. BICAUDATUS, 80
BRRNARDII, 81
‘BT JU'G'A" _______',' "81

 

 

 

(SCENEDESMUE)
(BIJUGAT
var. ALTERNAIE, 81
var. FIEXUOSUS, 81
ERASIHRNSIS, 82"
DENTICULATUS, 82
FIMOR PMUS, 82
HYSTRIX, 82
INCRASSATULUS, 82
"fiNGUS var. BREVISPINA, 82
'0' BLI'QTIUS , 82
OPOLIENSIS, 82
QUADRICAUDA, 82
var. LONGISPINA, 83
var. WESTII, 83
SCMIZOMERIDACEAET"? S7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHIZOMERIS LEIRLRINIL S7

SCHIZOTHRDC, 11,1,
ARRNARIA, 1hh
FRIRSII, 1AA
PURPURASCRNS, 115

 

 

SCPUROEDIRIA, 72
JUDAYI, 72
SEIT'ITRRA, 72

 

SCYTONEMA, 1116
,alat______1_1_m 1146
OCEHATUM, 11.16

 

 

SELENASTRUM, 79
GRACILE, 79
MINUTUM,

SIROGONIUM, 85
ILLINOIENSE, 85
STRICTICUM, 85
TEI___1_U____'IU' 's,‘ 86

RORASTRIM, 71;
" AI' TERTICAMJM, 7h
SPINUIDSUM, 711

 

 

 

 

 

_Sphaerella, 6

 

SPMAIRODINIUM PIMRRIATUM, 136

SPHAEROCYSTIS SCI-ROEI‘ERI, 51

203

SPHAEROZOSMA,122

 

 

AWMITIMIM var. ARCHIRI,122
ETCAVATUM,123 ""
GRANULATUM, 123

 

 

SPIROGYRA,110, 86

 

ARF___I_1~___IIS, 86
'1'3""""ICALIPIRATA, 86
BORUAANA, 86
W8RM§, 86
CLEVEANA, 86
COI-T-RINIS, 86
CONDRNSATA, 86
CORRUGATA, 86
CRASSA, 86
CRASTTOIDEA, 86
DAELUAL2A, 87
DECIMMNA, 87
var. lena, 87, 88
ECHINATA, 7
ELLIPSOSPORA, 87
FARLOWII, 87
FLUVIA1 I'LIS, 87
FOVEOLATA, 87
FRAGILIS, 87
INFLATA, 87

 

 

 

 

 

INTORTA, 87

JUERGENSII, 87
KAFFIRITICA, 87
LAURRREIIIII, 87
LO___I_______\1GATA, 88
MA""J'U""SCULA, 88

 

 

maxim______g_ var. minor, 88
M__Q_‘_____ EBII, 88

NmIECTA, 88

N_:_I______'TIDA, 88

PLEI"""T"_____A_, 87, 88
P0RT""""ICAIIS, 88
PRATENSIS, 88

 

PROTECTA, 88
m, 88
QUADRAT A, 89

Q' UAD'R'ILAMINATA, 89
RETICULATA, 89
SMIIORNATA, 89
SEI‘IFORMIS, 89
SINGULARIS, 89

 

 

 

 

 

TEINJISSIMA, 89
TUBERCULATA, 89
VARIAN:__S_, 89

 

 

(SPIROGIRA)
""_‘_'_____vaA,‘ 89
EEBERI, 89

SPIROTAENQ, 9h
CONDENSATA, 911
OBSCURA, 9h

 

 

SPIRULINA, 1112
" MAJ"___'___0'R,1112
SUB"T"ILISSIMA,1112

SPOMDILOMORACRAR, So
SPONDYLOSIUM, 12 3

i__IANUM,123
PULCI-ERU M 123

 

STAURASTRUM, 1111
""AL"'"""TI«IUJANS, 118

 

APIC'ITLA" TM, 11?
BIBRACHIATUM var.‘ CYMATIUM,
EREUISPIARIM, 118 " "'"
CERAST .3,8 118
mm, 118
LLEPSYDRA, 118
CURV IROS‘WUM, 118
CUSPIDATUM,118
CIRTOCEIU:4,119
DEJECTUM.var. PATENS,119
fiICKIEI var. CECULARE, 119
DILATATUM, 119
FURCIGPRUM, 119 ‘
GRACILE, 119

var. CORONULATUM, 119
HEKAC‘f-IRUM, 119
HIRSUTUM, 120
IRPTOCIADUM; 120
IvLAMPRIDTII, 120
MMRGARITACEm, 120
MUTICUM, 120
NATATOR, 120
W, 120

var. DL mm, 120
PARADOXUM, 120
"' var. EVOLUT________UM, 120
POLYMORPHUM, """"i'"21
PUNCTULATUM,121

var. KJELLMANI, 121
QUADRANGUIARE, 121
SETIGE'RUM, 121

var. PECTINATUM, 121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

2011

(SPIROGYRA)

"'s"P‘I"""CULIPRRUM, 121
SPONGIOSUM, 121
SI"RIOLA"T"U1~'1, 121
TR‘T‘RA‘UR'R U'M, 121
T"'R'I;"'U"'R'D"RALE' var. GLABRA, 121

 

 

(STRPRAMUPIRRA, 35)

 

ST ICH OSIPHON FILAMENTOSUS , 1111

ST IGEOCIDNIUM, 511
ARST IVALE, 1511
Lo" BTU}? 7511
c1101 RRATUM, 511
'LU"'B"R"I c"UM" ", 511

 

STYIDSPHAERIDIUM STIPITATUM, S2
TEI‘MEMORUS LAEV IS, 102

TEIRAEDRON, 79

CAU'DATUM var. LONGISPINUM, 79
G'R'A'C"I"IR , 79
LOBULATUM var. POLYF'URCATUM, 79
LNIMUM, 79
REGULARE

var. ,INC___U_S 79

var. T__(_J____RSUM, 80
W var. """"_M_I____NOR, 80

 

TETRASPORA, 52

 

CIIINDRICA, 52
GRIATINOSA, 52
LACUSTRIS, 52
LUBRICA, 52

 

 

TEIRASPORAIRS, 51
TEIRASPORACEAE, 52

TRACHEIDMONAS, 6, 133.

 

ARMATA, "1'53
CHAR—“K—OWIENSIS, 133
RISPIDA, 11

var. PUNCTATA, 13h
INTERMEDIA, 1311"
"OB'L' 0' M81, 1311
MILO—"TRIM, 13h
R"OBUSTA,1311
ST""6"""KESII,13h

 

f"

(TRACHEIDMONAé)
SUPERBA var. DUPLEX, 13h
VOLVOCINA, 13S

 

 

TREUBARIA CRASSISPINA, 76
TRIBONEMA BOMBYCINA, 129
TRIBONEIMTACEAE, 129
TROCHISCIA, 76

REIICULARIS, 76
thlfiua ’4‘, 76

 

 

ULOTHRIX, 53
AEQUALIS, 53
SUBCONSTRICTA, 53
TENUISSLQ,33
VARIABILIS, s3
ZONATA, 206

 

 

 

ULOTRICHACEAE, 53
ULOTRICHALES, 53
UIDTRICHINEAEj 53

ULVACEAE, 57

ULVAIES, 57

Ulvella involvens, 55
UROGLENA AMERICANA, 131
Uroglenopsis americana, 131

URONEMA CONFERVICOLUM, 53

 

VAUCHERIA, 6,129
AVER______S_A, 129
DISCOIDEA, 129
GEIIINATA, 129

var. racemosa, 129
HAMATA,129
ORNITHOCEPHALA, 129
SESSILIS, 130
TERESTRIS, 130
Walzi, 130

 

VAUCHERIACEAE, 129
VOLVOCACEAE, b9

VOLVOCAIES, 19

205

VOLvox, 50
AUREUS, 50
GLOBATOR, 50
'PERGIQB'ATOR, so
SPEELI'IATOSPHAEIA, So

WESTELLA, 76
"" 'BmOTRYOIDES, 76
IlNEARIS, 76

 

XANTHIDIUM, 117 .
ANTILDPAEUM, 117
“CR‘I'ST'AT-UM "var. UNCINATUM, 118

 

XANTHOPHYCEAE, 11, 128

ZYGNEMA, 89
AREOLATUM, 89
AZUREUM, 90
CARINATUM, 9O
CARINTHIACUM, 90
m,
CONSPICUU “1,9090
CRUCIKI‘UM, ’90
CYLINDRICUM, 9O
DECUSSATUM, 9O
EXCOMHI’ESSUM, 90
EXCRASSUM, 90
FRIGJDUM, 90
INSIGNE, 9O
EVIRENSMAET 91
LAWTONIANUM, 91
MICROPUNCTATUM, 91
NORI___’___LANI, 91
ORNATUM, 91
PAWHUSKAE, 91
PAWNEANUM, 91
PECTH‘IATUM, 91
,fifiOSPORUM 91
ST ERILE , 91
SU‘D‘CRUCIATUM, 91
SUBSTELLINUM, 92"
SYNADELPHUM, 92
T:_E____NUE, 92
VAUCHERII, 92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ZYGNEMATACEAE, 8h
ZYGNEMATAIES, 8h

ZYGNEMOPSIS, 92

 

cruciate, 92
DECUSS A, 92
DESMIDIOIDES, 92

206

ERMA

p. 53. After UmTHRIx VARIABILIS, add:

 

ULOTHRIX ZONATA (Weber & Mohr) Kntzing 1833. Prescott
“T9 1: 97W . 6, Fig. 11;. /NEJ46,58/ (Taft 19%).

p. 76. Before MYCANTHOCOCCUS Hansgirg 1890, add:

 

Family OBCYSTACEAE

p. 100. Line 11. Change to ... See COSMARIUM IAGENARIOIDES var.
INTERMEDIUM. '

p. 102. Line 13. Change to See EUAS‘I'RUM ABRUP’I‘UM var. LAGOENSE
p. 110. After COSMARIUM PSEIIDOPROTUBERANS, add:
COSMARIUM PSEUDOPYRAMIDATUM Lundell 1871.. West 8. West

190?: 201; P1. 61;, Tigs. 9-12. Crystal Lake near
Norman /501L/ (Leake 191.5).

 

p. 131. Under EUROGLENA Ehr., change to:
IROGLENA AMERICANA Calkins 1892, the accepted name
Nroglenopsis americana (Calkfms) Lemmermann 18922 the synonym.
p. 132. After EUGLENA GRACILIS, add:

EUGLENA INTERMEDIA (Klebs) Schmitz 1881;. Forest 1951::
“‘28—'33 Fig. 388. Near Guthrie /NCh2/ (Maloney 191M.

 

NOTE: Changes should be made in the numbers of taxa summarized on p. ii,
to include the above taxa.

E

M'clT/iT/flflwslflflflmMtflfu'llflflllflflfiflfifl'“